News & Events

  • PPSR registration

    PPSR: Your registrations may be expiring soon!

    The Personal Property Securities Register is turning seven! The PPSR came into effect on 30 January 2012 so a number of security interests first registered in 2012 will be due to expire in the coming year. As we have said time and time again, the Personal Property Securities Act and the PPSR are about registration; it is no longer about ownership rights. So maintaining and protecting your registration is essential.

    Security interests can be registered for seven years or less, more than seven years but less than 25 years, or with no stated end time. A number of businesses may have chosen to register a security interest for seven years or less for two reasons:

    1. it is the cheapest available registration; or
    2. it is the maximum timeframe you can register an interest over ‘serial numbered goods’ – think motor vehicles, aircrafts, and intellectual property.

    To maintain your security interests (and protect your priority against other creditors who may have registered subsequently) you need to ensure that your registration doesn’t expire. Renewing and extending the registration is simple; the same fees apply to extending a registration as creating a new registration. The PPSR also allows secured parties to generate reports on which registrations are due to expire so you can manage your interests.

    The risk to you – once your security interest has expired, is that you cannot extend or renew it. Instead you will have to re-register your security interest and potentially lose your priority to other creditors who have registered earlier.

    If you have any questions about when your security interests may expire or security interests generally, please get in touch with our Business team.

    Read more
  • GST Withholding Tax

    GST Withholding Tax

    We have now had the best part of 5 months to ‘wrap our minds’ around the new GST withholding law in action. The new law broadly means that when new residential premises or potential residential land is sold, it is now the buyer who must account to the ATO for any GST payable. With the exception of the withholding notice that is to be provided to the buyer, the administration of GST in respect of the sale of second-hand residential property has not changed (in most cases), it is still GST exempt as an input-taxed supply.

    The result of this law[1] change is nothing new- GST has always been payable on sales of new residential premises and potential residential land. The change means that instead of asking the seller to make sure the GST is paid to the ATO upon the sale of the property, the buyer is now tasked with the job. This change effectively means that the buyer gets to play the role of both compliance officer and tax collector (which, let’s face it, is a bonus for all those buyers out there). But we shouldn’t ‘scoff’; according to the Explanatory Memorandum of the Bill that introduces the change, the GST debt in respect of insolvent entities was at almost $2 billion as of November 2017.

    Obligations of Note

    The obligations initiated by the changes are not overly onerous but they are important for anyone looking to either sell or buy one of the qualifying properties. Primarily, the reason for this is the penalties that can be imposed. For instance, if a buyer forgets or fails to withhold and pay to the ATO the required GST amount, then the buyer can be liable for a penalty that matches the GST amount that they should have remitted. Similarly, if the seller forgets or fails to notify the buyer of the need to withhold GST, harsh financial penalties can also be imposed on them as well ($21,000 for individuals and $105,000 for companies).[2]  With this in mind, we urge anyone looking to buy or sell to seek advice in relation to these obligations prior to exchanging contracts.

    Issues of Interest

    The ACT and NSW Law Societies have adjusted the standard legal provisions used within contracts of sale to reflect these changes; however, we have found that many legal firms are including their own specific clauses to deal directly with the changes. It is important that any potential buyer or seller ensures that they understand these provisions as they won’t always be uniform from firm to firm. If these clauses are drafted incorrectly and do not mirror the law’s requirements they can potentially expose both parties to the onerous penalties outlined above.

    Something else to keep in mind here is the actual payment of the GST. For instance, many sellers require that the GST amount is provided to them at settlement to ensure expediency of payment and to allow them to claim the requisite credits in their correct BAS. Buyers on the other hand, need to be wary of this arrangement as it does not (arguably) extinguish their obligations under the law, potentially opening them up to the penalties mentioned above.

    Arguably one of the more confusing aspects of the new regime for sellers relates to which entity is actually responsible for the payment of GST. Under the new regime the seller is required to notify the buyer of certain information so that the buyer can make the appropriate payment to the ATO. This information includes the supplier’s name (and other details like ABN etc.).  Normally, the supplier is the seller, however in practice this is not always the case. This could be due to the seller acting as trustee of a trust- in this situation the trust itself may be the entity liable for the GST, or there may be a number of sellers which make up a partnership and that partnership may be the entity registered for GST and liable for the GST on the sale. The seller could also belong to a closely held group of entities and another member of that group is in fact the one responsible for the GST.

    What this all means is that if the incorrect entity is noted as the supplier and therefore liable for the GST, the associated input tax credits will not be assigned to the correct entity (that is, the one actually registered for GST and liable for it).

    On its face this law seems relatively simple to grasp and in most respects it is. The administrative obligations of the new regime (some of which are identified above) are ‘necessary evils’ to facilitate compliance with the law. They are important and both sellers and buyers alike need to be aware of them and the consequences associated with failure to comply.

    If you require assistance with GST withholding issues, please contact Richard Cook.


    [1] Treasury Laws Amendment (2018 Measures No. 1) Bill 2018

    [2] Paragraph 5.42 of the Explanatory Memorandum to the Bill

    Read more
  • ACT Supreme Court 2018 Year in Review - Estates, Probate and Family Provision

    ACT Supreme Court 2018 Year in Review - Estates, Probate and Family Provision


    This year did not see a great deal of activity in the ACT Supreme Court with regard to Estates, Probate and Family Provision.

    There were three ex-parte applications before the ACT Supreme Court (each before Associate Justice McWilliam) concerning section 11A Wills (“informal Wills”). The cases of In the Estate of Kay Maureen Leighton[1], In the Estate of Socrates Paschalidis[2] and In the Estate of Peter Ronald Wiseman[3] coincidentally each had very similar facts. Each case involved an informal Will that had not been correctly executed. Each “Will” had been signed by only one witness or no witnesses at all.

    There was one “extension of time” Application which was considered in the case of Buckman v Lindbeck[4]. This case involved an Application made by the child of the deceased to extend the time to file with the Court a Family Provision Application to receive greater provision from his father’s estate. In the ACT, the time limit within which a Family Provision Application must be made is 6 months of the Grant of Probate being made by the Court.

    In this particular case, Probate was granted on 7 December 2016 which would have meant the Family Provision Application was required to be filed on or before 7 June 2017. The Family Provision Application was filed on 28 August 2018, almost 1 year and 3 months out of time.

    The Deceased’s Will gave his two sons Paul (the Applicant in this case) and Anthony the sum of $25,000 with the residue of the estate being divided between the deceased’s three other children, who were also the executors and defendants in this case. Each residuary beneficiary received at least $220,000 from the division.

    The Deceased acknowledged in his Will that the reason for the differing gifts between his children was due to the “lack of support [I] received from, and contact I have had with, either son over a significant period of time”.

    On the same date the Application for the extension of time was filed with the Court, the executors made an interim distribution to themselves following the sale of a major asset in the estate. Despite probably not having been served with the Application on the date it was filed, the executors had notice of the Applicant’s intended Family Provision Application due to correspondence between both parties’ solicitors prior to the Application being filed.

    In deciding whether an extension of time was warranted, the Court (Associate Justice McWilliam) was guided by the case of Smith v Public Trustee of the Australian Capital Territory[5] and had regard to three considerations which must be considered in an “Extension of time application”

    • explanation for the delay;
    • the strength of the Applicants case if an extension of time was granted;
    • the prejudice to other beneficiaries that might arise; and
    • a forth category was added in the case of Warren v McKnight[6] – whether there has been any unconscionable conduct by the Applicant.

    The relevance of the above factors to the present case was as follows:

    1. The prejudice to other beneficiaries that might arise – the executors argued that the prejudice to them in granting an extension of time was significant as the majority of the estate had been already distribution. The Court however held that the prejudice was of the executors own making, having made a distribution with notice of an impending Application, and not having filed a Notice of Intended Distribution.
    2. Explanation for the delay – the Applicant’s explanation for the delay was that he was never given a copy of the Will by the executors and did not know Probate was granted. The Court recognised there had been some delay on part of the Applicant from the time he received a copy of the Grant of Probate until formally filing his Application, but ultimately held significant delay arose due to the executors failing to give the Applicant a copy of the Will.
    3. The strength of the Applicants case if an extension of time was granted – the Court recognised that the Applicant was in a dire financial position. He was a truck driver with no real property and significant debts. His partner was unemployed and the Court therefore held the Applicant hat reasonable prospects of a successful claim if an extension of time was granted.
    4. Unconscionable conduct by the Applicant –the Court found no evidence of unconscionable conduct by the Applicant.

    The Court granted the extension of time. At the date of this article, there has been no reported judgement on the Family Provision Application by the Applicant in the present case (and there may not be a reported judgment if the case is ultimately settled between the parties). All parties, including the executors and the other interested beneficiary (Anthony) will of course need to be party to any Family Provision proceedings filed by the applicant and subsequent “out of Court” settlement  (if any).

    Other notable matters to be aware of in the “Estate space” that do affect us in the ACT include:

    • The replacement of the Superannuation Complaints Tribunal with the new Australian Financial Complaints Authority (AFCA) from 1 November 2018;
    • The NSW Law Reform Commission is in the process of examining and reporting to the NSW Attorney General on laws that affect access to a person’s social media accounts and other digital assets in the event of death or incapacity. The report by the Commission will provide some useful guidance to practitioners in the ACT (and Australia wide) when advising their clients on their digital assets; and
    • The changes announce in the 2018 Federal Budget with regard to Testamentary Trusts, Estates and Elder Abuse.

    Written by Golnar Nekoee, Director, Wills and Estate Planning


    [1] [2018] ACTSC 75

    [2] [2018] ACTSC 122

    [3] [2018] ACTSC 292

    [4] [2018] ACTSC 313

    [5] [2012] ACTSC 4

    [6] (1960) 40 NSWLR 390

    Read more
  • Sunsets no guarantee of a sunrise in your new unit - the importance of a sunset date when buying otp

    Sunsets, no guarantee of a sunrise in your new unit - the importance of a sunset date when buying off-the-plan

    With the tightening of lending conditions, confidence in the housing market falling and a large number of developments in the pipeline, there poses great opportunity but also risk when buying a unit off-the-plan. Whilst there is of course the attractiveness of living in something “new”, with modern appliances and furnishings and living close to shops, cafes and other amenities, how long would you be willing to wait for your unit to be built?

    For many developments, banks (as part of their lending conditions) require the developer to obtain a certain number of pre-sales. This means that part of the development will need to be sold before construction commences. Whilst this may not be an initial concern for most buyers there lies an obvious risk in that the developer may have difficulties obtaining the requisite number of pre-sales and the construction of the development is delayed as a result.

    To accommodate the risk of a delay, whether due to funding or the construction itself, developers will include a provision in the contract to allow for the developer to extend the anticipated date of completion (usually tied to the registration of the units plan) at its discretion. The obvious consequence for buyers then is that they may be bound to a contract under which the construction of their unit may not commence or be completed for a number of years, despite there being initial timeframes stated in the contract.

    To be able to “opt out” of the contract in such circumstances, buyers should ensure a sunset date is included in the contract. A sunset date gives both parties the right to rescind the contract (and for the return of the deposit) where construction of the development has not been completed by the date specified in the contract. In our experience, such a request is generally accommodated if the sunset date provides the developer a reasonable time to complete the development.

    The use of a sunset date though is a double edged sword. It poses another issue: what happens if the value of the unit increases and the sunset date passes, should the developer be entitled to rescind the contract to take advantage of the price increase?

    This practice has occurred in Victoria and New South Wales, leading to the introduction of legislative restrictions. In NSW, the Conveyancing Amendment (Sunset Clauses) Act 2015 requires developers to seek the buyer’s consent prior to bringing the contract to an end once the sunset date has passed. Where the buyer does not consent, the developer must seek an order from the Supreme Court allowing the developer to rescind the Contract with such orders only being granted if the Court considers it just and equitable to do so. Similar restrictions will be introduced in Victoria under the Sale of Land Amendment Bill 2018 (if passed)

    So, will the ACT follow the lead of NSW and Victoria? Or will the ACT follow Queensland and introduce mandatory sunset dates? Whatever the path, clearly the introduction of any such legislative amendments will have a significant impact on both buyers and developers and each should watch this space.

    Read more
  • The Problem with Smart Contracts

    The Problem With Smart Contracts

    Smart contracts—computer-encoded sets of instructions that ‘self-perform’ when certain pre-determined criteria are met—are poised to revolutionise the legal landscape in years to come.

    In our first article in this series, we explained the basics of blockchain technology and its application in smart contracts. Far more than a fleeting or niche innovation, smart contracts may have applications in sectors as far reaching as financial services, supply chains, car sales importation, real estate and insurance.  However, although they pose exciting opportunities for a great range of businesses, there may be some significant legal challenges on the horizon.

    A square peg in a round hole: difficulties in applying the law

    One issue, yet to be considered by the courts, is the extent to which these smart contracts are valid and enforceable under contract law. Parties to a smart contract effectively cede control over an aspect of performance of a contractual obligation to a digitised process, which (once enlivened) cannot be reasoned with or influenced.

    Utilising the more ‘pure’ types of smart contract, consisting only in machine-readable code, means that the identity of the party is unknown; as such, there is no way to assess their capacity to enter the contract.  Moreover, certain contractual principles such as frustration, duress, undue influence, unconscionable dealings or force majeure, by their very nature, require subjective interpretation of judgement on a case-by-case basis—something not countenanced by self-executing instructions.

    It will be necessary for lawyers to keep their finger on the pulse in this regard; although certain dealings could render a smart contract void at law, the activated contract may be unstoppable in the digital world. It will be interesting to see how the law develops and adapts to this problem, noting that practically speaking most modern remedies could be swept away, leaving mere damages.

    Another issue will be determining how rights and entitlements recorded ‘on the chain’ accommodate rights and entitlements that arise ‘off the chain’. For example, what happens if share ownership is recorded on a blockchain as vesting in one entity, but surrounding circumstances place equitable ownership in another? Or if a transfer of ownership of property is recorded on a blockchain but is sought to be set aside under the Corporations Act as a voidable transaction? The immutability of a blockchain system raises some interesting questions in this regard.

    Challenges in litigation

    The nature of the blockchain system means that the players involved will most likely be ‘distributed’ around the globe. Parties intending to implement or utilise a blockchain system should therefore give advanced thought to which laws should apply and what type of forum is most appropriate to resolve disputes. It might be beneficial to have an arbitration dispute resolution cluses rather than relying on the enforcement of a court award from a local court system.

    The governance position of public blockchain systems also poses an interesting challenge from a litigation perspective. While terms of use can be communicated to users of a public blockchain, such terms may be difficult to enforce as no single entity controls the system. The question also remains as to who will bear the liability for any faults in the technical code and who has the right to enforce against them.

    Interestingly, there have been several suggestions applications such as “JUR” and “Jury.Online” which offer a ‘decentralised’ dispute resolution mechanism. In such systems, members can open a dispute and the blockchain community effectively vote on the issues in question. While these dispute resolution mechanisms sit outside the current legal framework, it will be interesting to see whether such mechanisms gain traction amongst blockchain users or whether users will rely upon traditional legal dispute resolution mechanisms.

    It is clear that the explosive uptake of blockchain technology has the potential to disrupt centuries of settled legal principles. While this may create a headache for lawyers, it is an exciting opportunity to rethink the way we transact in an increasingly globalised and digitised economy. “It will be an ill-wind that blows no lawyer no good”; so watch this space.

    If you’d like to discuss how distributive ledger technologies might impact your business, feel free to get in contact with Shaneel Parikh in our Business team.

    Written by Shaneel Parikh Lawyer and Bryce Robinson.

    Read more
  • Residential Tenancies Amendment Bill 2018 No 2 A-CATastrophe

    Residential Tenancies Amendment Bill 2018 (No 2) - A-CATastrophe?

    We certainly hope not, but residential investors are likely to consider that it is, with tenants perhaps ultimately wearing the cost.

    Introduced in the Legislative Assembly on 1 November 2018, the Residential Tenancies Amendment Bill 2018 (No 2) seeks to amend the Residential Tenancies Act 1997 to improve protections for tenants while enabling lessors to be consulted on issues that will affect the properties they own.[1] In summary, the changes:

    1. Restrict a lessor’s right to decline an application for the keeping of pets on the premises. If a lessor wishes to refuse consent or impose conditions on that consent (that do not relate to the number of animals or the cleaning/maintenance of the premises), the lessor must apply to the ACAT for its prior approval.

      The proposed changes do not allow for the lessor to hold additional security for damage caused to the premises, even where it is predicated that a pet will cause deterioration.
    1. Restrict a lessor’s right to decline an application to modify the premises. Where a tenant makes an application to renovate/alter the premises for the purpose of assisting the tenant in relation to:

      1. the tenant’s disability (on written advice of a health practitioner);
      2. the safety of the tenant;
      3. improving the energy efficiency of the premises; or
      4. the security of the tenant, to be known as ‘special modifications’, the lessor will only be able to decline the application if the lessor obtains the ACAT’s prior approval. For any other modification, the lessor must not unreasonably decline the application.

        It is important to note that the (currently proposed) grounds on which the ACAT may make orders in favour of the refusal are non-prescriptive, the obvious being that:
      1. the lessor would suffer significant hardship; or
      2. the special modification would result in additional maintenance cost for the lessor.

        Such grounds, without further clarification, do not provide either tenant or lessor with any certainty and may lead to inconsistent decisions by the ACAT and could prove significant barriers to obtaining consent.

        The proposed changes do not allow for the lessor to hold additional security for damage caused to the premises or to return the premises to its original condition (subject to fair wear and tear) in the event the tenant fails to comply with the lessors conditions of consent (which presumably will require the premises to be restored).
    1. Introduce capped rental increases. If a lessor wishes to increase the rent by a rental rate above that specified by regulations (10% greater than the rents component of the housing group of the CPI for Canberra), the lessor will need to obtain either the tenant’s consent or the ACAT’s prior approval.
    1. Cap the break fee payable by a tenant under a ‘break lease clause’. Where a tenancy agreement is entered into with a new tenant before the expiry of the 4 week period (if more than half of the fixed term period has expired) or 6 week period (if less than half of the fixed term period has expired) following the tenant vacating the premises, the break fee will be reduced by the amount of rent payable by the new tenant during that period.

      If the tenant vacates the premises more than 4 weeks before the end of the fixed term, the break fee will be increased to include the lessor’s reasonable costs of advertising the premises for lease and providing vacant possession but limited to:

      1. If more than half of the fixed term has expires – an amount equal to 2/3 of 1 weeks rent; or
      2. If less than half of the fixed term has expires – an amount equal to 1 week’s rent.

    The conscious “push” to move the ACT to a more tenant friendly jurisdiction, perhaps which to a degree may be necessary, without incentive, a more amicable resolution process or the substitution of additional security (at least for the lessor) brings about an obvious risk of an increase to the already overburdened number of applications before the ACAT, which obviously increases the cost and risk of owning and renting land.

    The question then is who is ultimately going to bear these costs? Based on the proposed reforms this clearly lays cost and risk at the feet of the lessor, but does it? One observation is that lessors will demand higher rent to cover their risk and mitigate their potential losses and if these changes are too burdensome, to invest elsewhere, reducing available rental supply.

    [1] Residential Tenancies Amendment Bill 2018 (No 2), Explanatory Statement

    Read more
  • Business Breakfast Club November Summary - Business Succession Planning

    Business Breakfast Club November Summary - Business Succession Planning, Buy-Sell Agreements And Personal Insurances

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, Golnar Nekoee of BAL Lawyers and Sam Elliot of Macquarie Wealth Management discussed the importance of business succession planning and how to finance the plan. An effective succession plan will ensure that the time and effort invested in building up a business is not jeopardised when a business owner leaves.

    What is a business succession plan?

    A succession plan outlines who will take over a business when a business owner leaves. An owner might ‘leave’ for a number of reasons and might be voluntary or involuntary. This might be due to retirement, death, disability, a sale of the business, or a falling out between business partners. Creating a plan ensures that you have a strategy in place for the orderly and smooth transfer of business, aiding to maintain economic stability and preserve family and business relationships. The business succession plan can be built into your establishment and ownership documents or can come later separately but it does need to be discussed with the intended beneficiaries and documented so that it can be implemented in a practical and meaningful way.

    Types of succession plans

    A succession plan can come in many forms and will depend on the legal model of business ownership you have chosen. Strategies can include Enduring Powers of Attorney, Wills and Statements of Intent for sole traders, Partnership Agreements, Shareholders Agreements and Buy-Sell Agreements where there are multiple owners. It is important to ensure that the succession plan is funded, whether through a loan or an insurance payout, otherwise the plan cannot be implemented.

    Q&A Corner

    How can Enduring Powers of Attorney and Corporate Powers of Attorney be used?

    An Enduring Power of Attorney (EPA) is a legal document under which an individual (“the principal”) appoints another to make decisions on their behalf (“the attorney”). Decisions can include managing an individual’s property, financial and health affairs. An EPA is a simple but powerful document as it continues to operate after the principal loses the ability or capacity to make decisions. This can be a useful tool in the case of a sole trader, allowing the attorney to make not only personal decisions but business decisions to either manage the business until the principal regains capacity, or to sell the business or conduct an orderly winding down in the event the principal no longer has capacity.

    Directors however cannot give an EPA in respect of their role as a director; hence a company power of attorney might be appropriate for sole director / shareholder entities.

    If a sole director and shareholder of a company is incapacitated or has passed away, there is a period of time in which no one can exercise the rights attached to the shares (to appoint an interim director) and the company will be without appropriate management and oversight. The company will be unable to operate effectively (or perhaps at all). In order to allow the company to continue to operate (for instance use bank accounts to pay wages or debts, enter into contracts to preserve the business) a sole director might consider, as part of their succession plan, implement a company power of attorney. The company power of attorney can grant a third party the right to exercise the powers of the company – allowing that third party to step in and manage the business at a critical time.

    For more information, please contact Golnar Nekoee. The next Business Breakfast Club will take place on 14 December 2018. For more details click here. If you would like to attend, please contact us.


    Read more
  • Dying with Multiple Partners

    Dying with Multiple Partners: “Playing the Field” or Poor Estate Planning?

    To die with multiple partners– what does that mean?  In a social context, the meaning is quite obvious.  The deceased person was “playing the field”, so to speak.  He or she was in an active relationship with at least two individuals at the date of their death.  In a legal context, the phrase “dying with multiple partners” has a more obscure meaning.

    When people ask us “why do I need a Will?”, we often find the best way to respond is to highlight what happens if they die without a Will.  A person who dies without a Will is said to have died intestate.  In each Australian State and Territory, there is intestacy legislation which determines to whom assets are distributed on death.

    The statutory framework is rigid and wholly dependent on the circumstances of the deceased person at death.  These “circumstances” are whether the deceased had a spouse or partner at death, and what is the composition of the deceased’s family (both immediate family members and more distant relatives).

    The intestacy legislation varies across jurisdictions, but generally speaking, the order of entitlement is (1) Partner, (2) Children, (3) Parents, (4) Siblings, followed by Nieces and Nephews, Grandparents, Uncles and Aunts, and Cousins.  If there are no members of any of those classes, then the deceased person’s estate reverts to the Territory or State Government.[1]

    In relation to the deceased’s family, the categories of eligible beneficiaries are relatively easy to establish.  But what is the definition of a “partner” for the purposes of intestacy?  In the Australian Capital Territory, a partner is any of the following: the deceased’s spouse (wife or husband), civil union partner, civil partner or “eligible partner”.

    An eligible partner is someone who was in a domestic relationship with the deceased at their death and fulfils one of the following two criteria:

    1. He or she had been the domestic partner of the deceased for a continuous two year period immediately prior to the deceased’s death; or
    2. Is the other parent of the deceased’s child (provided the child was a minor when the deceased died).[2]

    A person is a “spouse” as long as they remain married.  Separation, without actual divorce (decree nisi), will not change how the intestacy legislation is applied.  The (unfortunate) fact is that a deceased person is unlikely to want someone who they have separated from to benefit from their assets.  It is easy to see how the application of the framework can result in inheritances that are unjust.

    Let’s look at an example.  Say Bridget and John were married in 1990.  They did not have children and separated in 1998.  Neither of them thought that the formal process of getting a divorce was worth the time and expense.  Bridget and John have not spoken since 1998.  Bridget was jaded by the relationship and never re-partnered.  Bridget dies in 2018 with an estate valued at $4,000,000.00.  Who gets it?  John.  John is entitled to the whole of Bridget’s estate.  It does not matter that they have not spoken in over twenty years.  They were legally still married when Bridget died, and John is therefore Bridget’s spouse for the purposes of the intestacy legislation.

    Now let’s retain that example, but change one fact.  Say Bridget re-partnered with Luke in 2014.  They have been in a continuous (and exclusive) domestic relationship since that date.  In 2017, they got engaged.  Bridget was not “playing the field”, but the law says she died with multiple partners. She was survived by her husband, John, and her eligible partner, Luke.  What happens to Bridget’s assets in these circumstances?  John receives $2,000,000.00 and her fiancé, Luke, receives $2,000,000.00.[3]

    Remember that mere separation without divorce has no impact on the intestacy legislation, despite the fact that the person’s testamentary intentions are likely to have changed.  What can you do to avoid these arbitrary and unintended results?  You should ensure that you obtain proper estate planning advice and have a Will that reflects your current circumstances and testamentary intentions.

    If you require assistance in relation to your estate planning arrangements, please contact our Estates Team.

    [1] Administration and Probate Act 1929 (ACT) s 49 and Schedule 6.

    [2] Administration and Probate Act 1929 (ACT) s 44.

    [3] Administration and Probate Act 1929 (ACT) s 45A.

    Read more
  • Competitive Neutrality for NSW Councils

    Essential Guide to Local Government Law: Competitive Neutrality for NSW Councils

    What is competitive neutrality and why is it important?

    Competitive neutrality is about creating a level playing field between in-house and external tenderers in a tender process. It aims to “eliminate” resource allocation distortions which can arise when public entities participate in significant business activities[1]. Competitive neutrality principles are therefore relevant when councils are undertaking a tender process and also wish to submit an in-house bid for the service. Applying competitive neutrality principles can encourage participation in a tender process. More competition generally increases the prospect of a council achieving a good value for money outcome and reduces the likelihood of a challenge to the outcome of a tender process.  It is also appropriate for councils to consider the principles of competitive neutrality when they use internal cost data as a tender evaluation benchmark to ensure they are comparing ‘like’ with ‘like’.

    The Competition Principles Agreement underpins the National Competition Principles. Local councils are bound by this Agreement even though they are not a party to that document[2].  The NSW Government has published three key guidance documents on competitive neutrality which are relevant to local councils:

    1. the Policy Statement on the Application of Competitive Neutrality: Policy and Guidelines Paper January 2002 (“the Policy Statement”);
    1. Competitive Tendering Guidelines January 1997 (the Guidelines); and
    1. Pricing & Costing for Council Businesses: A Guide to Competitive Neutrality July 1997 (“the Neutrality Guide”).

    The Policy Statement sets out the broad requirements of competitive neutrality as they apply to all government businesses at the State and Local level.  The Guidelines are intended to assist local councils to decide when to engage in competitive tendering and outline the processes involved generally[3]. The Neutrality Guide is designed to assist Local Councils to apply the requirements contained in the Policy Statement to their business activities.[4]

    When should a council consider participating in a competitive tender process?

    Councils often participate in a competitive tender process to assist them to decide whether to transition from a model of public service provision to private service provision under contract. The Guidelines list a number of procurement areas in which councils regularly participate in competitive tendering. This includes waste and recycling collection, maintenance of council properties, roadworks and management of public facilities such as swimming pools, caravan parks and libraries. However, this list is not exhaustive. Depending on the in-house capabilities of the council, there may be other services for which it is appropriate that a council participate in a competitive tender process.

    When is a council required to maintain competitive neutrality?

    Under the Policy Statement, councils have an obligation to maintain competitive neutrality during a tender process for a “business activity” of a council in which the council also intends to submit an in-house bid.[5]

    When determining whether an activity is a “business activity” the Neutrality Guide requires a council to consider the nature of the activity, whether it is, or is likely to be, subject to competition from other providers and its importance to the council’s customers.  Matters which indicate that an activity is not a “business activity” include where it is a small-scale activity included within a larger function of a council, or where it forms part of a community service function of the council.  The Policy Statement identifies activities such as water supply, sewerage services, abattoirs and gas production and reticulation as business activities.

    The competitive neutrality obligations which apply to a council will also depend on the income generated (or proposed to be generated) from the business activity which is being tendered for.  The Neutrality Guide imposes different obligations depending on whether or not the annual sales turnover/annual gross operating income of the business activity is over or under $2 million. The competitive neutrality obligations imposed on a procurement for a Category 1 business activity ($2 million or over) are greater than those which apply for Category 2 business procurement (under $2 million).  For Category 1 business activities it is expected that the benefits of applying competitive neutrality will outweigh the costs of doing so[6]. For the procurement of a Category 2 business activity a council must still compete on the basis that they do not use their public sector position to gain an unfair advantage in the tender process, but they have flexibility in how they apply the Neutrality Guide. For example, councils have discretion to determine the extent to which the activity is separated from the other operations of the council, and need only adopt a full cost attribution “where practicable”.[7]  For Category 2 business activities, applying the principles of competitive neutrality on this flexible basis may still be helpful to encourage competition and reduce the likelihood of a challenge to a council’s decision to award the contract to any particular tenderer.

    Implementation of competitive neutrality

    The first step is to consider when your council needs a new service, or an existing contract is coming to an end, is whether the Council may wish to participate in the tender process. It is important to identify this early in the process so that the Council can ensure that the in-house business unit is separated from the team running the tender process and that the relevant systems (such as the complaints handling system) are put in place prior to the release of the tender documents

    Where a council is participating in a tender process then steps a council can take to implement the competitive neutrality principles include:

    1. Separating the operations of the business activity from the general operations of the council.This does not mean that the council needs to establish a separate legal entity for the business, but the parameters of the business within the council need to be able to be identified. This means there needs to be an accounting and reporting framework for the business which is separate to the other activities of council and, for probity reasons, the council must be able to restrict access to tender material and documents by members of the business unit.Separating the business activity from the general operations of the council will also assist councils to identify and protect access to information under the Government Information (Public Access) Act 2009 (GIPA Act) which could prejudice the competitiveness of the business unit. Section 14 item 4 of the GIPA Act provides that there is a public interest consideration against disclosure of information if disclosure could reasonably be expected to undermine competitive neutrality in connection with any functions of an agency in respect of which it competes with any person, or otherwise places an agency at a competitive advantage or disadvantage in any market.
    1. Establishing a complaints handling system for competitive neutrality issues. Your council’s existing complaints management process may already be adequate for this purpose.
    1. Adopting a “full cost attribution” to the council’s provision of the service. For example, adjusting the price of the good or service in question to make allowance for taxes, the cost of capital, and any other material costs not borne by a government business purely as a result of its public ownership status for the purpose of tender evaluation. This principle is also relevant where councils use internal costing information as a benchmark to inform tender evaluation.
    1. Where the council decides that the social benefit of subsidising a good or service outweighs passing on full costs to consumers, making those subsidies an “explicit transaction”; and
    1. Complying with the same regulatory requirements as the private sector (which in most cases local councils are already required to do).
    1. Identifying the possibility that an in-house business unit will tender for the services in the request for tender documentation and will be taken to be a complying tender (notwithstanding that the council will not be able to comply with the contract and conflict of interest declaration requirements etc).

    Additional detail on some of these steps is set out in the Neutrality Guide.  For step by step guidance to assist with your council’s next procurement, please contact Alan Bradbury or Alice Menyhart.


    [1] Competition Policy Agreement  11 April 1995

    [2] Clause 7 of the Competition Policy Agreement

    [3] Competitive Tendering Guidelines January 1997 p.5

    [4] Pricing & Costing for Council Businesses: A Guide to Competitive Neutrality (July 1997) p1.

    [5] Policy Statement on the Application of Competitive Neutrality: Policy and Guidelines Paper (June 1996 and amended January 2002) p6.

    [6] Pricing & Costing for Council Businesses: A Guide to Competitive Neutrality (July 1997) p3.

    [7] Policy Statement on the Application of Competitive Neutrality: Policy and Guidelines Paper (June 1996 and amended January 2002) p4.

    Read more
  • Capital Raising things are about to get Mutually Friendly

    Capital Raising – things are about to get Mutually friendly!

    Co-operative and mutual enterprises account for approximately 8.3% of Australia’s GDP when including the member-owned super funds, and eight in ten Australians are a member of at least one co-operative or mutual business. Operating across the economy from health care to motoring services, in banking and finance and insurance services, social services to retailing, these businesses are a staple in the Australian economy.

    Historically mutuals have had difficulties in raising capital without jeopardising their mutual status. Mutual enterprises are incorporated as public companies under the Corporations Act 2001 which must have a special constitution that imports the co-operative principles and provides for one member-one vote, democratic governance and a community driven ethic. The members of mutual enterprises are its customers.

    In July 2017 the Report on Reforms for Cooperatives, Mutuals and Member-owned Firms (commonly known as the Hammond Report) was handed down. The report set out eleven recommendations which aimed to improve access to capital, remove uncertainties facing the mutual sector and reduce barriers to enable cooperative and mutual enterprises to grow.

    On 4 October 2018 the Government released draft legislation for consultation to give effect to two of the eleven recommendations by:

    1. introducing a definition of a ‘mutual entity’ into a new section 51M of the Corporations Act 2001; and
    2. amending what the trigger event is which requires a company to disclose a proposed demutualisation in Schedule 4 of the Corporations Act 2001.

    The amendments will address the lack of recognition and understanding of the mutual sector, make it easier to determine when an entity has or is intending to “demutualise”, and to allow mutual entities to raise capital without risk of demutualisation or the risks associated with a failure to adhere to the disclosure provisions (which are civil penalty provisions).

    To date, mutual enterprises have been restricted in the ways they could raise capital to avoid triggering the demutualisation provisions. The Corporations Act 2001 currently provides that if there is a proposed constitutional change or share issue, which may vary or cancel a member’s rights in respect of shares, then the company must disclose ‘the proposed demutualisation’ (even if that may not be the intention of the company).

    The proposed legislative amendments would make it clear that the disclosure provisions are only triggered if a constitutional change would result in a mutual entity no longer being a ‘mutual entity’. Provided the mutual entity retains its “one member-one vote” requirements, it remains a mutual entity.

    While there are still restrictions on the process of capital raising, as Melina Morrison, chief executive of the Business Council of Co-operatives & Mutuals has said, “this will ensure there is genuine competition for member-owned business to compete with the big corporates and create real competition to benefit all Australians”.

    If you have any questions about the proposed changes or mutual enterprises, please get in touch with our Business Team.

    Read more
  • Significant Focus on Digital Assets Estate Planning in Australia

    Significant Focus on Digital Assets & Estate Planning in Australia

    The increasing importance of digital assets to an individual’s estate planning has been recognised by the NSW State Government. The NSW Attorney General has asked the NSW Law Reform Commission to review and report on the laws that effect who can access a person’s digital assets after they die or when they become incapacitated, and in what circumstances. The purpose of the Commission’s report is to consider whether NSW needs new laws in this area and if it does, what should be included in those new laws.

    It is evident from this development that the significance of considering digital assets as part of an individual’s estate planning continues to be an issue that is front of stage.

    After requesting preliminary submissions from interested parties, the Law Reform Commission has published a Consultation Paper[1]. This paper, in addition to outlining how the Commission intends to conduct the review, also describes the current laws that impact access to digital assets in circumstances where a person is incapacitated or is deceased. The very apparent and extraordinary increase in the use of digital assets by many of us has clearly motivated these questions being referred to the Law Reform Commission.

    The paper also outlines the approaches that have been taken in other jurisdictions including the United States, Canada, the European Union and the Council of Europe.

    The Commissioners have noted that their “preliminary view” is that there are substantial policy grounds for legislative reform to govern when third parties can access a person’s digital assets upon death or incapacity.

    The timing of the comparable legislative reforms in other jurisdictions is relatively recent. For example, the Uniform Law Commission in the US adopted the Uniform Fiduciary Access to Digital Assets Act in 2014. It is encouraging that an Australian jurisdiction is now embarking on a review of the relevant laws in Australia.

    In response to the suggestion that it is an area of reform that should be conducted on a national level rather than by a State Government, the Consultation Paper notes that national coverage can be achieved where one State or Territory enacts model provisions that are adopted elsewhere. The approach of each jurisdiction “following suit” may take significant time and national coverage is not guaranteed.

    Digital Assets

    The Consultation Paper also includes an overview of what is included in the term “digital assets”.[2] The overview is not intended to be exhaustive but confirms the concept of digital assets includes the following:

    • Personal assets such as email accounts, text messages, social media profiles and accounts and similar accounts;
    • Financial assets such as online bank accounts and cryptocurrency;
    • Business assets such as online store accounts (such as eBay);
    • Intellectual property rights that are attached to assets such as domain names and images;
    • Loyalty program benefits such as frequent flyer points;
    • Sports gambling accounts; and
    • Online gaming accounts.

    In addition to being a useful reminder of the extensive nature of the term ‘digital assets’, the overview in the Consultation Paper confirms the proposed  reforms should  extend to all categories of digital assets.

    The focus on ‘Access to Digital Assets’

    It is clear from the above that the question being asked is in relation to access of those digital assets upon death or incapacity. The Consultation Paper also identifies the importance for this right of access for the relevant people including executors, attorneys, financial managers and personal representatives generally. The paper confirms these reasons[3] as follows:

    • Financial value. For example, the deceased person may have significant funds in a bank account or a bitcoin account, or there may be other social media accounts which generate value. There may even be a valuable copyright interest in a literary work that only exists online;
    • Sentimental value. This reason will be relevant where a deceased person has family members that have an attachment to electronic photos or messages on social media such as Facebook;
    • Loss of paper trails. Access to certain account statements will be important for personal representatives to manage business accounts or personal banking accounts of the deceased or incapacitated person;
    • Protecting privacy and confidentiality. Often online accounts will contain personal information which a personal representative will look to protect by either closing or deleting the relevant account; and
    • Reducing the risk of identity fraud. Where the relevant individual is not monitoring their online accounts, it clearly will be more open to hacking by others.

     Guidelines for current practice

    The Consultation Paper notes the growth in the creating of “digital asset registers”[4] and digital asset inventories especially as part of the estate planning process.

    As the Commissioners note in the Consultation paper, there are currently some significant limitations with how individuals can successfully deal with their digital assets as part of their estate plan. This point is important for estate planning practitioners and their clients.

    The existing laws effecting third party access to digital assets (including for the nominated representatives) as noted in the Consultation Paper[5] include the following:

    1. The definition of “property” in succession laws may not extend to the rights that are commonly referred to as digital assets;
    2. The legislation dealing with the administration of an estate does not specifically cover access by the executor to “digital assets” of the deceased. Without the required access to these assets there is a real problem for an executor or administrator being able to demonstrate that they have fully  discharged their responsibilities in respect of the administration of the estate;
    3. The service agreements of internet and social media platform providers often maintain the intellectual property rights to material that form part of the “ digital asset”. In particular, on the death of the owner of the account, there is no right to transfer any rights to the material to another party (the rights are often non-transferable);
    4. Existing criminal law legislation makes it an offence for a person to cause any unauthorised access to or modification of restricted data held in a computer.[6] As a result, an executor who accesses a computer upon death or incapacity of a person when they should know that they do not have clear authorisation, is at risk of having committed a criminal offence. As indicated in the Consultation Paper, the scope of the offence is quite broad as there is no requirement for intention to commit or facilitate the commission of the offence. There is no defence of lawful excuse in these circumstances. It is quite likely that the executor or administrator will know, or should know that the access to or modification of the material on the computer is unauthorised. The phrase “unauthorised access” is defined in the legislation in broad terms.

    Preliminary suggestions for reform

    The Law Reform Commission also identifies some difficult situations for the State Government to address. For instance, in relation to the service agreements where the service provider is a foreign entity, the agreement will often nominate the foreign law as the proper law for dispute resolution rather than a law of Australia even if the client signing the service agreement is in Australia.

    The paper foreshadows that the final report may include a legislative approach that tries to address some of the issues referred to above. As part of that suggestion, it identifies some examples of what has been done overseas and potential approaches.

    As the paper is a preliminary report with a final report to follow after further consultation, at this stage these suggestions are only preliminary ideas.

    Importantly, in respect to the definition of a digital asset, the paper makes the following comment:

    “The definition of digital asset should be defined in a way that “is sufficiently broad to cover the types of assets currently in existence, but also flexible enough to encompass relevant classes or types of assets that may come into existence in the future”.[7]

    At the end of the paper, there are a number of suggestions in relation to potential reforms. The following suggestions by the Commissioners are particularly relevant to the area of estate planning:

    • To determine which third parties should have access rights to the assets;
    • Who should have the authority to decide what happens to a person’s digital assets;
    • What should happen if the relevant parties disagree;
    • To clarify how the wishes of a person should be taken into account when deciding about their digital assets where upon death or incapacity; and
    • To be able to freeze or suspend a person’s digital assets after their death or incapacity to avoid issues of identity theft.

    The Consultation Paper produced by the NSW Law Reform Commission is an excellent summary of the issues and makes some thought provoking suggestions as to the reform.

    There is already eager anticipation by many for the release of the final report by the Law Reform Commission and the discussion that will follow the release of the final report.

    Written by David Toole, Legal Director and Ellen Bradley, Senior Associate. To create or review your will and estate plan, please contact our Estate & Business Succession team


    [1] Consultation Paper 20 – New South Wales Law Reform Commission – Access to digital assets upon death or incapacity

    [2] Consultation Paper 20 – New South Wales Law Reform Commission – Access to digital assets upon death or incapacity , August 2018 (the “ Consultation Paper) at page 4

    [3] Consultation Paper at page 4

    [4] Consultation Paper at page 9

    [5] Consultation Paper from pages 11 to 24.

    [6] Criminal Code ((Cth) s478.1 and Crimes Act 1900 (NSW) – s308H

    [7] Consultation Paper at page 35

    Read more
  • Assignment of Lease Dealing with an initial request

    Assignment of Lease: Dealing with an initial request

    A lease grants a tenant exclusive use to a premises for a period of time. Often circumstances change within that period of time and lead to the tenant seeking an assignment of the lease to a new party. This is often as a result of the sale of the tenant’s business.

    Assignments of lease are not at all uncommon, however there are a few things to remember to ensure that they run smoothly and both parties comply with their obligations under the lease and the relevant legislation.

    From a tenant’s perspective, it is important to be aware of what you are required to do under your lease when seeking the consent of your landlord to an assignment. The Leases (Commercial and Retail) Act 2001 states that, before requesting the landlord’s consent to an assignment of lease, a tenant must give any proposed new tenant a copy of the disclosure statement (if any) that was given to them in relation to the lease.

    It shouldn’t be taken for granted that a landlord will consent to an assignment, here in the ACT the legislation allows a landlord to request particular information on a proposed new tenant and, if that information is not satisfactory to the landlord, they are able to refuse to provide consent. Further information that the landlord can request may include (but is not limited to):

    • the financial position of the prospective tenant;
    • information in respect of the tenant’s prospective ability to conduct the nominated business; and
    • information about what the tenant intends to use the premises for.

    Once the landlord obtains this further information they are able to make an informed decision and provide their consent, or not.  However, it should be noted that a landlord is not able to unreasonably withhold consent.  The refusal of consent can often cause dispute between the parties which may be drawn out and costly to both parties, so it is important to obtain the appropriate legal advice early on in the process.

    From a landlord’s perspective, arguably the most important factor when dealing with assignments are the time frames stipulated under the Leases (Commercial and Retail) Act 2001. If a tenant requests an assignment of lease, the landlord must either consent or refuse within 28 days of receiving the request – or within 21 days of receiving further information or documents (the request for which must be made within 14 days of receiving the request for assignment).  If a landlord does not comply with these strict timeframes they can be deemed to have consented to the assignment of lease.

    In order to ensure compliance with the legislation and your obligations under a lease, we recommend that you contact our office as soon as an assignment of lease is considered. We can assist in managing the strict timeframes and help you achieve a smooth transaction, resulting in a positive outcome for all involved.

    For more information, please contact our Leasing Team.

    Read more
  • The Current Law regarding Death Organs Bodies Burials and Sperm

    The Current Law regarding Death, Organs, Bodies, Burials and Sperm

    What better time to write about organs, bodies and burials than now as we approach Halloween. In June last year I wrote an article which looked at the then recent case of Darcy v Duckett – a case which examined the Common Law principles regarding the right to dispose of a body as well as Court’s regard to traditional Aboriginal Law.

    In this article I wanted to give a quick summary of the law as it stands today with regard to death, organs, bodies, burials and tissue transplantation (in light of the recent landmark Queensland case of Re Creswell [2018] QSC 142)

    Basic principle

    The basic principle that there is no property in a body (Doodeward v Spence (1908) 6 CLR 408) means that there can be no ownership in a corpse. As such, one cannot “dispose” or direct what will occur with their body after death.

    The Exception

    There is an exception to the basic rule (outlined by Griffith CJ in Doodeward) – where a person has, by the lawful exercise of work and skill, dealt with a human body (or body part) in such a way that it has acquired some attributes differentiating it from a mere corpse awaiting burial and the body (or body part) is displayed in the public interest, then the body (or body part) can be considered property capable of being disposed of.

    In the case of Doodeward, a stillborn baby with two heads was preserved by a doctor who displayed it in his office (this was a 1908 case…).  The Doodeward exception would apply to say, a mummy that is displayed in a museum.

    Burial and Funeral Instructions

    Given the basic principle above, a person’s wishes with respect to the disposal of their body is not legally binding (Smith v Tamworth City Council (1997) 41 NSWLR 680)).  Whatever funeral and burial  instructions  you communicate via your Will, personal documents or verbally can be disregarded at law.

    Who has the right to dispose of a person’s body after death?

    Where there is a Will, the executor (and if there is more than one, then the executors jointly unless contrary intention is expressed in the Will) has the right and responsibility to arrange for the disposal of the deceased person’s body.

    Where there is no Will, then the person with the highest rank to apply for a Grant of Representation in that jurisdiction has the same rights as an executor.

    (references contained in previous article)

    The person with the right to dispose may do so in any manner they choose provided it is not unlawful or unreasonable (Leeburn v Derndorfer (2004) 14 VR 100, 104), or exercised in a way that prevents family and friends from reasonably and appropriately expressing affection for the deceased  (Smith v Tamworth City Council (1997) 41 NSWLR 680, 694.)

    Where more than one person has an equal right to dispose of the body…

    The Court will generally decide a conflict between them in a “practical way paying due regard to the need to have a dead body disposed of without unreasonable delay, but with all proper respect and decency” (Calma v Sesar (1992) 106 FLR 446 at [14])

    The practicalities of burial without unreasonable delay will prevail.


    A person can be cremated in any outfit but pacemakers and other such devices must be removed from the body before cremation. The body must be contained in a coffin, casket or some other container and must be cremated one body at a time.

    Cremation can take one to two hours. Once cooled, the ashes are packed into a plastic container and a name plate is attached before being stored ahead of collection.

    In the ACT, the operator of the crematorium must give the ashes to the person who applied for the cremation (which may be at odds with the common law) (Cemeteries and Crematoria Regulation (ACT) 2003 Reg 10).

    In the ACT, a statement by a person that his or her body is not to be cremated is legally binding. An injunction or other relief can be obtained against the operator of the crematorium if necessary (Reg 8).

    Do Burials have to be at the Cemetery (and Cremations at the Crematorium)?

    We have three cemeteries in the ACT – Woden, Hall and Gungahlin Cemeteries.

    It is an offence (which can be punishably by imprisonment) to bury human remains other than at a cemetery unless the Minister’s prior written permission has been obtained (Cemeteries and Crematoria Act (ACT) 2003 Section 24)

    Cremations can only occur within the crematorium (Section 25 of the Act).

    What can you do with the ashes once they are collected?

    Ashes can be:

    • Buried in a cemetery in a small plot, or placement in columbarium or niche wall;
    • Preserved in an urn or kept at home in some other favourite spot; or
    • Scattered on private land, beach, river, public park, at sea or some other place that is significant to the deceased person or their family.

    If ashes are scatted on private land, permission must be obtained by the owners of the private land.

    If the ashes are scattered in a public park or other public place, permission may need to be obtained from the local council or park. Councils and local government may set a place and time when these activities can be undertaken and can impose other restrictions.

    You may want to carefully consider where you scatter the ashes and in particular, to scatter them at a place that you can revisit later (e.g. if ashes are buried in your backyard and you later move, you may not be able to visit the site in the future).

    Ashes can be scattered at sea if permission of the vessel operator is obtained.

    Taking ashes overseas

    Ashes can be taken overseas but it is good practice to:

    • contact the consulate of the country the ashes are being taken to in order to comply with the local requirements; and
    • Carry the ashes in a sealed contained and have a copy of the death certificate of the deceased person along with a copy of a statement from the crematorium identifying the deceased person and where the body was cremated (in case you get picked on by customs!)

    Can you bury a body in a vault or tomb?

    The short answer – yes! But the operator of the cemetery must not bury human remains in a vault or tomb unless the body has been embalmed and is in a selected corrosion resistant mental container (Reg 10)

    Removal of tissue, organs and sperm from the body

    In the case of Re Creswell which was handed down earlier this year in Queensland, an application made by a de facto partner to access the deceased sperm the day following his death was granted by the Queensland Supreme Court. His sperm was removed at the Toowoomba Hospital by medical staff and preserved at the Queensland Facility Group Laboratory.

    Subsequent to the application for removal of the sperm, Ms Creswell applied to the Queensland Supreme Court seeking a declaration that she be entitled to possession and use off the sperm in assisted reproductive treatment.

    The Respondent to the Application, the Attorney-General for the State of Queensland, neither opposed nor consented to Ms Creswell’s application.

    It was held that:

    1. The removal of sperm for use in assisted reproductive technology was for a medical purpose  pursuant to section 22 of the Transplant and Anatomy Act 1979 (Qld) (note that section requires the deceased not to have expressed an object to the removal of his sperm)
    2. Once removed, the sperm was property capable of possession given that work and skill was exercised in relation to its removal, separation and preservation (note the case of  Doodeward above); and
    3. Discretionary factors including best interest of the child, whether Ms Creswell’s decision was a rational one and community standards, weighed in favour of making the declarations sought by Ms Creswell and the declarations sought were granted.

    In the ACT, a distinction is made in the legislation (Transplantation and Anatomy Act 1978) with regard to the removal of tissue during lifetime as opposed to after death.

    In both cases, tissue can be removed where the person expressed their consent for the removal of the tissue for the purposes of donation to the body of another living person, or for the purposes of other therapeutic or medical or scientific purposes.

    However, the definition of “Tissue” in the legislation does not include spermatozoa (sperm).

    In the ACT case of Roblin v the Public Trustee for the Australian Capital Territory and Labservices Pty Limited [2015] ACTSC 100, the deceased had consented to the removal of his sperm during his lifetime. His sperm was collected and stored cryogenically during his lifetime.

    He subsequently died intestate (without a Will) and his wife brought an Application seeking a declaration from the ACT Supreme Court to have the sperm form part of his estate where it would be received by his wife. The Court held that the sperm constituted property of the estate where it was passed to the wife in accordance with the intestacy laws.

    Written by Golnar Nekoee, Director, Wills and Estate Planning

    Read more
  • Technology and Witnessing Documents

    Technology and Witnessing Documents

    As advancements in communication technologies are increasingly bringing people on the other side of the world into our living rooms or office spaces, there is new uncertainty about the extent to which the law is adaptable. One example is the witnessing of documents through electronic means such as Skype or FaceTime. Generally, legislation refers to the need for “presence” without necessarily providing whether virtual presence is sufficient for witnessing purposes. While, for all intents and purposes, Skyping or FaceTiming someone signing a document has the same effect as being physically present, the law generally looks upon both situations differently.

    The rationale for the witnessing requirements of certain documents is to reduce the risk of people entering into fraudulent agreements without consent. Ensuring that a document is appropriately witnessed is important for both the signor and witness. The signor may end up with an invalid legal agreement and the witness may be subject to a fine if they fail to comply with his or her obligations. For the most part, witnesses need only be over 18, of sound mind, and not subject to a conflict of interest. In some instances, however, the witness will need to be authorised person who is listed under the Statutory Declarations Regulations 2018 (Cth) such as a doctor, pharmacist or bank officer.

    In keeping with the rationale of witnessing requirements, the Attorney-General’s Department provides that a document cannot be witnessed via webcam or Skype on the grounds that the person witnessing the signing must be able to “authorise and validate the identity of the declarant”. This may seem out of step with modern technology that would enable a witness to identify the signor as they sign the relevant document. However, the New South Wales Law Reform Commission, when considering the joint signing of wills, stressed that physical presence allows for witnesses to pick up on facts relevant to issues of the testator’s capacity, understanding or freedom from pressure. The only jurisdiction that has shown any movement toward accepting witnessing via electronic means is the United Kingdom where, in the case of Re ML (Use of Skype Technology) [2013] EWHC 2091, the Court allowed the signing of adoption consent forms to be witnessed via Skype. However, it is important to note this ruling was specific to the facts of the case and has not yet been heavily relied on.

    Although it may seem that the law is lagging behind the realities and opportunities presented by modern technology, it remains the case that in Australia documents must be witnessed physically rather than virtually for the time being.

    If you require legal advice regarding contracts or witnessing documents, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Blockchain the Basics

    Blockchain: The Basics

    If we had a Bitcoin for every time we heard the word ‘blockchain’, we’d be (virtually) rolling in it.

    Distributed Ledger Technology, or DLT, has taken the commercial world by storm—but what is it? And what legal issues might arise from a technology that is poised to completely revolutionise the way we transact with one another?


    Blockchain Basics NetworksqTo keep it relatively simple, ‘blockchain’ refers to a list of records or transactions that are linked and secured in ‘blocks’. Each new piece of information is added to the end of the list (producing a continuously growing chain) in a way that is instantaneous, permanent and irreversible.

    The information is stored on a ‘distributed ledger’, which means that it is shared across the entire network of participants, rather than in a centralised place managed by a single administrator. This method of storage ensures the quality and security of the data, as any update to the ledger requires the consensus of the majority of participants (or ‘nodes’). If consensus is reached, the latest, agreed-upon version is saved on every node, instantaneously and simultaneously.

    As per the image on the left, each new ‘block’ of information is added to the chain of previous transactions, containing a unique encoded fingerprint, as well as the fingerprint of the previous block.

    The benefits of this ever-growing chain are that each block is an accurate, instantaneous and ‘time-stamped’ record of a transaction. Since every participant in the network verifies a transaction, there is an immutable record that can’t be tampered with later on. Moreover, public blockchains (think Bitcoin) are easily and widely accessible to anyone with a computer.

    Smart Contracts

    For our purposes, one of the most interesting uses of blockchain technology is the ‘smart contract’. Although these contain a set of rules and consequences, just like a traditional contract, it consists of a set of coded instructions that self-perform when certain pre-set criteria are met. In other words, the contract executes itself. Like any blockchain, actions cannot be completed until validated by other participants in the network.

    As an example of how smart contracts work in practice, the Commonwealth Bank of Australia and Wells Fargo completed the first cross-border transaction between banks using blockchain technology in 2016. An Australian cotton-trader purchased a shipment of cotton from Texas on a blockchain platform. Ordinarily, this trade would have relied on an import letter of credit between banks to guarantee payment on arrival, which would have taken weeks. However, a smart contract embedded into the blockchain automatically triggered instantaneous payments when the cargo reached certain geographic locations.

    Keeping the law on its toes

    Whilst blockchain and smart contracts are exciting developments for the efficiency of commercial dealings, there may be some significant legal consequences. For example, the uptake of blockchain technology may pose new challenges for companies in complying with applicable data protection laws, with the distributed nature of blockchain making some kinds of data breaches harder to predict, detect and manage.

    More fundamentally, however, the use of smart contracts sits somewhat uncomfortably with some well-established and highly subjective doctrines of contract law, posing novel challenges for lawyers and businesses alike.

    Over the coming months, our blockchain article series will address some of the various legal implications and considerations arising from blockchain use. Although there are some complex challenges ahead, the use of blockchain technology presents some unique and exciting opportunities for businesses, which we will also explore in our upcoming articles.

    If you’d like to discuss how distributed ledger technologies may impact your business, feel free to get in contact with Shaneel Parikh in our Business team.

    Written by Shaneel Parikh Lawyer and Bryce Robinson.

    Read more
  • Potato, potahto; tomato, tomahto: an assignment and a novation, the same thing … right?

    Okay, you’ve become a party to a contract and that contract requires you to pay money; but then you sell your business (or whatever) and you “assign” the contract  you are free and clear, right? Wrong!

    There are a number of reasons why you might want to transfer part or all of an existing contract to another party; it could be part of a sale of business, the contract might be valuable or you might not be able to perform the work anymore. As part of that process, the terms ‘assignment’ and ‘novation’ are often bandied about interchangeably. Unfortunately, they do not mean the same thing, and it is actually important to understand the difference so you get the outcome you are bargaining for.

    At the most basic level:

    • an “assignment” transfers the rights and benefits of the contract, but does not free you from the obligations; in that respect the original agreement remains unchanged; and
    • a “novation” is where you want to transfer both the rights and obligations under an agreement; it ends both your benefit and your burden (unless the “new” contract (ie; “novation”) states otherwise).

    Looking at some of the important differences between the two:


    If you want to keep performing your obligations under the agreement but give away some rights, you should seek an assignment. In simple terms, you cannot “assign” your obligations or liabilities. The original agreement will otherwise remain unchanged and will remain enforceable against you.

    With an assignment, you will remain a party to the agreement and liable for performance under the contract. Even if you have contracted with some other person to perform the contract on your behalf, unless the terms of the original contract require it (including through some implied term that you had been engaged to perform the contract personally), there is typically no requirement to obtain consent of the other parties to achieve an assignment. But there is a requirement to give the other party “notice” of the assignment, so practically speaking most people either seek consent or there are terms drafted into the contract that set out when an assignment is allowed and on what conditions.

    Assignments must be documented in writing to clearly identify what rights are being transferred; they must be unconditional and the assignment, to be effective, must be “notified” to the other contract parties.


    If you want to transfer all of your rights and be relieved of all your obligations under a contract (essentially removing yourself from the contract, then you must do so through a “novation”. A novation ends the original contract between the original parties, and creates a new contract; this is usually achieved through a single deed of novation. The novation has the effect of substituting one party for another without necessarily changing the rights and obligations under the original contract (although such changes might be agreed).

    For a novation, given you are trying to remove yourself from a contract, consent is an essential element. All parties (new and old) must consent.

    Unlike an assignment, a novation can be in writing or can be oral.

    A court will take into account what the parties have said to each other, their conduct and course of dealings in determining whether there was an agreement to novate or simply and attempt to assign or something altogether different (perhaps a subcontract? or an agency?).

    Proving any form of contract requires clear proof of terms and intention. Proving that there was an oral agreement to “novate” can be a lengthy and expensive process, as the reason you might need such proof will be for reason that the other party refuses to acknowledge that is had agreed to what you are asserting, thus claiming you are still bound by the contract. Proving terms and intention is best done through a written document.


    Both an assignment and a novation will “transfer” rights under a contract. A document might be called “an assignment” but if it seeks to transfer all rights and obligations of a party, to effectively substitute one party for another and if all parties have consented to that substitution, then, despite the name, it may actually be a “novation”.

    As you can see, despite the similarities, there are fundamental differences between assigning and novating. Arm yourself with this knowledge before you start the process of ‘assigning’ or ‘novating’ to ensure you are not giving away too little or too much.

    A short example: I have used finance to buy my six tractors; I sell the tractors and assign the finance with the consent of the financier. If the assignment is in not writing, then there is no “assignment” at all. If there is an “assignment”, I am still liable to the financier, but now so is the assignee.

    If you have any questions about how an assignment or novation works, please get in touch with our Business team.

    Read more
  • BAL Estates Team Listing in Doyles Guide 2018

    BAL Estates Team Listings in Doyles Guide 2018

    The 2018 Doyles Guide listing of leading Wills & Estates Litigation and Wills, Estates and Succession Planning lawyers and law firms has just been released and details solicitors and law firms practising within those areas who have been identified by their peers for their expertise and abilities.

    Congratulations to our Estates Team for their 2018 Doyles Guide listings.

    Keith Bradley AM

    • Preeminent, Wills & Estates Litigation Lawyers – Canberra
    • Leading, Wills, Estates & Succession Planning Lawyers – Canberra
    • Recommended, Wills & Estates Litigation lawyers – Australia

    David Toole

    • Recommended, Wills & Estates Litigation Lawyers –Canberra
    • Recommended, Wills, Estates & Succession Planning Lawyers – Canberra

    Golnar Nekoee

    • Recommended, Wills & Estates Litigation Lawyers –Canberra
    • Recommended, Wills, Estates & Succession Planning Lawyers – Canberra

    Ellen Bradley

    • Rising Star, Wills, Estates & Succession Planning – Australia

    BAL Lawyers has been listed as a First Tier Firm in Wills & Estates Litigation Law Firms and Wills, Estates & Succession Planning Firms – Canberra.

    Full listings for all categories can be found here.

    Our Estates Team take a holistic approach to estate planning, considering your broader personal, family and financial circumstances to ensure your wealth is passed onto the people you wish to benefit in an efficient and tax-effective way.

    If we can assist you with a making a will, appointing a power of attorney, estate litigation or helping you set up a business succession plan, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Business Breakfast Club - Illegal Phoenix Activity

    Business Breakfast Club September Summary - The Phoenix and the Regulators: A Liquidators Perspective

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, Lachlan Abbott and Fergus McFarlane of Ernst & Young provided the liquidator’s perspective on legal and illegal phoenix activity. Owing to growing concerns around phoenix activity there has been an increase in regulatory attempts to deter and disrupt illegal phoenix activity.

    What is Phoenix Activity?

    Phoenix activity involves registering a new company to take over the failed or insolvent business of a predecessor company. This is legitimate where there is genuine company failure and liquidation. Directors may responsibly manage a company, but the company may be unable to pay its debts. If the directors then hand the insolvent company over to a liquidator and register a new company after liquidation to continue the previous business, this will constitute legal phoenix activity.

    What is Illegal Phoenix Activity?

    Phoenix activity involves registering a new company to take over the failed or insolvent business of a predecessor company. This may constitute a legitimate business restructure where there is genuine company failure and the assets are sold at market value and in the best interests of creditors

    Directors may responsibly manage a company, but the company may still be unable to pay its debts. If the directors then hand the insolvent company over to a reputable liquidator and the assets are sold at or above market value (before or after liquidation) this would normally constitute legal phoenix activity, even if the assets are sold to a related party.

    Regulatory Approaches for Reform

    In the 2018-19 Budget, the Government announced several proposed reforms to corporations and tax laws to deter and disrupt illegal phoenix activity. The draft legislation includes reforms to:

    • make it an offence for directors to engage in transfers of company assets that prevent, hinder or significantly delay creditors’ access to those assets;
    • make it an offence for pre-insolvency advisers and other facilitators of illegal phoenix activity to incite, induce or encourage a company to make these creditor-defeating transfers of company assets;
    • prevent directors from backdating their resignations to avoid personal liability;
    • prevent sole directors resigning and leaving a company with no director;
    • extend the director penalty provisions to make directors personally liable for their company’s GST and related liabilities;
    • expand the ATO’s powers to retain refunds where there are outstanding tax lodgements;
    • introduce a Director Identification Number (DIN) to allow enforcement agencies to verify and track the current and historical relationships between directors and the entities they are associated with; and
    • restrict the voting rights of related creditors of the phoenix operator at meetings regarding the appointment or removal and replacement of an external administrator.

    For more information, please contact Shaneel Parikh. The next Business Breakfast Club will take place on 12 October 2018. If you would like to attend, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Baiting Buyers The Risks of Underquoting in the ACT

    Baiting Buyers: The Risks of Underquoting in the ACT

    You’d be hard pressed to find a real estate agent who is unfamiliar with the term ‘underquoting’. Indeed the practice of underquoting has become a significant problem in NSW and Victoria, where the average difference between the sale price and the agent’s quote in some suburbs can be as much as 30%.[1] Thankfully, the practice of agents deliberately undervaluing the selling price of a property to ‘bait’ buyers has been relatively infrequent in the ACT, although not without precedent.[2] It is in such a climate of high scrutiny being placed on agents however that you must be aware of the potential penalties of underquoting.

    The current law in the ACT

    Real estate agents in the ACT who underquote the likely sale price of a residential property face liability under two statutory regimes: the Agents Act 2003 (ACT) and the Australian Consumer Law, found in Schedule 2 of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth). Interestingly, these statutory regimes could also apply to an agent over quoting the sale price of a Property.

    The Agents Act 2003 makes it an offence for an agent to make a statement about the agent’s business which is false or misleading or to make a dishonest representation (to the Seller or the Buyer) about the agent’s estimate of the selling price of the property. These offences apply to any advertisement published by an agent and cast a wide net in capturing potential dishonest conduct. There are also significant penalties for a breach, being 100 penalty units ($15,000 for an individual or $75,000 for a corporation).

    This is supplemented by the misleading and deceptive conduct provisions of the Australian Consumer Law, which make it an offence to engage in misleading and deceptive conduct in the course of trade and commerce (including a specific offence which applies this to conduct in connection with the sale of an interest in land). The potential penalties for being found to have engaged in misleading and deceptive conduct include fines of up to $220,000 for an individual and $1.1 million for a corporation.

    In addition to this, agents face a potential disqualification under the Agents Act 2003 should the offence be sufficiently serious.

    Cracking down – the response to underquoting in NSW and Victoria

    Despite similar penalties being present, in recent years NSW and Victoria have introduced legislative reforms imposing more comprehensive obligations on agents when estimating selling prices and harsher penalties for those who make misrepresentations. Although these types of reforms have not yet been introduced in the ACT, they may be on the agenda of the Legislative Assembly.

    In NSW, agents are now required to keep records substantiating selling price estimates and are prohibited from publishing an indication of the sale price less than the estimated selling price for the property (this even extends to advertisements that indicate a sale price of “offers above” or use similar words or symbols). Similar restrictions apply in Victoria, where agents are also required to prepare a statement of information (taking into account at least three properties considered most comparable) available for inspection by prospective buyers.


    While the current ACT regime provides for significant penalties should agents be found to have made false or dishonest representations in underquoting the selling price of a property, legislative amendments in other Australia jurisdictions pose the possibility that a more direct and stricter regime may be legislated in the ACT in the near future.   Property agents should ensure that they are aware of these implications.


    [2] See

    Read more
  • Procedural Fairness in Estate Law - Recent High Court of Australia Case - Nobarani v Mariconte

    Procedural Fairness in Estate Law - Recent High Court of Australia Case - Nobarani v Mariconte

    It has been some time since there was a High Court decision concerning estates and succession law. Earlier this month the High Court of Australia considered whether procedural fairness was afforded to a self-represented litigant, Mr Nobarani during a trial in the New South Wales Supreme Court.


    Mr Nobarani was a friend of the late Iris McLaren (“the deceased”).  In December 2013, the deceased made her last Will which named her friend Ms Mariconte as her executrix and sole beneficiary of her estate.

    Mr Nobarani was named as a beneficiary of an earlier Will of the deceased. He claimed that the deceased’s 2013 Will was invalid for a number of reasons – he claimed that the deceased’s signature was forged at the time of making her Will, that she lacked testamentary capacity and that she had been under the influence of medication.

    Mr Nobarani proceeded to file 2 caveats against a Grant of Probate for the 2013 Will. The executrix then brought proceedings seeking orders that the caveats cease to be in force. The executrix also sought probate of the 2013 Will and also filed a Statement of Claim in which Mr Nobarani was not named as the defendant (and therefore, was not party to the case concerning the validity of the 2013 Will).

    NSW Supreme Court decision

    Less than a week before the trial concerning the validity of the caveats, Justice Slattery was called upon to determine an issue raised by the executrix, which was to point out that the caveats filed by Mr Nobarani had in fact expired.

    The executrix sought that the trial be held as a final probate hearing and the Court accepted. It should be noted that:

    • the Court made the decision to change the nature of the proceedings on the 14th May, noting that the trial was set down a few days afterwards on 18th May;
    • throughout the matter, Mr Nobarani was not a defendant in the executrix’s Statement of Claim concerning the validity of the 2013 Will, and as such, had only filed evidence in relation to the opposition of the caveat motion. The preparation of his case was limited therefore only to the caveat motion and nothing else; and
    • at the Trial, the executrix was represented by solicitors, junior counsel and senior counsel while Mr Nobarani remained unrepresented.

    At the trial Mr Nobarani advised the Court that he required more time to prepare for the hearing, that he had been denied an opportunity to issue subpoenas, cross examine witnesses and prepare an adequate defence.

    Ultimately, the Supreme Court held that the 2013 Will was valid, granted probate to the named executrix and ordered Mr Nobarani to pay costs.

    Court of Appeal

    Mr Nobarani appealed to the Court of Appeal on the basis that he had been denied procedural fairness.

    The Court of Appeal unanimously held that Mr Nobarani had been denied procedural fairness, but what happens next was important….

    Justice Ward and acting Justice Emmett held that although Mr Nobarani had been denied procedural fairness, that the miscarriage of justice was not so substantial to warrant a retrial, and that the denial of procedural fairness did not deprive Mr Nobarani of the possibility of a successful outcome.

    Justice Simpson had a different opinion and found that there was a possibility that retrial would have resulted in a different outcome and therefore there had been a miscarriage of justice.

    As the Court was divided, the majority decision took precedence and Mr Nobarani’s appeal was dismissed. A retrial was not ordered.

    High Court of Australia

    Mr Nobarani then appealed to the High Court of Australia.

    The High Court unanimously allowed Mr Nobarani’s appeal from the Court of Appeal and held that a new trial should be granted on the basis that Mr Nobarani was denied procedural fairness.

    Some of the notable points made by the High Court included the following:

    1. Denial of Procedural Fairness

    Citing Stead v State Government Insurance Commission, the High Court stated that “[a]ll the Appellant needed to show was that the denial of natural justice deprived him of the possibility of a successful outcome”.[1] The High Court confirmed that there were several denials of procedural fairness through the course of the trial however they mostly arose from the last minute change of the issue to be decided during the hearing. Ultimately, this was determined to be sufficient enough to deny the appellant “the possibility a successful outcome”.

    1. Insufficient Time for the Appellant to Prepare a Defence

    The High Court held that contrary to the assertions of the trial judge, the appellant did not have sufficient time to prepare for his matter.

    Mr Nobarani only had 3 clear business days to:

    • consider the statement of claim;
    • prepare and serve a defence;
    • issue any subpoenas with an abbreviated return date before trial; and
    • locate any witness and secure them for the trial.

    The trial judge had made this assertion of the basis that the matter had been set down for some time. However, the trial judge had not taken into account that the trial date was set for the issues surrounding the appellant’s caveats and not the substantive Will challenge. In fact, no directions had been given in relation to the substantive Will challenge.

    1. Issues surrounding self-represented litigants generally

    Mr Nobarani had a limited understanding of court procedure and evidence rules. In addition, his command of the English language was lacking.

    The High Court found it unsurprising therefore that his case was vague and disordered but was careful not to give the appellant a privileged status as a self-represented litigant. The fact that Mr Nobarani was a self-represented litigant did play a factor in the High Court’s decision.

    Unfortunately for the parties involved, due to the procedural irregularity, the matter remains unresolved and is now set for a new trial at the New South Wales Supreme Court. Interestingly, Mr Nobarani does not stand to benefit significantly under the earlier Will of the deceased, and receives only some specific items of the deceased jewellery. Given the matter has now spanned over 2 years, one wonders whether the parties (and particularly Mr Nobarani who may continue to be unrepresented and is due to receive little from the earlier Will) still have the “stamina” to continue with the re-trial.

    This case will serve as a warning to all practitioners (and judges alike) of the importance of affording sufficient time to both sides of a case in order to allow adequate case preparation and therefore afford each party procedural fairness.

    Written by Golnar Nekoee, Director, Wills and Estate Planning


    [1] (1986) 161 CLR 141 at 147.

    Read more
  • Business Breakfast Club August Summary - Asset Protection and Voidable Transactions: Controlling Risks

    Business Breakfast Club August Summary - Asset Protection and Voidable Transactions: Controlling Risks

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed asset protection strategies and transactions which are voidable by a Trustee in Bankruptcy. There are a number of asset protection strategies to consider, particularly when carrying on a business, and there is no one perfect strategy. BAL Director, Katie Innes shared some of her insights on the topic. In addition to discussing some of the more common asset protection strategies Katie touched on:

    Voidable Transactions

    There are a number of transactions that are voidable by a Court where companies are in administration or liquidation, and when individuals become bankrupt. In particular, we focused on three types of voidable transactions under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth).  

    Undervalued Transactions – s 120 Where a transfer of property may be void if the transfer took place in the period of 5 years before the commencement of the bankruptcy and the transferee gave no consideration (or less than market value) for the transfer.

    Intention to Defeat Creditors – s 121 Where a transfer of property may be void if the property “would probably have” become part of the bankrupt’s estate or “would probably have” been available to creditors if the property had not been transferred. The transferor’s main purpose in making the transfer must be to either to prevent the property from becoming divisible amongst their creditors or to delay the process of making the property available. This purpose can be reasonably inferred from the circumstances, particularly if the transferor was, or was about to become, insolvent at the time of the transaction.

    Avoidance of preferences – s122 A transfer of property by a person in favour of a creditor can be void if the transfer had the effect of giving the creditor a preference, priority, or advantage over other creditors and was made within certain time periods.

    Cases & Practical Lessons

    Case studies help demonstrate how transactions can be scrutinised in practice. We looked at the seminal case of Cummins v Cummins[1] and whether quarantining assets against possible future liabilities can be for the purpose of defeating creditors, and Silvia v Williams[2] which reiterates the benefits of documenting loans contemporaneously and seeking professional advice on protection of assets (to show the intention behind certain transfers).

    For more information, please contact Katie Innes. The next Business Breakfast Club will take place on 14 September 2018. If you would like to attend, please contact us.

    [1] The Trustees of the Property of John Daniel Cummins, a Bankrupt, v Cummins [2006] 227 CLR 278.

    [2] Silvia (Trustee) v Williams, in the matter of Williams (Bankrupt) [2018] FCA 189

    Read more
  • Country Of Origin Labelling Changes – Greater Certainty For Consumers

    We all know and recognise the green triangle with the yellow kangaroo, a mark of products that are proudly Australian. Due to changes in the rules governing its use, we may be about to see a lot more of it.

    The Country of Origin Food Labelling Information Standard 2016 (the Standard) has been in place since 1 July 2016 but in a voluntary capacity only. As of 1 July 2018 Country of Origin (COO) labelling under this Standard is now mandatory, which means greater certainty for consumers who want to know whether their food is Australian made and grown. So what does this mean for you?

    The Standard provides for mandatory COO labelling requirements for food that is sold (including offered or displayed for sale) in Australia. It is designed to regulate country of origin food claims by prohibiting businesses and individuals from:

    1. supplying or manufacturing food that does not comply with the Standard; and
    2. making false, misleading or deceptive representations about a food product’s place of origin.

    Scope of the rules

    The Standard applies to most foods offered or suitable for “retail sale” in Australia. The net is cast widely capturing anything used or represented as being for human consumption, as well as any ingredients, additives or substances used for preparing those things. There are a number of exceptions, including certain unpackaged products, products for export, those made and packaged on the premises where it is sold, and food or products sold in facilities such as schools, restaurants, prisons, hospitals and fundraisers. ‘Therapeutic goods’ under the Therapeutic Goods Act 1989 also escape the reach of the Standard.

    The new law establishes different labelling requirements depending on whether an item is classified as a priority or non-priority food. Non-priority food categories include seasonings, confectionery, biscuits and snack foods, soft drinks and sports drinks, alcoholic drinks, tea, coffee and bottled water. Everything else is a priority food.  While all foods must include a statement of origin and the minimum proportion of Australian ingredients in a bar chart, the kangaroo symbol is only mandatory for priority foods.

    Grown, produced, made and packed

    It is important that businesses understand the concepts that apply under the Standard to ensure that accurate claims are made about their products. ‘Grown’, ‘produced’ and ‘made’ all have very particular meanings under the Standard, referring to the provenance of the food and its ingredients, as well as changes in their size, substance, identity and character. The Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (ACCC) has released useful guidance for businesses to help them better understand these terms and their obligations under the Standard.[1]

    It is important to note that a food cannot be considered as being grown, produced, or made in Australia unless it has also been packed in Australia.


    If businesses fail to comply with the Standard, they risk breaching the Australian Consumer Law. The ACCC are responsible for enforcing the new laws and will conduct market surveillance checks on over 10,000 products. ACCC Deputy Chair, Mick Keogh, noted that companies have had two years to implement the new labelling system, indicating that those who have failed to do so risk serious financial hardship.[2]  The ACCC will be scrutinising the truth in labelling so that if a company claims that its product is 100% produced or grown in Australia, the company will be required to document or provide evidence to justify that claim to the ACCC.

    If you have any questions about how the mandatory country of origin labelling laws apply to you or your business, please get in touch with our Business team.


    [1] Australian Competition & Consumer Commission, ‘Country of Origin food labelling: A guide for business’ (24 April 2017)

    [2] Rachel Carbonell, “Farmers hope new food labelling laws spur consumers to buy more Australian produce”, 29 June 2018, ABC News

    Read more
  • Smart Contracts for Commercial Leasing - Don't Believe the Hype?

    Smart Contracts for Commercial Leasing – Don’t Believe the Hype?

    There is plenty of hype surrounding the potential for blockchain-based smart contracts to revolutionise the real estate industry.

    Smart contracts are computerised contracts under which a party can pre-authorise its terms to be performed automatically.  Though the risk of “computer hacking” immediately comes to mind, these contracts use and share encryption and distributed ledgers which are designed to be resistant to manipulation. A simple example is a vending machine.  The consumer and the vending machine company both trust that the machine will dispense a can of soft drink if, and only if, a coin is dropped in the coin slot.

    Supporters of smart contracts suggest the technology offers many benefits for commercial leasing, including:

    • Automatic payment of rent and outgoings;
    • Integration with the Internet-of-Things (IoT);
    • Immediate detection of breaches (such as non-payment of rent) and automatic forfeiture of security; and
    • Collection of data to allow for forecasting and analysis of market trends.

    However the technology still faces many difficulties in overcoming:

    • The legislative requirements which mandate written leases and legislative reform or variations;
    • The loss of discretion and flexibility between the parties; and
    • The loss of flexibility associated with using proprietary technological platforms.

    We can expect smart contracts to become a hotly debated topic in the real estate industry but, at least in these early stages, smart contracts for commercial leasing may be more likely to be used in standard form contracts, such as for pop-ups or co-sharing spaces.  For more complicated leasing arrangements solicitors will likely stay at the forefront to ensure the proper preparation and execution of the terms of the contract (lucky for us!).

    If you require assistance with your commercial leasing arrangements, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Business Breakfast Club July Summary - Sexual Harassment, Discrimination and Bullying At Work - What Your Organisation Needs To Do About It

    Business Breakfast Club July Summary - Sexual Harassment, Discrimination and Bullying At Work - What Your Organisation Needs To Do About It

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed sexual harassment, discrimination and bullying laws and their affect on individuals in the workplace. BAL Director, Gabrielle Sullivan gave a practical overview of these topics and explored what organisations need to do to prevent and respond to these issues as employers.

    What constitutes Discrimination, Bullying and Sexual Harassment?

    Discrimination involves unfair or unfavourable treatment of an individual because of a ‘protected attribute’, or imposing a condition or requirement with which a person with a ‘protected attribute’ cannot comply because of that attribute. Examples of attributes that are protected include things such as sexual orientation, gender identity, marital or relationship status, pregnancy or potential pregnancy, and also family responsibilities.

    Bullying is repeated unreasonable behaviour (whether intentional or unintentional) that creates a risk to an individual’s health and safety. Bullying is a work, health and safety concern and may be subject to the scrutiny of WorkSafe ACT or SafeWork NSW.

    Sexual harassment is unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature that a reasonable person would anticipate would offend, intimidate or humiliate an individual.

    Importantly, whether conduct is “unwelcome” is subjective. It is based on how the recipient perceives and experiences the conduct in question. Conversely, whether the conduct is “offensive, intimidating or humiliating” behaviour is objective and determined with reference to whether a reasonable person in the same situation would have anticipated that offence, intimidation or humiliation might result from the behaviour.

    Sexual harassment is both a type of discrimination and a type of bullying, but has significantly higher compensation orders available for victims.

    Prevention techniques & Responding to Complaints

    The best technique to prevent and deal with sexual harassment, discrimination and bullying is to create a respectful workplace by:

    • modelling respectful behaviour from the top of the organisation down;
    • having a policy in place that includes definitions and reporting procedures (a Work Health & Safety Act requirement);
    • increasing staff awareness of the policy; and
    • responding to complaints promptly and reasonably, and in accordance with the policy.

    The key objective in responding to complaints should always be the efficient and fair resolution of complaints for all parties. This means no reprisals or unnecessary escalation within the organisation. Employers also need to remember they must manage the interests of all parties in this process (not just the complainant).

    For more information, please contact Gabrielle Sullivan or see our HR Breakfast Club website:

    The next Business Breakfast Club will take place on 10 August 2018. If you would like to attend, please contact us.

    A copy of the slides is available here.

    Read more
  • A game of snakes and ladders restraints of trade and ladder clauses

    A game of snakes and ladders: restraints of trade and ladder clauses

    Ladder clauses have become an essential part of restraint of trade clauses in Australia. However, significant policy concerns with the use of these clauses bring into question their continued acceptance, particularly in contracts for employment. Recent decisions concerning restraints of trade and ladder clauses suggest that the courts’ patience with clauses of this kind may be waning.

    Restraint of trade clauses are a staple inclusion in many employment contracts, and for good reason. Employers have a legitimate interest in protecting their confidential information, maintaining customer relationships and preserving a stable and trained workforce. In fact, one academic suggests that restraint of trade clauses are so essential to the preservation of an employer’s interests that any ‘lawyer who fails to advise on and draft an enforceable clause may well be considered negligent.’ However, for a clause that has such a ubiquitous presence in employment contracts, it is remarkable that their enforceability is so uncertain in any given circumstance. This is particularly true in jurisdictions, such as the ACT and Victoria, where the common law restraint of trade doctrine has remained largely unaltered by statute.

    There are a number of reasons for this uncertainty, not the least of which is that a covenant in restraint of trade is considered to be ‘contrary to public policy’ and therefore presumed to be void unless the party seeking to rely on its protection can demonstrate that it is ‘reasonable’ in the circumstances to protect the party’s legitimate interests. Specifically, the clause must be ‘framed and so guarded as to afford adequate protection to the party in whose favour it is imposed, while at the same time it is in no way injurious to the public’. This, in turn, touches upon the second key reason for the uncertainty surrounding the enforcement of restraint of trade clauses: the unenviable drafting exercise faced by a lawyer attempting to balance these competing imperatives. Failing to properly achieve this balance either means the employer’s legitimate interests are not adequately protected or the clause is rendered void on the grounds of unreasonableness.

    The task of drafting restraint of trade clauses is in no small way comparable to a high-stakes game of snakes and ladders. The lawyer tries to climb up the board to reach a point where all of the employer’s interests are adequately protected, but if the clause is drafted too ambitiously, the lawyer risks stepping on a snake and sliding back down into unenforceability. Unsurprisingly, resourceful lawyers have sought to craft a way around the pesky problem of balancing the need to adequately protect their employer client’s interests, whilst seeking to minimise the risk of leaving the client without the protection of a restraint of trade – ladder clauses.

    Ladder Clauses

    Many practitioners will be familiar with ladder clauses, also known as cascading clauses. I will therefore keep my description of their operation brief.

    Ladder clauses are a tool used to bypass the common law rule that courts cannot restate an unenforceable contractual clause in terms that would permit its continued operation. This is achieved by harnessing the operation of the doctrine of severance. In short, ladder clauses are drafted in such a way so that the offending portion of the term can easily be severed from the contract, thereby preventing that portion of the term impugning the operation of the entire clause. Whether or not any particular restraint of trade term can successfully be severed from the contract in the event it is found to be unenforceable depends on the application of the “blue pencil test” (discussed further below).

    Broadly speaking, restraint of trade ladder clauses operate in two different ways.

    The first kind of ladder clause operates by creating a cascading series of reducing obligations. Each particular obligation is only triggered when the more onerous restraint preceding it is held by the court to be unreasonable. In other words, the obligations in the clauses cascade down with ever diminishing burdens on the restrained party until the court finds that one of the clauses is reasonable and, therefore, enforceable. For reasons that I discuss below, ladder clauses of this kind run a relatively high risk of being held to be void on the grounds of uncertainty.

    The second kind of ladder clause, although on one conception they are not truly ladder clauses at all, purports to create multiple individual restraints operating simultaneously, with each restraint providing for a varying degree of burden on the restrained party. For example, one clause may create one obligation on the restrained employee to not work for a competitor for a period of three months, while another clause operates simultaneously to create a separate obligation to not work for a competitor for a period of six months.

    Clauses of the second kind have a number of advantages over the first kind. Firstly, multiple clauses of this second kind operating separately are able to cast a net of obligations on the restrained party which is far wider than any individual term could achieve without a significant risk it would be found to be unreasonable. Secondly, separate clauses of this kind are more amenable to the “blue pencil test” for severance, allowing for unreasonably broad restraints to be removed from the contract with less risk of the whole clause being held to be invalid. Thirdly, courts have been more reluctant to find these sorts of clauses to be void for uncertainty. This is because, properly drafted, clauses of this kind create multiple yet fundamentally distinct restraints that are, when viewed individually, ‘tolerably clear’ in each separate instance. However, some recent decisions suggest that this second kind of restraint clause may increasingly become the subject of more critical judicial scrutiny.

    Ladder clauses are somewhat analogous to their counterparts in the game snakes and ladders. They permit a lawyer to climb quickly to the top of the board, ensuring that their client’s interests are entirely covered by the restraint of trade obligations while skipping untouched over the pitfalls of unreasonableness and unenforceability. Just like ladders in the board game, ladder clauses have becomes a legitimate and integral part of restraints of trade. However, unlike the game, the use of ladder clauses in restraint of trade provisions in employment contracts gives rise to policy questions about whether their operation is entirely fair on the restrained party.

    Continue reading…

    First published in Ethos. Written by John Wilson, Managing Legal Director, and Robert Allen.

    Read more
  • Affordable housing in the ACT: How the Suburban Land Agency's new Affordable Housing Action Plan will affect developers and purchasers

    Affordable housing in the ACT: How the Suburban Land Agency's new Affordable Housing Action Plan will affect developers and purchasers

    Australia has long been a country where owning a home has been an achievable reality. In recent years, however, falling home ownership rates nationwide has seen this become merely a dream for many. To counteract this, the ACT Government released a new Affordable Housing Action Plan earlier this year. The new Action Plan includes changes for those providing and purchasing affordable housing in the ACT. In particular it adds a significant degree of administrative obligations on Developers. But what do you need to know?

    The requirements imposed on Developers

    Developers purchasing multi-unit sites directly from the ACT Government will now find additional obligations regarding affordable housing in the Project Delivery Agreement (PDA).  In addition to a requirement to provide a minimum number of affordable homes, the PDA requires Developers to provide the Suburban Land Agency (SLA) with a copy of the development application (including a plan showing the location of the affordable homes) upon lodging the DA and again once upon the DA being approved by ACTPLA.

    The SLA must also approve the DA and provide the Developer with a list of eligible affordable home buyers. If the SLA does not approve the DA, the Developer must within seven working days amend the DA and provide the amended DA to the SLA for review before the SLA will provide a list of buyers to the Developer.

    The Developer is then required to make reasonable efforts to sell the affordable homes to the Buyers on the list provided by the SLA. This includes contacting buyers and providing a Contract for Sale in the form required by the PDA (which must be substantially consistent with the ACT Law Society Contract for Sale, allow part payment of the deposit with the sum of 1% or $5,000 to be provided on exchange and include the Scheduled of Finishes mandated by the SLA).

    What if a Buyer refuses to exchange?

    Should any buyer not exchange a Contract within the mandated timeframe despite the reasonable efforts of the Developer, the Developer may withdraw from negotiations. In these circumstances, the Developer must request the details of another eligible buyer from the SLA and begin the negotiation process with any new buyer once such details are provided. While providing a list of eligible buyers may speed up the process of exchange, if buyers are not agreeable to exchange occurring within the timeframes or if there are delays with buyers being found, the Developer may find it difficult to sell affordable housing stock as it will be unable to put such stock on the market until all eligible buyers have been exhausted or the date 60 days after a certificate of occupancy and use has issued for the complex.

    What if a Developer does not comply?

    To secure a Developer’s obligations under the PDA, the Developer is required to provide a security deposit directly to the SLA. This will be released following compliance with the Developer’s obligations under the PDA (including providing evidence of completed sales of affordable homes to the SLA).  Developers must also be aware of the right of the SLA to restrict the Developer (or any associated entity) from participating in any future release of Land in the ACT if the Developer does not comply with its affordable housing obligations. Accordingly, Developers must ensure compliance with the new obligations of the PDA or be exposed to these risks.

    Those looking to purchase affordable housing

    The process of applying to purchase an affordable home has also changed. Those who meet the eligibility criteria must now register their interest directly with the SLA. The SLA will then contact Buyers once a Developer has submitted the DA to request a formal application be submitted. This application must be submitted within 14 days of being contacted by the SLA and any further information required must be provided within 30 days of request.

    Those who have an application to become an eligible buyer accepted will enter into a ballot to purchase affordable housing and, if successful, their details will be provided to the Developer to commence negotiations to enter into a Contract for Sale.

    Once the details of the buyer have been provided to the Developer, the buyer will be required to exchange contracts within 15 working days (unless the developer is acting unreasonably). While there are restrictions on the form of Contract for Sale provided by the Developer and the Contract must include the mandated inclusions list provided by the SLA, there is a risk buyers will be pressured into exchanging a Contract in a form that is not in their best interests.


    There are risks involved for both Developers and Buyers of affordable homes under the new Action Plan. We suggest that you contact our Real Estate team to discuss your particular circumstances.

    Read more
  • Changes To The Corporations Act Invalidity Of Ipso Facto Clauses

    Towards More Effective Restructuring: Changes To The Corporations Act | Invalidity Of Ipso Facto Clauses

    For many suppliers, creditors and landlords, the threat of their counterparty’s insolvency is mitigated by a right to terminate or vary their contracts if there is an “insolvency event”. From July 1 2018 changes to the Corporation Act 2001 (Cth) may, however, limit those rights. The amendments which make ipso facto clauses in contracts unenforceable during certain insolvency-related processes, comes as a package of two major reforms, the other part of the packing being the ‘safe harbour’ provisions for company directors in periods of financial distress which took effect in September 2017.

    These changes arose from an acknowledgment by the Australian Government that our insolvency laws disproportionately stigmatise and penalise company failure, at the expense of entrepreneurship and innovation.[1] It is hoped that these reforms will reduce instances of the premature resort to formal insolvency processes, resulting in better prospects of turnaround for companies and the preservation of value for creditors and shareholders. In turn, the Government hopes to see a cultural shift away from the stigmatisation of failure and towards reasonable risk-taking for the ultimate benefit of the companies and people involved.

    So what are the changes?

    Ipso facto clauses

    Ipso facto clauses create a contractual right to modify or terminate a contract upon the occurrence of a “specific event”. Relevant here is the right to terminate a contract if the company enters administration, is wound up in insolvency or a manager controller is appointed. Ipso facto clauses have been long viewed as an important self-protection mechanism for suppliers, credit providers and landlords, but they do have the effect of inhibiting the successful turnaround of struggling companies.

    By cutting off vital contractual relationships, businesses in financial distress are deprived of their capacity to continue trading while they restructure, destroying its enterprise value and potentially deterring potential investors who may have otherwise bought out the business and attempted to turn it around. This may defeat the very purpose of entering into administration or schemes of compromise or arrangement, and may prejudice creditors should the company be wound up.

    From 1 July 2018 new provisions in the Corporations Act[2] prevent a party from enforcing an ipso facto clause during a “stay period”. While a party can apply to have the stay lifted “in the interests of justice” [3] or to seek an order that the ipso facto clause is enforceable[4], the stay period will usually end only if the company exits administration or if the compromise or arrangement period ends, otherwise it will continue until the liquidation has been completed.

    When are ipso facto clauses enforceable?

    Ipso facto clauses in contracts that were entered into prior to 30 June 2018 are still enforceable. Further, ipso facto clauses that:

    1. modify rates of interest in finance arrangements (loans, guarantees, indemnities, security);
    2. allow a party to enforce an indemnity for enforcement expenses;
    3. can terminate a forbearance arrangement;
    4. change the priority or order in which amounts are to be paid;
    5. allow a set-off or combination of accounts;
    6. allow an assignment, transfer or novation of rights; or
    7. allow circulating security interests (floating charges) to become non-circulating security interests (fixed charges)

    are also still enforceable[5].

    Despite the amendments to the Corporations Act, counterparties to a contract may still terminate or amend the contract on other grounds, such as breach. As a trade-off, the company that benefits from the “stay” of the counterparty’s rights to terminate will not be able to exercise their own rights to seek further advances of money or credit under the contract, therefore minimising risk of ongoing exposure for the counterparties.

    Practical challenges

    The aim of these changes is to provide a struggling company some breathing space, allowing the company to continue operating while directors attempt to restructure the business. Not only does this improving its bargaining position when attempting to negotiate restructure options with creditors, it may preserve the value of the business for the benefit of the company, its employees and its creditors.

    That said, the amendments create further motivation on contracting parties to ensure that they are closely managing contract performance—addressing underperformance early and often to minimise exposure to the other’s insolvency, and reserving their rights to terminate for breach if the default is not rectified. For more information on termination of contracts click here.

    If you have any questions about how these provisions may apply to you or your company, please get in touch with our Business team. For information on the safe harbour provisions click here.

    Written by Katie Innes with the help of Bryce Robinson.

    [1], p 3

    [2] Sections 415D, 434J, 451E

    [3] Sections 415E, 434K, 451F

    [4] Sections 415F, 434L, 451G

    [5] Section 5 of Companies (Stay on Enforcing Certain Rights) Declaration 2018

    Read more
  • Towards More Effective Restructuring Changes To The Corporations Act Safe Harbour Provisons

    Towards More Effective Restructuring: Changes To The Corporations Act | Safe Harbour Provisons

    For company directors, the threat of personal liability for debts incurred in periods of actual or potential insolvency looms large. The creation of the ‘safe harbour’ provisions in the Corporation Act 2001 (Cth) that took effect in September 2017 may provide some welcome relief to company directors in periods of financial distress.

    These changes arose from an acknowledgement by the Australian Government that our insolvency laws disproportionately stigmatise and penalise company failure, at the expense of entrepreneurship and innovation.[1] It is hoped that these reforms will reduce instances of prematurely resorting to formal insolvency processes, resulting in better prospects of turnaround for companies and the preservation of value for creditors and shareholders. In turn, the Government hopes to see a cultural shift away from the stigmatisation of failure and towards reasonable risk-taking for the ultimate benefit of the companies and people involved.

    So what are the safe harbour provisions?

    Safe harbour

    Under the Corporations Act, a company director may be personally liable for debts incurred by the company if, at the time, they had reasonable grounds to suspect that the company was insolvent. The threat of personal liability can leads directors to liquidate companies that are in fact solvent or able to be turned around.

    From 19 September 2017 a new section 588GA allows company directors to be protected from such liability if it can be shown that they were developing or taking a course of action which was reasonably likely to lead to a better outcome for the company, rather than proceeding directly to administration or liquidation. Section 588GA(2) contains a list of considerations that may support such a finding, such as steps taken to prevent misconduct, whether appropriate financial records have been kept, whether the director is obtaining advice from qualified parties, and whether they are developing or implementing a restructuring plan to improve the financial position.

    The new provisions encourage directors to take reasonable risks aimed at turning their company around, without feeling pressure to leap straight into administration or liquidation. Whilst directors must still abide by all other duties owed to the company, the changes aim to encourage honest, diligent and competent directors to retain control of their companies and to be innovative in their recovery efforts.

    Practical challenges

    While this reform is certainly a step in the right direction, it contains some significant ambiguities and judicial interpretation will be a key determinant of its effectiveness. For example, the requirement to ‘start developing … courses of action that are reasonably likely to lead to a better outcome for the company’ is riddled with uncertainties. What kinds of actions have to be taken? When is something ‘reasonably likely’ to lead to a better outcome?

    The failure to give directors specific steps they can pursue to feel confident in their protection may inhibit its effectiveness in preventing premature administration or winding up. Directors may not find out until several years down the track whether they made it into safe harbour. Coupled with the uncertainty of the provisions, these changes may do little to dissipate the spectre of personal liability hanging over the heads of company directors.

    Many of these issues may remain unresolved until directly contested in court. For now, it is crucial that directors who wish to take advantage of the safe harbour protections maintain a comprehensive record of evidence that demonstrates their compliance with the new obligations.

    If you have any questions about how these provisions may apply to you or your company, please get in touch with our Business team. For information on changes to the Corporations Act about ipso facto clauses click here.

    Written by Katie Innes with the help of Bryce Robinson.

    [1], p 3

    Read more
  • Misleading and deceptive conduct in a sale of business

    The Risks of Stretching the Truth: Misleading and deceptive conduct in a sale of business

    When we think of consumer law, we often think of dodgy goods. What we don’t often think of is the sale of a business.

    “The Uni Pub”, a well-known Canberra institution for many years, is currently the subject of ACT Supreme Court proceedings. In August 2016 Sapme Pty Ltd (the Seller) sold the business of The Uni Pub to Jornad Pty Ltd (the Buyer). After apparently struggling for some time, in March 2017 The Uni Pub closed its doors. The Buyer commenced proceedings against the Seller and its directors in March 2017 for misleading and deceptive conduct, a breach of section 18 of the Australian Consumer Law (ACL).

    The Buyer and its director claim that they would not have gone through with the purchase had it not been for the misleading representations by the Seller that the business was supporting itself financially, was up to date with its bills and rent, and that the fit out was serviced and working well. The Seller’s defence appears to be that the Buyer was aware the business wasn’t doing well (pointing to a sale price of $1 plus stock) and that the Buyer was obliged by the contract (and warned by the business broker) to satisfy themselves about the truth and accuracy of all information given in relation to the sale.

    This case is one worth watching—applying the ACL in a sale of business context would be a powerful tool to deter sellers and business brokers from making misleading representations when selling a business.

    We have already seen from cases concerning the sale of land that the latitude of potential misrepresentations has been cast pretty widely by the courts. Failing to disclose road widening proposals, inflated claims in advertising brochures, false answers to questions about pending litigation, and even ‘silence’ have all been held to constitute misleading and deceptive conduct entitling a buyer to rescind the sale contract.[1]  It is important to recognise section 18 of the ACL does not distinguish between fraudulent and innocent misrepresentations and there is no requirement that the conduct is intentional. This is mitigated only by whether it is “reasonable” to rely on the representations and whether there has been actual reliance on the representations.

    So, what can you do to protect yourself if you are selling your business?

    To minimise risk:

    1. Don’t say anything about the business that can’t be verified by written evidence (rent payment receipts, service records of plant and equipment);
    2. Don’t exaggerate the performance of the business – while you might be proud of the performance of your business and your statements could be “mere puffs” (which are self-evident exaggerations or expressions of opinion not likely to be taken seriously and importantly – not legally binding) but the worse case scenario is the exaggerations are false or misleading representations (and lead to a case like The Uni Pub);
    3. Do put the onus on the buyer to satisfy themselves about the status of the business; and
    4. Do tell your lawyer if any statements you have made need to be corrected before you sell.

    Contractual provisions excluding prior representations might not always be enough (as evidenced by this case); however, having the buyer sign a contract which declares that they have satisfied themselves about the state of the business can be a strong protection for claims such as these.

    If you require any legal advice about the sale of your business, please contact us.

    [1] CH Real Estate Pty Ltd v Jainran Pty Ltd; Boyana Pty Ltd v Jainran Pty Ltd [2010] NSWCA 37; Demagogue Pty Ltd v Ramensky (1992) 39 FCR 31.

    Read more
  • Managing Contractual Non-Performance

    Business Breakfast Club June Summary - The Terminator: Managing Contractual Non-Performance

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed how to manage contractual non-performance. In particular, we focused on performance measures, reporting requirements, breaches, rights to damages, and rights to terminate. BAL Legal Director, Mark Love shared some of his insights on the topic. Mark touched on:

    The Information Pathway

    Contract management involves contract performance which can be determined via “performance indicators”. These indicators demonstrate that a party has satisfied the criteria to become entitled to payment. “Lead indicators” can provide information on future performance including whether the desired result will be achieved within the agreed time period. It can also provide an early warning of any potential issues that may arise in contract delivery. A well drafted contract will include the following milestones:

    • the deliverable;
    • the means by which the deliverable will come to life;
    • the matters that create barriers for the deliverable; and
    • the matters that mitigate one’s loss at each milestone point.


    Damages for breach of contract are compensatory for the other party’s failure to perform the contract. Compensation is rooted in the notion that where a party sustains a loss by reason of a breach of contract, that party should be placed in the same position as if the contract had been performed. To address the breach, you must turn your mind to:

    • whether you will engage a new contractor to rectify the breach;
    • address the balance of performance of the contract in terms of time delays;
    • determine how to keep the contract enforceable; and
    • address the consequences of loss flowing from the works that still need to be completed to keep the contract on foot.

    Arrangements should be put in place to monitor and assess the underperformance in a contract. This may include the parties engaging in an “action plan”. The action plan may require the contract manager to be aware of the contractor’s capabilities, so that the acquiring entity is informed about the goods or services being provided and is able to determine whether the agreed performance standards and rectification path are capable of being met.


    Termination of a contract leaves the parties free from any further obligations to perform the contract. Only certain breaches permit you to validly terminate the contract. These include:

    1. a breach of a fundamental term – which relies on the requirements of specific clauses;
    2. repudiation – which relies on the contracting party’s behaviour to demonstrate that the contracting party no longer regards themselves as “bound” by the contract terms; and
    3. a fundamental breach of the contract – whereby the contract has been breached to such a degree that the bargain under the contract cannot be delivered as intended or has been destroyed.

    Ultimately, identifying the common intention of the parties before entering into a contract will ensure that the issues of underperformance or non-performance in a contract are minimised.

    For more information, please contact Mark Love. The next Business Breakfast Club will take place on 13 July 2018. If you would like to attend, please contact us.

    A copy of the slides is available here.

    Read more
  • Make Good Disputes In Commercial Leasing

    Make Good Disputes in Commercial Leasing

    Commercial and retail leases often contain make good clauses which require the tenant to return the premises to their previous condition at the end of the lease.  Make good clauses can often be a cause of disputes when parties have different understandings of what the obligations are.  This can be a serious issue, as fitouts can be very expensive to install and remove.

    Parties may be so eager for a lease to commence that they forget to give proper consideration to what will happen when the lease ends.  However, it is important that make good obligations are carefully considered before a lease commences.

    Avoiding make good disputes

    The key to avoiding make good disputes is to clarify what the make good obligations are, so that each party understands what is required at the end of the lease.  Issues that should be considered include:

    1. What state should the premises be returned to? Depending on the situation, this might be bare shell, the condition of the premises when the tenant took occupation or simply a clean and tidy state.
    2. What was the state of the premises when taken over? This will be especially relevant  where a lease has been assigned.
    3. What fixtures and fittings does the landlord want removed, and which do they want to keep? Factors to consider include who owns the fitout and whether the tenant took over the lease with an existing fit out.

    Remedies for a failure to make good

    If a tenant fails to make good and leaves the landlord with a costly clean-up bill, the landlord’s only resort may to be take legal action. Courts will rarely make an order for specific performance of a tenant’s make good obligations.  More usually courts will award damages to the landlord, which may not cover the costs of making good the premises.

    To simplify the process of litigation, landlords should ensure that the lease clearly sets out a right to recover costs of the landlord undertaking the make good works so those costs can be recovered as a contractual debt, rather than as damages.

    In addition, landlords should ensure that the tenant’s bond or bank guarantee covers any breach of make good obligations under the lease.  Even if this does not cover the full cost of the landlord undertaking the make good works, it will ensure that at least some of the costs can be recovered immediately.

    An alternative to make good obligations

    As an alternative to the potential uncertainties around make good, a lease can provide for a cash payment by the tenant in return for a partial or complete release from their make good obligations.  However, this requires more effort on the part of the landlord and raises its own issues:

    1. What is a fair amount for any cash payment for release from make good obligations? The amount might be fixed in advance, a reimbursement of the landlord’s costs or an amount to be determined by valuation.
    2. At whose election should the option to use a cash payment be available? This will be particularly relevant if any agreed amount differs from the actual costs of making good the premises.
    3. To what extent is the tenant released from their obligations? The tenant might be completely, or only partially, released from their make good obligations.


    Make good clauses are a potential minefield for disputes, but most of these problems can be avoided if parties understand the position before entering into a lease, and the lease reflects that understanding.

    If you require expert assistance with your commercial leasing, contact us.

    Read more

    Essential Guide to Local Government: Delegation of Council Functions

    The delegation of Council functions is essential to the effective and efficient governance of a local Council. This guide will offer an overview of the fundamentals of delegating and sub-delegating Council functions under legislation and the common law.

    Council’s Ability to Delegate

    The Local Government Act 1993 (LGA) establishes the statutory framework for the delegation of Council’s authority. Further guidance is also given in the Interpretation Act 1987 (Interpretation Act).

    Principally, section 377 of the LGA provides the Council with the power to delegate certain functions to the General Manager or any other person or body (not including another employee of the council). However, the scope of the power to delegate is not without restrictions and Councils need to be aware of the legal principles governing delegations.

    To whom can a council delegate?

    As mentioned above, a Council may delegate functions to the General Manager and to other persons or bodies. However, a Council cannot delegate any of its functions directly to an employee of the Council, other than the General Manager.[1]

    The delegation must be made to either a specified person or body (by name) or to a particular officer or the holder of a particular office.[2] Where a function has been delegated to the holder of a particular office or position, the delegation does not cease to have effect merely because the person in the particular office or position ceases to hold that office or position.  In that case, the person occupying the office or position is taken to be the delegate.[3]

    A function can only be delegated to an office or position that is in existence at the time that the delegation is made.[4]

    How does a council delegate?

    There are certain practical steps which must be taken to validly delegate Council functions. Delegation by a Council to the General Manager, or any other person or body, must be done by resolution.[5] The delegation must also be in, or be evidenced in, writing.[6]

    Delegations may also be limited by being made subject to conditions.[7] Where the conditions are not met, the delegate will have no power to exercise the function and any resulting decision will be liable to be set aside.[8] This means that Councils need to be careful when drafting conditional delegations to ensure that any conditions are clearly expressed and, preferably, do not involve subjective elements which can invite legal challenge. Some examples include delegations that are conditional on whether a conflict with a Council policy is “minor”, that require a determination to be made as to whether strict compliance with a Council policy would be “unreasonable” or “unnecessary”[9] or a condition allowing exercise of the delegation where, following public notification of an application, no “well founded objection” is received.[10]

    Scope of Delegation

    A delegation can cover a wide range of Council functions both under the LGA and also under any other Act.  The General Manager may also delegate any of his or her functions, as well as sub-delegate any functions that have been delegated to the General Manager by the Council.[11] In the exercise of a function by a delegate, the delegate may also exercise any other function that is incidental to the delegated function.[12]

    A Council cannot delegate a function that comprises any of the matters listed in subsections 377(1)(a) to (u) of the LGA.  Those matters include (but are not limited to):

    • making rates, charges and fees;
    • borrowing money;
    • voting of money for expenditure on council works, services or operations;
    • the compulsory acquisition, purchase, sale, exchange or surrender of land; and
    • any function that is specifically required to be undertaken by resolution of the council.

    Neither the Council nor the General Manager can delegate their power of delegation.[13]

    A function cannot be delegated if the function is not in existence at the time that the delegation is made. For example, in the case of Australian Chemical Refiners Pty Ltd v Bradwell[14] a prosecution was commenced under a delegation that had been given before the enactment of the section creating the offence. The Court of Criminal Appeal held that the delegation was ineffective.

    Where a function of the Council depends on the Council forming an opinion, belief or state of mind and the function has been delegated, the function may be exercised by the delegate on the basis of his or her own opinion, belief or state of mind.[15]

    Where discretion is involved in the exercise of a function, a delegation of the function cannot limit or eliminate the discretion.  An example of this type of function is the determination of a development application under section 4.16(1) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.  That function involves the exercise of discretion as to whether or not to approve an application unconditionally, to approve it subject to conditions or to refuse it.  A Council (or General Manager) cannot delegate the power to approve a development application without also delegating the power to impose conditions or refuse it.[16]

    After the Delegation

    When a Council or General Manager delegates a function, the Council or the General Manager still retains the ability to exercise the function at any time before the delegate does so.[17] A delegation may also be wholly or partly revoked by the delegator.[18]

    Councils are also required to review all of their delegations during the first 12 months of each term of office.[19]

    More information

    If you have a specific question about how delegations work, call Alan Bradbury on (02) 6274 0940 or Alice Menyhart on (02) 6274 0911.

    The content contained in this guide is, of course, general commentary only.  It is not legal advice.  Readers should contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them.

    Are your delegations up to date? – RelianSys Delegations Software an automated web-based solution

    Keeping track of delegations for Council Officers and staff, when structures, titles and personnel are constantly changing, can cause major headaches. This is exacerbated when records are kept manually, using old-fashioned documents and spreadsheets. Bradley Allen Love Lawyers (BAL) has partnered with RelianSys – Australia’s leading provider of automated governance solutions, to provide a fully-integrated web-based solution for Council Delegations.

    The BAL – RelianSys Delegations Software is easy to learn, simple to use, and streamlines your delegations by automating the process – saving time and improving efficiency. Because it is web-based, it can be accessed by anyone, from anywhere, at any time, on any device.  More importantly, the BAL – RelianSys Delegations solution is designed specifically for the Local Government sector, by people who understand governance in Local Government, making it highly intuitive – it thinks the way you think.

    The pricing model is very cost-effective – with all set up, updates, ongoing development, telephone training and support all included in one low-cost annual subscription.

    More importantly, the solution simplifies the process, so it takes the stress and headaches out of managing delegations.

    For a personal guided tour, please start a conversation with Febin Philip, Business Development Manager at RelianSys, on 1300 793 905.

    [1] LGA, s.377(1).

    [2] Interpretation Act, s.49.

    [3] Interpretation Act, s.49(8).  See also Martin v Minister for Mineral and Forest Resources [2010] NSWLEC 131 and [2011] NSWCA 286.

    [4] Australian Chemical Refiners Pty Ltd v Bradwell (1986) 10 ALN at N96.

    [5] LGA, s.377.

    [6] Interpretation Act, s.49(2)(b).

    [7] Interpretation Act, s.49(3).

    [8] Aldous v Greater Taree City Council [2009] NSWLEC 17.

    [9] See Kinloch v Newcastle City Council [2016] NSWLEC 109.

    [10] Lyons v Sutherland Shire Council [2001] NSWCA 430.

    [11] LGA, s.378.

    [12] Interpretation Act, s.49(4).

    [13] LGA, ss.377(1)(t) and 378(1).

    [14] (unreported) NSWCCA No. 236 of 1985 28/2/86.

    [15] Interpretation Act, s.49(7).

    [16] Belmorgan Property Development Pty Ltd v GPT Re Ltd & Anor [2007] NSWCA 171.

    [17] Interpretation Act, s.49(9).

    [18] Interpretation Act, s. 49(2)(c).

    [19] LGA, s.380.

    Read more
  • blockchain and cryptocurrency - BBC May

    Business Breakfast Club May Summary: Blockchain and Cryptocurrency

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, Shaneel Parikh and Harry Hoang of Tailored Accounts, discussed blockchain and distributed ledger technology. Whilst Bitcoin and cryptocurrency has certainly created much hype and challenged the legal and financial landscape, Blockchain is much bigger than Bitcoin. It has the potential to revolutionise multiple industries as well as alter our social and economic infrastructure.

    Some of the topics covered:

    What is Blockchain Technology?

    Blockchain is a continuously growing list of records or transactions which are linked and secured in blocks using cryptography. These blocks subsequently reside within the ledger amongst all users. Important to an understanding of blockchain is a consideration of what distributed ledger technology is as whilst every blockchain is a distributed ledger, not every distributed ledger, is a blockchain.

    What is Distributed Ledger Technology

    A distributed ledger is a database of transactions (or data) that is shared across a network of participants. It is “distributed” because the record is held by each of the users of the network, and when a record is added, each user’s copy is updated with new information both instantaneously and simultaneously.

    What types of Blockchain Systems Exist and What are their Governance Structures?

    In practice, there are two key types of “Blockchain” systems that exist: permissioned or private blockchain and unpermissioned or public blockchain systems. Whilst the courts are yet to consider the legal structure of either system, it is important to consider how the courts could analyse such structures and in particular, which players in such systems the court may ultimately deem liable if something goes wrong.

    Benefits of Blockchain

    • each record is near real time and therefore provides an accurate and time-stamped record of a transaction;
    • public blockchain systems are widely accessible to any individual with a computer;
    • it uses DLT, each network node verifies the transaction and holds an updated copy therefore providing an immutable record ;
    • it is censorship resistant meaning that once it a transaction is made and paid for, it cannot be subject to third party intervention; and
    • each transaction is irreversible.

    Data Protection

    With the recent changes to the Privacy Act, there are certain considerations for Privacy with blockchains. For the owners of private blockchain systems, there are concerns regarding assumption of responsibility for an eligible mandatory data breach that occurs on the private blockchain system. If you operate private blockchains and provide ‘administrator’ access to a third-party contractor for example, and that third-party contractor unlawfully discloses information, irrespective of whether you played any part in the disclosure, there is a strong chance that you will be held jointly-liable for the privacy breach as ultimately you control the system and the information within.

    For more information, please contact Shaneel Parikh. The next Business Breakfast Club will take place on June 8 – if you would like to attend, please contact us.

    A copy of the slides is available here.

    Read more
  • The protection of Financial Agreements after death

    The protection of Financial Agreements after death

    Financial agreements are an increasingly common part of 21st century relationships. Financial Agreements may be made by those contemplating marriage (commonly referred to as a Prenuptial Agreement or “pre-nup”) or made during the marriage or made following separation to divide property.

    These agreements are a private determination of the parties’ rights and obligations. The terms of the Agreements deal with the couple’s assets during the relationship, at the end of the relationship and can even have an impact on the death of one of the parties.

    It is commonly held that a will-maker has a freedom of testation to determine how they would like their assets to be distributed upon their death. However, certain people who meet legislative requirements such as a spouse or former spouse who are not provided for to their satisfaction in a will may be entitled to make a Family Provision application for an order that they receive a greater share of an estate.

    When a Court determines a Family Provision application it will take into account a myriad of considerations. A Court will consider whether a Financial Agreement has been signed between the applicant and the deceased person.

    The general view taken by the High Court is that rights given by Family Provision are inalienable and it is contrary to public policy to hold a person disentitled to relief merely because they entered into an agreement with the deceased person.[1] Courts in most states have also held that you cannot contract out of making a Family Provision application by signing a Financial Agreement.[2]

    In some cases a Financial Agreement can be relevant to a Family Provision application as it explains the totality of a relationship and shows that a person may not expect to receive anything more from their partner’s estate than what the deceased decided to leave them.[3] However, a Family Provision application will still be available to someone even if there is a Financial Agreement but the Agreement can be used as evidence of the nature of the relationship.

    New South Wales is the only jurisdiction in Australia that gives parties the ability to “contract out” of their rights to make a Family Provision application.[4] This is usually done with a release of rights clause in a Financial Agreement. However, the release must be approved by the Court to be valid.[5] The Court may approve the release before the deceased’s death in a Family Law property settlement or after the deceased’s death as part of the settlement of a family provision claim.

    The release will not be approved by the Court merely because both parties consented to it. The Court will consider whether the release was to the releasing person’s financial advantage or otherwise, whether the provisions of the release were fair and reasonable at the time, and whether independent legal advice was taken and considered.[6]

    In Colosi v Colosi,[7] a release clause in a Financial Agreement was not approved by the Court as the judge held that a clause warranting that legal advice was sought is valueless where the other party must have known the warranty to be untrue.

    Similarly, in Neil v Jacovou,[8] the Court did not approve a release clause as it found that the independent legal advice sought by the widow was not proper and her entitlement was not fair and reasonable as the release of the rights was not for the widow’s benefit.

    Therefore, in all States and Territories, when preparing a Financial Agreement with your partner or former partner, you must also have considerations as to how the document affects your estate plan. Signing a Financial Agreement is not always enough to ensure the intended division of assets after death or prevent a claim. Making your intentions clear and ensuring that both parties have sought appropriate independent legal advice is integral to protecting your interests.

    Written by David Toole and Laura Godfrey. If you would like advice on Estate Planning, please contact us

    [1] Lieberman v Morris (1944) 69 CLR 69.

    [2] Kozak v Matthews [2007] QCA 296.

    [3] Hills v Chalk & Ors [2008] QCA 159; Kozak v Matthews [2007] QCA 296.

    [4] Succession Act 2006 (NSW) s 95.

    [5] Succession Act 2006 (NSW) s 95(1).

    [6] Succession Act 2006 (NSW) s 95(4).

    [7] Colosi v Colosi [2013] NSWSC 1892

    [8] Neil v Jacovou [2011] NSWSC 87.

    Read more
  • Estates Update - The 2018 Budget, Testamentary Trusts and Elder Abuse

    Estates Update - The 2018 Budget, Testamentary Trusts and Elder Abuse

    The 2018 Federal Budget was handed down by Treasurer Scott Morrison at 7.30pm on Tuesday 8 May 2018.

    Of particular interest to those in the Estate and Elder Law “space” was the Government’s clarification on the taxation of income derived within a Testamentary Trust and the Government’s $22 million funding to protect the ageing population from elder abuse.

    Testamentary Trusts

    The Federal Government has stated that from 1 July 2019, the concessional tax rates available for minors receiving income from Testamentary Trusts will be limited to income derived from assets that are transferred from the deceased estate or the proceeds of the disposal or investment of those assets.

    Currently, income received by minors from Testamentary Trusts is taxed at normal adult rates rather than the higher tax rates that generally apply to minors.

    This measure clarifies that minors will be taxed at adult marginal tax rates only in respect of income a Testamentary Trust generates from assets of the deceased estate (or the proceeds of the disposal or investment of these assets).

    (Source – Budget Measures 2018-2019 – Part 1 Page 44)

    In other words, if a Testamentary Trust is “topped up” or injected with new assets that have not derived from a deceased estate, the concessional treatment will not apply.

    Does this measure change anything?

    The short answer is “no” – we believe this has always been the case.

    Section 6AA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies penalty tax rates to unearned income of a minor except where the income is considered “Excepted Trust Income”.

    Section 102AG (2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 defines “Excepted Trust Income” to include (among other things) amounts which:

    • Is assessable income of a trust estate that resulted from:
    • a Will, codicil or an Order of a Court that varied or modified the provisions of a Will or codicil or
    • an intestacy or an Order of a Court that varied or modified the application, in relation to the estate of a deceased person, of the provisions of the law relating to the distribution of the estates of persons who die intestate.

    So in other words, income of a minor which derived from a deceased estate does not attract penalty tax rates but instead, is taxed at adult progressive tax rates. This is precisely one of the major reasons why Testamentary Trusts are (and continue to be) a major tax planning tool for families when drafting their Wills.

    The Budget measure simply serves to clarify and remind us that assets injected into a Testamentary Trust that have not been derived from the deceased estate will not receive the concessional tax treatment with regard to minors.

    This measure does not mean that assets which have not derived from the deceased estate cannot (or should not) be injected into a Testamentary Trust that has already been established. Assets held within a Testamentary Trust structure (provided it is drafted carefully and correctly) can be significantly safeguarded when it comes to Family Law separation or bankruptcy.

    Of course, specialist advice should always be obtained if assets are subsequently injected into a Testamentary Trust for the sole purpose of defeating a Family Law or creditors claim.

    Elder Abuse

    The 2018 Budget has also announced a $22 million commitment to protect the ageing population from elder abuse. The Government has committed to the creation of an Elder Abuse Knowledge Hub, a National Prevalence Research scoping study, and development of a National Plan.

    The Law Council of Australia has provided some comment as to the spending of these funds, but no doubt in  the weeks and months that follow, we should hear more about how the Federal Government intends to use these funds towards the combat of elder abuse.

    Written by Golnar Nekoee, Director, Wills and Estate Planning. To create a power of attorney, or review your will and estate plan, please contact us.

    Read more
  • I fart in my colleagues general direction Intentional flatulence as workplace bullying

    I fart in my colleague's general direction: Intentional flatulence as workplace bullying

    Intentional flatulence is often cited as evidence of workplace bullying.

    Comic geniuses Monty Python were never accused of holding back from crude humour. One of their more memorable lines – “I fart in your general direction” – uttered by the Insulting Frenchman, fits this bill. Yet their scenes are often divorced from reality, skirting outside the bounds of the possible.

    However you say it – flatulence, bum sneezes, letting one rip or plain old farting – it is (usually) an involuntary act that is met with embarrassment. This is particularly true in the office, where it certainly is not met with the triumphant gloating of the Insulting Frenchman.

    So it may surprise some readers to learn that intentional farts are in fact frequently cited as sources of workplace grievances and evidence of bullying. Not only are accusations levelled that a colleague farted in their general direction, it is often the case that someone farted in their specific direction.

    Could it really be that fact, at least when it comes to flatulence in the workplace, is stranger even than Monty Python?

    The recent case of Hingst v Construction Engineering involved an allegation that the plaintiff’s immediate supervisor deliberately farted in his specific direction. This resulted in multiple altercations, where the plaintiff, David Hingst, sprayed his supervisor, Greg Short, with deodorant while calling him the imaginative name “Mr Stinky”. Among other allegations, Hingst alleged that Short’s actions amounted to a “complex conspiracy” to “marginalise him and terminate his employment”. This resulted, it was claimed, in Hingst suffering psychiatric injuries.

    The Victorian Supreme Court threw the case out, with Justice Rita Zammit ultimately concluding that no bullying had occurred.

    Aside from being the source of many jokes, the case raises questions about what constitutes bullying and unacceptable workplace behaviour. Indeed, it raises questions about the potential consequences of even an involuntary act for employees and employers. These consequences could be amplified further in the Australian Public Service, where the APS code of conduct is brought into play.

    It is established that a mental element, such as knowledge, intent or recklessness, is not (usually) required to establish a breach of the code. Even in circumstances where a public servant’s behaviour was not deliberate, intentional or even voluntary, it can still be harassment. This is because harassing behaviour is not measured against the perpetrator’s intentions; rather, it is based on whether a reasonable person would conclude the behaviour would humiliate, offend, intimidate or cause a person unnecessary hurt or distress. Had Hingst been an APS employee and made a code of conduct allegation against his supervisor, it is quite possible that the allegations would have been investigated – I have seen lesser allegations upheld.

    In Hingst, Zammit found it was the termination of Hingst’s employment that led him to return obsessively to the flatulence episode, which at the time had not created the alleged psychiatric harm. Rather, it was held that Hingst had “reacted in an extreme and unreasonable way to the termination of his employment, which led him to seek revenge against those whom he blames for his loss”. On Hingst’s own admission, had he not lost his job and if other incidents had not occurred, such as an alleged abusive phone call, the flatulence would “never have been a big issue”.

    From this, we can hypothesise that a reasonable person would not conclude in these circumstances that Short’s flatulence would humiliate, offend, intimidate or cause Hingst unnecessary hurt or distress. Therefore, it’s unlikely that Short, in an APS workplace, would be found to have breached the code of conduct, again in these specific circumstances.

    Having said this, there have been other instances where the act of targeted flatulence would most certainly breach the code. For example, in Bell v Boom Logistics, an act of targeted flatulence was found to “possibly attract dismissal, being an assault”. However, this incident was manifestly targeted: the perpetrator “had his hand on his bum cheek, pulled his cheeks apart and farted in my face”. Of course, Bell is a severe example, but it nevertheless illustrates that involuntary acts can meet the standard required to establish a bullying and harassment – or (as the case may be) a breach of the APS code of conduct.

    Should you find yourself in Hingst’s position (or in the shoes of the unfortunate victim in Bell), it is important to report the unwanted conduct to HR. Your employer owes you a duty of care, and in some instances farting, when it is part of a pattern of bullying or abuse, could give rise to a claim in negligence. In such cases, employees must establish that the harm was reasonably foreseeable and recognisable, and the employer failed to take reasonable steps to mitigate that risk. As Justice Robert Osborn provides in Brown v Maurice Blackburn Cashman:

    “[A] finding that a particular risk of injury is reasonably foreseeable involves a judgment of ‘fact and value’ and it is a matter of fact for the decision-maker to determine whether a defendant ought to have reasonably foreseen his or her conduct might cause psychiatric injury.”

    By contrast, in Hingst, the harm manifested from termination of employment. However, had Hingst suffered psychiatric injury directly from his supervisor’s conduct, the case might have been decided differently.

    Whenever conduct is alleged to have caused psychiatric injury, it should always be cause for pause in a workplace. However curious behaviour like alleged targeted flatulence is, even if it doesn’t amount to bullying, as Zammit concluded, it did paint “a picture of the working culture” at the workplace. Those prone to flatulence should take care to ensure their behaviour doesn’t result in messy, if unintended, consequences.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks his colleague James Connolly for his help in preparing this article.

    First published in The Canberra Times.

    Read more
  • Risks for property investors Can strata body corporate prevent listing apartment airbnb

    Risks for property investors: Can your strata body corporate prevent you listing your apartment on Airbnb?

    As the popularity of the “sharing economy” continues to grow unabated, issues can arise where regulations and commercial practices struggle to keep pace with technological change.  While Airbnb hasn’t yet attracted the storm of controversy that Uber has, this may be starting to change as cities around the world, including in Australia, crack down on the home-sharing site.

    In Australia the use of property for Airbnb is subject to regulation at multiple levels.  For owners of units in apartment buildings however, there is an additional layer of regulation, the strata company by-laws.  Since strata units are in such close proximity to each other, conflicts between unit owners can easily arise.  Some unit owners may want to use Airbnb to let their units, because of the high returns, and indeed may have purchased an investment property on the basis of those returns.  Other unit owners may object to short stay holiday accommodation in their complex because of fears of noise, disruption, security, loss of amenity and insurance and repair costs.

    This situation has seen an increasing number of by-laws which purport to restrict short term letting.  But are such by-laws valid?

    The Position in NSW

    The ability of strata by-laws to restrict short term letting varies between states.  In NSW, the largest market for Airbnb in Australia, the position has been summarised by NSW Fair Trading’s ‘Strata Living’ fact sheet as follows:

    “Strata laws prevent an owners corporation restricting an owner from letting their lot, including short-term letting. The only way short-term letting can be restricted is by council planning regulations.”

    This is because of s.139(2) of the Strata Schemes Management Act 2015 (NSW) (SSMA) which states:

    “No by-law is capable of operating to prohibit or restrict the devolution of a lot or a transfer, lease, mortgage or other dealing relating to a lot”

    NSW tribunal decisions such as Estens v Owners Corporation SP 11825 [2017] NSWCATCD 63 have followed the interpretation outlined by NSW Fair Trading and struck down by-laws restricting short term letting.   The position is similar in Victoria, where in Owners Corp PS 510391P v Balcombe [2016] VSC 384 the Supreme Court found that owners’ corporations did not have the power to restrict short term letting.

    Recent WA and Privy Council Decisions

    In contrast, the recent WA decision Byrne v The Owners of Ceresa River Apartments Strata Plan 55597 [2017] WASCA 104 saw the Court of Appeal uphold a by-law restricting short term letting to no more than 3 months in 12.  The Court of Appeal found that the by-law did not present a restriction on disposal of units in the strata scheme, but only a restriction on how the units could be used.

    The Byrne decision has been well-received in a recent UK Privy Council decision, O’Connor (Senior) and others v The Proprietors, Strata Plan No. 51 [2017] UKPC 45, dealing with by-laws in the Turks and Caicos Islands.  It may seem odd that a Privy Council decision should be seen as relevant in Australia, given the Privy Council is no longer a part of the Australian legal system, however the relevant provisions in the legislation of the Turks and Caicos Island had been lifted directly from NSW legislation and was identical to s.139(2) of the SSMA.

    The Privy Council found that:

    “statutes prohibiting restrictions on dealing in strata lots do not prevent reasonable restrictions on the uses of the property, even though such restrictions may have the inevitable effect of restricting the potential market for the property.”

    The Impact of these Decisions

    Decisions of the Privy Council are no longer binding in Australia.  However, the expectation of many is that NSW courts and tribunals will now follow WA and Privy Council decisions and determine that s.139(2) of the SSMA does not prevent by-laws from restricting short term letting.

    In fact, there is already a NSW Supreme Court decision, White v Betalli [2006] NSWSC 537, which sets out that principle.  In that case it was held that a restriction on the use of part of a strata complex for boat storage was not a restriction on dealing in granting an easement for boat storage.


    There is now considerable doubt over whether the SSMA actually does prevent strata company by-laws from prohibiting short term letting in NSW.  The uncertainty resulting from recent case law provides an extra headache for strata unit owners wishing to let their apartment on Airbnb, in addition to complying with zoning and planning requirements.  It remains to be seen whether there will be legislative changes to clarify whether a body corporate can prevent short-term letting.

    In the meantime, if you are purchasing a unit in a strata complex and you intend to use it for Airbnb, you need to pay close attention to the by-laws that exist in that complex, and be well aware that those can change over time.  It is important to be involved in your strata body corporate and to be active in figuring out how to best manage any downsides associated with short term letting

    Written by Penelope Coffey and Alexander Patton. If you are considering purchasing property in the ACT and require expert advice, contact us.

    Read more
  • Strata schemes and minimum lot sizes in the standard instrument

    Planning Update: Strata schemes and minimum lot sizes in the standard instrument

    In our article, “Can strata subdivision avoid minimum lot sizes in NSW?” we reported on the decision of the Land and Environment Court in DM & Longbow Pty Ltd v Willoughby City Council [2017] NSWLEC 17. In that case the Court held that the minimum lot sizes specified under clause 4.1(4) of the Standard Instrument LEP applied to lots being created under a strata scheme. While no doubt legally correct, this outcome came as a great surprise to many of us and was clearly not what was intended.

    The New Amendment

    The Standard Instrument (Local Environmental Plans) Order 2006 (the Standard Instrument Order) has now been amended to clarify that lots under a strata plan or community title scheme are not required to meet the minimum lot sizes shown on the applicable Lot Size Map of a local environmental plan. This amendment effectively reverses the Court’s decision in the Longbow case.

    Where a Council has adopted clause 4.1(4) of the Standard Instrument in its LEP, following the amendment of the Order on 20 April 2018, the sub-clause should now read:

    4.  This clause does not apply in relation to the subdivision of any land:

    1. by the registration of a strata plan or strata plan of subdivision under the Strata Schemes Development Act 2015, or
    2. by any kind of subdivision under the Community Land Development Act 1989.

    A sting in the tail…

    Clause 8 of the Standard Instrument Order provides that the amendments made by an amending order “do not apply to or in respect of any development application that was made, but not determined, before the commencement of the amending order”.

    This means that the amended provision won’t apply to any pre-existing DA and that, to take advantage of the changes brought about by the amendment, existing DA’s will need to be withdrawn and replaced with a new DA.

    Unless a further amendment is made to apply a different savings provision, Councils will need to be careful to apply the correct version of clause 4.1(4) having regard to the date on which a DA was made. Any DA lodged prior to 20 April 2018 proposing the creation of lots by registration of a strata plan will still need to comply with the relevant minimum lot size specified in the local environmental plan despite the amendment of the Standard Instrument Order.

    For more information about this decision, or Strata subdivision, please contact Alan Bradbury.

    Read more
  • salary overpayments

    Salary Overpayments And Deductions: HR Breakfast Club April Summary


    This month John Wilson, Managing Legal Director at Bradley Allen Love, spoke about recovering overpayments from employees.

    John Wilson is Canberra’s leading employment lawyer. He is the Managing Legal Director at Bradley Allen Love and has been a NSW Law Society accredited specialist in Industrial Relations and Employment Law for over a decade. In 2017, John became a member of the NSW Specialist Accreditation Employment and Industrial Law Advisory Committee

    How do you recover overpayments?

    Some enterprise agreements will allow employers to make deductions from wages to offset overpayments. In absence of any enterprise agreement, an employer should come to an agreement with the employee (in writing) about any future deductions from their wages.

    What can you do if the employee does not agree to pay back an overpayment?

    This can happen in two ways, (1) the employee can refuse to pay back the money or (2) the employee can withdraw their consent to have deductions made from their wages.

    In these circumstances the employer can seek to recover the overpayments by applying to the courts for an order of restitution. This is not a desirable outcome – it is much easier to come to an agreement with your employee in the first instance.

    Are there some circumstances where you cannot recover overpayments?

    You can only recover an overpayment for up to  years. If a person has been overpaid for 10 years you will only be able to seek repayment for the last 6 (equally, an employee can only seek to be reimbursed for underpayments for up to six years).

    Generally employers are not able to recover overpayments that arise out of a contract. If the employer accidentally gave the employee a contract with a larger bonus than intended the employer is most likely contractually bound to provide this bonus – even if it was not what they had had in mind.

    Q & A Corner

    Q: What if an overpayment happened 10 years ago but you only just discovered it today? Do you have 6 years from today to reclaim the overpayment?

    A: No, you can only recover overpayments from the last 6 years regardless of whether the parties did or did not know about it.

    The HR Breakfast Club runs on the third Friday of every month at BAL Lawyers. If you would like to be added to the invite list, please contact us. The next HR Breakfast club will be held of 18 May 2018 – for more details, please click here.

    Read more
  • shareholder activism

    Federal Court decision deals setback to rising Shareholder Activism in Australia

    Shareholder activism has been growing in popularity in Australia. It is a means by which minority shareholders can band together to pressure boards to act in certain ways (usually to the benefit of the minority shareholders with social goals, sometimes not). Advocates contend that shareholder activism is an important way of ensuring that company management remain accountable to their shareholders. Many directors and boards, on the other hand, view the actions of shareholder activists as myopic for focusing on short term earnings for shareholders or misguided for promoting goals that are extraneous to the company’s business, instead of long term growth and value creation.

    Shareholder activism is made possible by the permissive regulatory framework which governs the rights of shareholders, including the Corporations Act which:

    • allows shareholders with only 5% of issued share capital have the right to call a General Meeting; and
    • gives shareholders the right to seek relief against “oppressive conduct” against them.

    The Federal Court in RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Ltd v Brickworks Ltd [2017] FCA 756 dealt an apparent blow to shareholder activism, instead preferencing board autonomy. The Court’s decision demonstrates that where directors have a basis to believe they are acting with the best interests of the Company in mind, the Court will be reluctant to intervene.

    Brickworks Ltd (Brickworks) and Washington H. Soul Pattinson & Company Ltd (Soul Pattinson) are two companies that operate under a cross-shareholding structure implemented in the 1960s, meaning that each company owned approximately 40% in the other (such arrangements cannot be implemented today due to a prohibition in the Corporations Act). Perpetual Investment Management Ltd (Perpetual) is a minority shareholder of both Brickworks and Soul Pattinson.

    Perpetual had engaged in shareholder activism against Brickworks and Soul Pattinson for many years, putting multiple proposals to the Board to have the cross-shareholding dismantled. In this case, Perpetual claimed it had been “oppressed” (as a minority shareholder) due to the maintenance of the cross shareholding structure, which Perpetual argued entrenched the incumbent boards, thereby depressing the share price in each company.

    Justice Jagot dismissed Perpetual’s claim for oppressive conduct stating there was no evidence that the dismantling would yield material longer term financial benefits to the shareholders of either company. In respect of Perpetual’s many failed attempts to dismantle the cross-shareholding structure, her Honour reaffirmed the principle that it is the responsibility of the directors (not the Court) to determine what is in the best interests of the company as a whole. Her Honour found that the Board had considered the range of potential effects of the each of Perpetual’s proposals (both positive and negative) and acknowledged the Board’s decisions to preserve the structure were duly informed and considered.

    This outcome is in line with the Court’s traditional reluctance to intervene in or to punish directors for the result of “commercial business decisions”, lest it is unequivocally clear that irrationality, illegality, unfairness or oppression has occurred as a result.

    Despite the loss by Perpetual in this case and the Court’s tendency to favour board autonomy, the rise in shareholder activism is a warning against corporate complicity and complacency. Boards should ensure that they at all times act in the best interests of the company, communicate proactively and clearly with shareholders, think strategically about all external communication and be ready to engage in dialogue if and when activists come knocking; even if only to save the costs of expensive litigation..

    Written by Shaneel Parikh. Shaneel thanks Maxine Viertmann, Law Clerk, for her help in preparing this article. For advice on the changes to the Privacy Act or to update your privacy policies please contact us.

    Read more
  • building-1080599_1920

    Essential Guide to Local Government Law: Expert Witness Survival Guide

    Key Instruments

    • Uniform Civil Procedure Rules 2005 (the UCPR) – Part 31 Division 2 – Expert Evidence
    • Expert Witness Code of Conduct – Schedule 7 of UCPR
    • Land and Environment Court Policy – Conference of Expert Witnesses
    • Land and Environment Court Policy – Joint Expert Reports
    • Land and Environment Court Practice Notes – sections dealing with expert evidence

    Why are expert witnesses special?

    Expert witnesses are special because they are allowed to give evidence about their opinion and not only about matters of fact.

    The usual rule is that evidence given in Court must relate to matters of fact: what a witness did, saw or heard; and not matters of opinion: what the witness thought about what they did, saw or heard.

    It is the judge’s role to listen to the evidence of what people did, saw or heard (i.e. “facts”) and draw inferences from those facts to form an opinion about what actually happened.

    Expert opinion is an exception to the usual rule that allows a person who has specialised knowledge based on the person’s training, study or experience to give opinion evidence in Court proceedings that is based on that person’s expert knowledge.

    Admissibility of expert opinion evidence

    The Evidence Act provides that, if a person has specialised knowledge based on the person’s training, study or experience, they are allowed to give opinion evidence that is wholly or substantially based on that knowledge. However, there are some rules about when and how this will be allowed. These are:

    1. Relevance or helpfulness test

    This is fundamental – evidence in any court proceedings is only admissible if it is relevant.  Unless the expert evidence is relevant and will help the Court make its decision, the evidence will not be allowed.

    2. Specialised knowledge test

    This has two elements:

    • The first is that the expert opinion must lie within a field of knowledge that the law recognises as one on which expert evidence can be called; so expert evidence will not be allowed on a topic if an ordinary person is just as capable of forming a view about it without expert assistance. For example, an ordinary person would be able to form an opinion on the colour of a building.
    • The second is that the subject must form a part of a body of knowledge which is sufficiently organised or recognised to be accepted as a reliable body of knowledge – such as engineering or town planning.

    3. Qualifications test

    The witness must be an expert in their field and must have acquired specialised knowledge on the topic based on their training, study or experience. Academic qualifications and experience usually go together – simply holding an academic qualification with no real experience would not be accepted by most of us as qualifying a person as an expert.  However, sometimes people are recognised as experts even though they do not have the relevant academic qualifications if they have significant practical experience. For an example of this in a local government context, see our recent newsletter:

    4. Basis test

    Again there are two aspects to this test:

    • First, the expert opinion must have its basis in the expert’s specialised knowledge – evidence by an expert that strays beyond the area of his or her expertise is, self-evidently, no longer expert opinion.
    • Secondly, the facts on which the expert opinion is based must be disclosed in the expert’s report – an opinion based on incorrect assumptions will not assist the Court, so it is important to know what facts were found or assumed in arriving at the expert’s opinion.

    Expert witness codes, policies and practice notes applicable in the Land and Environment Court

    The key instruments listed at the top of this Guide contain detailed requirements about the preparation and giving of expert evidence in the Land and Environment Court of NSW (the Court).  The most important thing to be aware of is that the overarching duty of an expert witness is to the Court, not to any particular party.

    The Court may require ‘competing’ experts to discuss their views to try and narrow or resolve the expert issues in dispute. This is called joint conferencing. The Expert Witness Code of Conduct sets out requirements in relation to the joint conferencing of experts.  The Code currently requires the experts:

    • to confer;
    • to endeavour to reach agreement on any matters in issue;
    • to prepare a joint report specifying any matters not agreed and the reasons for any disagreement.

    The Code requires each expert witness to exercise his or her independent judgment in relation to every conference in which they participate and in relation to the preparation of each expert witness report.  It provides that the expert must not act on any instruction or request to withhold or avoid agreement.

    The Court’s Practice Notes provide that legal representatives are not to be involved in the preparation of expert reports and are not to attend joint conferences of experts without leave of the Court.  The legal representatives should however ensure that experts are familiar with the relevant parts of the key instruments listed above.

    Where a dispute arises between the experts in the preparation of their joint report it is possible to seek directions from the Court to resolve the dispute – Landco (NSW) P/L v Camden Council [2017] NSWLEC 86.

    The Court’s Joint Expert Reports Policy provides that an expert report should:

    • generally engage with the matters the experts are required to address and any disagreement between them;
    • not be a mere “copy and paste” from an individual expert report or council report;
    • only set out facts and assumptions that are relevant to the opinions expressed in the joint report;
    • where relevant, contain photos, maps and diagrams to explain the experts’ evidence, or the difference in the evidence of the experts;
    • avoid jargon;
    • prefer short sentences or “dot points” to long sentences; and
    • not use excessive amounts of material directly taken from legislative sources or other reports.

    Some practical tips on giving expert evidence – ten golden rules [1]

    1. Be prepared – thorough preparation is the key to being a credible and confident expert witness:

    • Read the material you are briefed with thoroughly.
    • Think about whether there is other material that you will need access to and, if so, make arrangements to get it.
    • Read the Code of Conduct and the associated Court practice notes and policy.
    • Always inspect the site.
    • Carefully read the questions you are being asked to answer:
      – Are they within your particular area of expertise?
      - Are there other obvious questions you have not been asked?
    • Make sure you have capacity to prepare the report in the time required and that you will be available to attend the hearing, if necessary.

    2. Take care in writing your expert report:

    • A good report has two readers in mind:
      - the judge (who decides the issues and needs to understand the experts’ opinions and how they have been arrived at); and
      - the other side – both their expert and lawyers.
    • Evaluate the strength of your evidence:
      - see what can be agreed with your counterpart during joint conferencing;
      - anticipate and deal with the weak points in the argument upfront in your expert report – not doing so may result in damage to your credibility later in cross-examination.
    • Develop clear reasoning:
      - the reasons for any conclusions you reach and opinions you form must be clear;
      - link the facts and any assumptions to your opinion and ensure there is a logical flow between them.

    3. Be punctual and ready – Make yourself feel comfortable about the exercise and don’t arrive at Court feeling rushed. Talk to your party’s lawyers beforehand about how your evidence will be taken and make sure you are ready for what is coming. Even little things like being asked whether you will give your evidence on oath or affirmation can throw you if you are not expecting to be asked – especially if you are already feeling a little nervous. Have any papers you need ready to take with you into the witness box. Make sure documents are stapled, or logically organised in a folder, and paginated so you can find and refer to them easily.

    4. Prepare thoroughly – make sure you have thoroughly read your individual and any joint report. There is nothing more embarrassing than finding that the other side’s lawyer has read something to you from your own report that contradicts your argument.

    5. Make sure you understand each question before answering it – guessing what the question was can get you into trouble. There is nothing wrong with asking a lawyer to repeat a question.

    6. Answer the question that was asked as directly, concisely, honestly and courteously as you can. Don’t try to work out where the questioning is going or answer the question that you think should have been asked – but wasn’t. Take your time – If you need to refer to your papers to be able to answer a question, say so.  Don’t fall into the trap of trying to appear knowledgeable by answering too quickly.  If you need a moment to consider your answer – take it.

    7. Direct your answers to the judge/commissioner – they will be the one who will decide the case, not the lawyers asking you questions. Also, don’t look to your own party’s lawyer for approval when answering questions from the other side. And stay interested in what’s being said especially during ‘hot tubbing’ when questions are being directed to another expert – looking bored or distracted will not reflect well on you.

    8. Make necessary and appropriate concessions – your objectivity is essential to the credibility and reliability of your expert evidence. This will not be lost by forcefully defending your opinion but it may be compromised if you are unwilling to give genuine consideration to other points of view.

    9. Don’t lose sight of your primary obligation to assist the Court – it is very easy to fall into the trap of being an advocate for the party who engaged you. Your role is to provide an impartial opinion to assist the Court make an informed and fair decision. Don’t undermine your credibility by starting to argue for your client’s position.

    10. Finally, don’t engage in personal exchanges with the other side’s lawyer – you will nearly always come off second best!


    Read more Essential Guides to Local Government Law:

    If you would like to be notified when new Essential Guides are published, sign up to our mailing list at

    [1] We acknowledge the helpful assistance derived from the following articles in the preparation of these tips:

    The Art of Giving Expert Evidence” by Gerry Lagerberg published in The Lawyer 10 April 2000

    Medical Expert Witnesses: Tips and Traps When Giving Evidence” by Harry McCay and Dr Walid Jammal, Avant Mutual, 20 July 2017


    Read more
  • Expert Witness Survives Challenge

    Council Expert Witness Survives Challenge

    The acceptance of expert evidence provided by a Council employee by a Commissioner of the Land and Environment Court was unsuccessfully challenged in a recent appeal.

    The appeal arose from an application to modify a development consent for the construction of a dwelling house. The consent, which was granted in 2001, incorporated a design for a driveway to access the dwelling and the modification application involved a significant reconfiguration of the driveway.  The driveway was steep and engineering evidence was called by both sides.

    The council’s evidence was given by its development engineer.  He held formal academic qualifications in engineering surveying but not in engineering. He did however have extensive experience, spanning almost 40 years in local government, in domestic driveway design.

    His evidence was challenged by the applicant on two grounds.  One was that he did not have appropriate qualifications to give expert engineering evidence to the Court as he had no formal engineering qualifications.  The other was that, as an officer of the council, he had a conflict of interests and could not be regarded as an appropriate person to give expert evidence to the Court.

    Both grounds of challenge were rejected by the Court in a decision handed down on 10 April 2018.[1]

    On the first ground, Moore J held that the qualification for a person to give expert evidence does not necessarily require that they have a university-based qualification. Instead, they should be able to demonstrate from their specialised training, knowledge or experience that they have obtained the necessary degree of specialised knowledge or skill to be regarded able to speak authoritatively about the subject matter in question.  In this case the council witness clearly had significant relevant experience and an appropriate and relevant qualification to give expert evidence on the technical aspects of the proposed driveway design. His Honour commented (at [72]) that:

    Indeed, to hold that the absence of a university-based qualification would disentitle Mr Clare from being accepted as an expert for the purposes of assessing Mr Doyle’s application would be intellectual arrogance of the highest order. It would also be bad at law!

    The Court also rejected the second ground of challenge, saying that neither the expert witness nor the council as his employer had any pecuniary interest or other direct or indirect interest in the outcome of the proceedings.

    Moore J said that a conflict of interests could arise where an expert witness might be perceived as having a direct or indirect pecuniary interest arising out of their employer’s role in particular proceedings and therefore did not meet the independence obligations imposed on expert witnesses.  Excluding a potential witness in such a case may not be unreasonable, depending on the particular circumstances. However, his Honour observed that such a situation does not arise in the case of a council employee when the council’s position in the proceedings is consistent with the position adopted by the council employee.  The Court noted that a contrary position arises where the position adopted by the council is inconsistent with the approach recommended by the council officer and observed that, to avoid such a conflict, it was customary for councils to engage external experts when that situation occurred.

    [1] Doyle v Hornsby Shire Council [2018] NSWLEC 45.

    For more information about this case, or on council expert witnesses, please contact Alan Bradbury.

    Read more
  • Re-wrapping Red Tape: Changes to the Treasury Act

    Re-wrapping Red Tape: Treasury Laws Amendment

    As we start down the slippery slope towards the end of the 2017-18 financial year, conveyancers, solicitors, buyers and developers alike need to come to terms with the likely impact of the Treasury Laws Amendment (2018 Measures No.1) Act 2018 (Treasury Act) on real property transactions.

    With the Treasury Act commencing on 1 April 2018, buyers (yes… buyers!) rather than the developer (or the supplier) must now withhold and pay directly to the Australian Taxation Office the GST payable on a taxable supply that is made by way of sale or long term lease of:

    1. new residential premises; or
    2. potential residential land that is included in a property subdivision plan and which does not contain any building that is in use for a commercial purpose.

    However, the withholding regime will not apply to new residential premises which have been created through substantial renovations.

    The amount to be withheld by buyers will be equal to:

    1. 1/11th of the purchase price identified in the contract for sale;
    2. where there is no purchase price, 1/11th of the GST exclusive market value; or
    3. where the margin scheme applies, 7% of the purchase price (or GST exclusive market value where there is no purchase price).

    The amount must be withheld and paid to the Australian Taxation Office on the day on which consideration is first provided. In most circumstances, this will be on the day of settlement.

    The Treasury Act applies to all contracts under which any consideration (other than the deposit) is first provided on or after 1 July 2018, though there is an exemption for those contracts entered into before 1 July 2018 and under which the consideration is first provided before 1 July 2020.

    So what are the practical implications of the Treasury Act? Well, for a developer, they will still need to account for the GST amount in its BAS and will be entitled to a credit for the GST amount once paid by the buyer to the ATO. They will also need to give buyers notice specifying whether the buyer is required to withhold payment from the supply, and if relevant, the amount to be withheld and paid to the ATO.

    It would be prudent for developers to consider a review of their existing developments and future sales to ensure both administrative processes and contract terms facilitate the requirements of the withholding regime.

    Whilst the intention of the Treasury Act is to discourage GST avoidance, we expect the changes will be somewhat detrimental to developers and likely to lead to increased transaction costs.

    For property developers who require further advice on these reforms, please contact a member of our Real Estate Development team.

    Written by Benjamin Grady, Associate, and Julian Pozza, Lawyer.

    Read more
  • Competition Consumer Act: Business Breakfast Club April Summary

    Competition Consumer Act: Business Breakfast Club April Summary

    UPDATE: On 6 November 2017, changes to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) took effect.

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed changes to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (the Act) which change the notification regime and extend the type of prohibited conduct. The changes make it easier for small businesses to obtain legal protection from potential breaches of the competition laws which usually prohibit businesses from collectively bargaining with a customer or supplier. In particular, we focused on the illegal practices of “concerted practice”, “cartel conduct” and “collective bargaining”. BAL Legal Director, Mark Love shared some of his insights on the topic. Mark touched on:

    Why do you need legal protection?

    Competitors who engage in collective bargaining may be in breach of the Act. The most effective way for businesses to collectively bargain without risk of breaching the Act is to lodge a ‘notification’ with the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) which identifies the proposed bargaining group and the type of conduct they intend to engage in. The notification process has been available since 2007, but has historically been viewed by the business community as not providing a substantive practical benefit. This is because the notifications were interpreted narrowly by the ACCC so it was still possible to breach the Act. Now, notification can be given for a class of persons both in relation to the beneficiaries of the bargaining group and the targets (customers or suppliers). However, with the broadening of the notification regime comes a third basis for infringement: concerted practice.

    Collective bargaining

    Collective bargaining is an arrangement whereby two or more competitors come together to negotiate terms, conditions and prices with a supplier or a customer. Essentially, collective bargaining tends to benefit smaller businesses who do not have the volume (of sales or purchases) alone to give them bargaining power. Permission to collectively bargain can be obtained through the notification or authorisation procedures of the Act provided there is some “public interest” in allowing the conduct.

    Cartel conduct

    Cartel conduct encompasses agreements between competitors to fix prices, divide markets, rig bids, or restrict outputs thus restricting competition.  To prove “cartel conduct” the ACCC is not required to prove that there has been a lessening of competition as a result of the conduct, rather the ACCC must demonstrate that:

    1. the persons concerned are in “competition” (whether for customers or suppliers);
    2. there is a relevant “purpose” to the arrangement or understanding; and
    3. there is a relevant contract, agreement or understanding to that effect.

    The Court considered “cartel conduct” in ACCC v Australian Egg Corporation Limited [2017] FCAFC 152. In that case, the ACCC alleged that Australian Egg Corporation Limited (AECL) and two egg producing companies, Ironside Management Services Pty Ltd (T/A Twelve Oak Poultry) and Farm Pride Foods Limited attempted to induce egg producers who were members of AECL ‘to enter into an arrangement to cull hens or otherwise dispose of eggs, for the purpose of reducing the amount of eggs available for supply to consumers and businesses in Australia’.

    Virtually every aspect of the ACCC’s case against AECL was found by the presiding judge to be true and based on largely uncontested facts, specifically the conduct of the parties at an industry summit brought together urgently to address the very issue of the oversupply of eggs and the damage that was apt to do to egg producers and the Australian Egg industry. However, despite the findings of fact the Court found AECL was not in breach of the Act because the conduct was something “less than a binding contract or arrangement”.

    Concerted practice

    As a result of the AECL decision, the Act now includes a third basis of infringement which is a hybrid of the cartel and collective bargaining provisions. Concerted practice is a form of coordination between competing businesses by which, without them having entered a contract, arrangement or understanding, practical cooperation between them is substituted for the risks of competition. There must be the purpose or likely effect of substantially lessening competition which has been held to be “whether the effect of the arrangement was substantial in the sense of being meaningful or relevant to the competitive process”.

    Q&A Corner

    Q. What are the risks associated with lodging a notification to the ACCC?

    A. Lodging a notification to the ACCC requires businesses to disclose information regarding the proposed conduct in a sufficiently precise manner. The ACCC can then consult with interested parties and assess the notification. As part of the notification, it is important that you:

    • outline the areas of competition likely to be affected by the proposed conduct;
    • describe the likely public benefits from the proposed conduct; and
    • specify the likely public detriments (including any adverse effect on competition).

    Some businesses may be reluctant to disclose this information as it may prompt the ACCC to carefully scrutinise the conduct of the businesses engaged in exclusive dealing. Further, once notification is lodged with the ACCC, it is published on the ACCC’s public register. Businesses must determine whether the risks associated with notifying the ACCC of the proposed conduct (the publication of business information) outweighs the risks of not obtaining the ACCC’s “blessing” for the conduct. Remember, breaches of the cartel, collective bargaining (and now) concerted practice provisions can result in criminal prosecution.

    The Business Breakfast Club is held on the second Friday of each month, the next one is on 11 May. If you would like to attend, please contact us to be added to the invite list.

    Read more
  • Investigations of Staff Misconduct Complaints

    Essential Guide to Local Government Law: Investigating Staff Misconduct Complaints

    Investigations of staff misconduct complaints, including workplace bullying can be difficult. It is important to carry out your investigations in a reasonable manner: below is a guide on how to best investigate staff misconduct complaints, including workplace bullying.

    Key instruments

    1. Local Government (State) Award 2017 (‘Award’).
    2. Local Government Industry Guidelines on Workplace Investigations under section 36 of the Award (‘Guidelines’)
    3. Model Code of Conduct for Local Councils in NSW (‘the Code’)
    4. Procedures for the Administration of the Model Code of Conduct (‘the Procedures’)

    Key questions to ask when a complaint has been made

    How serious is the complaint?

    • If the complaint is minor, dated, or there are mitigating factors, then it may be best dealt with at a management level. There is discretion under both the Award (clause 36) and the Procedures (at 5.2) to handle a complaint this way.
    • What will be achieved by escalating (or not escalating) the complaint? At law, the only legitimate purpose to invoke civil disciplinary proceedings is to protect the Council (and public confidence in it). Invoking proceedings to simply ‘punish’ an employee is unnecessary and impermissible.

    What process do I need to follow?

    • Establish if the complaint is most accurately characterised as a performance issue, a conduct issue, both, or neither, and adopt the corresponding process. You may need to get more particulars to answer these questions (i.e. who, what, how, where, when etc). If you think the complaint, if substantiated, might amount to a breach of the Code, identify with precision what particular section(s) of the Code are involved.

    Remember that there may be multiple processes to follow, and ensure your process complies with all applicable processes. Key potentially applicable processes include:

    • the disciplinary process set out at cl 36 of the Award (and the Guidelines);
    • the Procedures for Administration of the Model Code of Conduct; and/or
    • the Public Interest Disclosure process.

    Key considerations once a decision has been made to Investigate:

      1. It is important to follow all applicable procedures. Make sure you know who has what role.
      2. Remember that the employee has a right to be represented in any Investigation.
      3. Most Investigations regarding staff can be dealt with ‘in-house’, but consider whether Council needs assistance of an external body to carry out the Investigation. This is particularly advisable in cases concerning serious or complex allegations, sensitive subject matter, where an actual or perceived conflict of interest exists, or where Council doesn’t have the resources to conduct the investigation expeditiously.
      4. Any sanctions or disciplinary responses for proven misconduct must be only those necessary to ‘protect’ the Council (and public confidence in it). Disproportionate sanctions are impermissibly punitive.

    Key things to remember in all investigations:

    Procedural Fairness

    Procedural fairness is owed to the respondent, not the complainant.

    In essence, the rules of procedural fairness require:

      1. the person who may be subject to an adverse finding is ‘heard’ in a manner appropriate to the circumstances;
      2. the decision maker is able to bring an impartial mind to the question before him or her (and is seen to be able to do so); and
      3. decisions are made on the basis of logically probative evidence.

    In particular, the employee concerned has a right:

      1. to receive clear notice of all allegations and how, precisely, they might offend the Code;
      2. to receive all relevant information before responding to the allegations;
      3. to be given a fair amount of time to consider the allegations and supporting materials before being required to respond; and
      4. for their response to be received and genuinely considered before an adverse decision is made.


    In certain circumstances it may be appropriate to suspend an employee while an investigation is being carried out. However, suspension as a disciplinary tool should be used sparingly and only when it is necessary for the integrity of the investigation and protection of the Council.

    Work Health and Safety

    It is important to carry out your investigations in a reasonable manner so as to reduce the risk of mental health injuries to those involved.

    Need more help?

    Our Employment and Workplace Lawyers provide effective solutions to help manage your workplace and employees, while minimising your exposure to risks and issues. Where claims are made by employees, we are experienced advocates in all workplace jurisdictions, including the Fair Work Commission and the Federal Courts.

    For further advice on investigations into staff misconduct complaints, please contact Gabrielle Sullivan, Director of Employment and Workplace Relations, or Alan Bradbury, Director of Planning, Environment and Local Government.

    Read more Essential Guides to Local Government Law.

    Read more
  • 4 BAL Directors ranked in the 2018 edition of Best Lawyers - Australia

    4 BAL Directors ranked in the 2018 edition of Best Lawyers - Australia

    Four BAL Directors have been recognised for their legal excellence in the 2018 edition of the Australian Financial Review’s Best Lawyers Australia list. Produced by a peer review company and published by the Australian Financial Review, the list is compiled following an extensive evaluation process. The list includes more than 3,300 lawyers from 330 law firms nationwide, up from more than 3000 last year.

    The directors have been successful in the following practice areas:

    • Alan Bradbury – Government Practice, Planning and Environment Law;
    • John Bradley - Leasing Law, Real Property Law;
    • Mark Love - Commercial Law, Insolvency and Reorganisation Law, and Corporate Law; and
    • John Wilson - Labour and Employment Law, Occupational Health and Safety Law.

    This is the ninth consecutive year the Alan Bradbury has been acknowledged for his expertise. Managing Legal Director John Wilson makes his sixth appearance in the list, while Mark Love and John Bradley were again recognised for their respective practices.

    John Wilson congratulated his fellow Legal Directors on their achievements.

    “A listing in Best Lawyers is a considerable honour, reflecting as it does the praise of fellow practitioners in each speciality,” he said. “For three of my colleagues and I to be included speaks highly to the calibre of our team at Bradley Allen Love.”

    Best Lawyers is the oldest and most respected peer-review publication in the legal profession. A listing in Best Lawyers is widely regarded by both clients and legal professionals as a significant honour, conferred on a lawyer by his or her peers. For more than three decades, Best Lawyers lists have earned the respect of the profession, the media, and the public, as the most reliable, unbiased source of legal referrals anywhere.

    The full list is available here.

    BAL directors - best lawyers 2018

    Above: Mark Love, John Wilson, John Bradley and Alan Bradbury, – listed in The Best Lawyers in Australia© 2018


    Best Lawyers is the oldest and most respected attorney ranking service in the world. Since it was first published in 1983, Best Lawyers® has become universally regarded as the definitive guide to legal excellence. Best Lawyers lists are compiled based on an exhaustive peer-review evaluation. 83,000 industry leading attorneys are eligible to vote from around the world, and Best Lawyers® received almost 10 million evaluations on the legal abilities of other lawyers based on their specific practice areas. Lawyers are not required or allowed to pay a fee to be listed; therefore inclusion in Best Lawyers is considered a singular honour.

    Read more
  • Builders beware - owners given clarity on shoddy building work in off-the-plan apartments

    Builders beware: owners given clarity on shoddy building work in off-the-plan apartments

    A building dispute running for the better half of two decades between the owners of Units Plan 1917 and the developer, Koundouris Projects, appears to have finally come to an end on 16 February 2018 with the High Court refusing Koundouris’ application for leave to appeal against the decision of the ACT Court of Appeal in Koundouris v Owners – Units Plan No 1917 [2017] ACTCA 36.

    Originally heard in 2016, the matter concerns a claim by the owners of Units Plan 1917 against the builder, Mr Koundouris, in relation to the construction of the Lagani apartment complex and the various issues in the complex following its completion, including the existence and ongoing water leaking and damage in units and the cracking of masonry and facades. The matter heard was complex, particularly due to the various changes in legislation having taken place during the construction phase, and turned on the interpretation of the statutory warranties contained in the Building Act 1972 (ACT) (now repealed) and the Building Act 2004 (ACT). Though the primary judge held that Mr Koundouris had indeed breached these statutory warranties, it was the decision of the ACT Court of Appeal that provides greater certainty to unit owners, builders and developers alike as to the application of the statutory warranties in off-the-plan contracts for sale.

    The ACT Court of Appeal largely upheld the primary judge’s decision but made the following important distinctions:

    1. It is not necessary for a builder and developer to have a written contract in place for the statutory warranties to apply;
    1. The statutory warranties extend to the defined parts of the unit titled building, being load bearing walls, columns, footings, slabs and balcony’s;
    1. The statutory warranties operate both during construction and following completion;
    1. The source of an owners rights for breaches of the statutory warranties arise as the successor in title but can also arise for successive owners as the statutory warranties are implied in the contract for sale; and
    1. Unsuccessful repair works (where there is an inherent issue with the construction of the building) throughout the statutory warranty period may lead a builder to breach the statutory warranties repeatedly allowing a claim to be brought against the builder for an extended period of time.

    Though some might suggest that the decision of the ACT Court of Appeal may discourage builders from attempting to repair building defects for fear of inadvertently extending the limitation period under the statutory warranty, the decision makes clear that the intention of the statutory warranties are to protect the consumer from shoddy building work and that the provisions of the legislation should be interpreted accordingly.

    Written by Benjamin Grady and Alexander Paton. If you require further information or advice in regards to your rights and obligations concerning building defects, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Financial Exploitation through Powers of Attorney and the Remedies

    Financial Exploitation through Powers of Attorney and the Remedies

    Thankfully, more people are becoming aware and talking more openly about Elder Abuse and its prevalence among the Australian community. The most common type of elder abuse is the financial exploitation of a close elderly family member (followed by psychological and physical abuse).

    Unfortunately, much of the financial exploitation stems from misuse by an attorney appointed pursuant to a Power of Attorney document.

    This article presents a brief summary on how financial exploitation through a Power of Attorney can take place, and the remedies available against a “rogue” attorney.

    How does Financial Exploitation Take Place

    Putting in place a Power of Attorney has practical advantages – it is a relatively low cost, informal and private appointment by a donor allowing the appointment of a person or persons (the “attorney”) to make decisions on the donor’s behalf with regard to their financial and property matters.

    Unfortunately, it is the informal, private and unregulated nature of a Power of Attorney that makes it susceptible to misuse.

    A Financial Management Order by contrast requires a formal application to the relevant State or Territory Guardianship or Financial Management Board or Tribunal (in the ACT, this would be the ACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal or simply, “ACAT”). The Board or Tribunal is then responsible for ensuring a decision is arrived at having regard to all the evidence, including medical evidence, arguments and submissions by interested persons and that a decision is ultimately made in the best interests of the interested person.

    Perhaps one of the most notable cases of financial exploitation was highlighted in the case of Brennan v State of Western Australia[1]. Mr Kopec was a polish migrant living in Western Australia with very few relatives in Australia. He lived by himself on a farm and was suffering from deteriorating physical and mental health. Mr Kopec appointed Damien Brennan, a legal practitioner as his attorney pursuant to an Enduring Power of Attorney. Over the span of the next 8 years, Mr Brennan continued to misappropriate close to $900,000 of Mr Kopec’s estate including continuing to operate the Enduring Power of Attorney well after Mr Brennan had died.

    A more recent case involving the misappropriation of funds by an attorney is the case of Mezzapica v Mezzapica[2] which was handed down in November 2017. This case involved an elderly Italian mother who had appointed her two sons as her attorneys. After the mother’s death, one of the sons (Robert, the Plaintiff) questioned a number of transactions which were entered into by the other son (Renato, the Defendant) including a number of cheques which Renato had drawn from his mother’s Commonwealth Bank account in favour of himself.

    The Court held that the cheques were not actually drawn in the exercise of Renato’s power as his mother’s attorney. The Court did however find that Renato had misappropriated other funds (totalling over $62,000) from a trust account which held in his mother’s name for the benefit of her grandchildren. This misappropriation by Renato constituted a breach of trust by his mother such that the mother’s estate had to account for the loss.

    Fortunately in this case, it was held that the mother did not suffer a loss. At the date of this article it is not clear whether further action will be taken against Renato for his acts as his mother’s attorney.

    Available remedies

    The range of remedies available in circumstances of financial exploitation and misappropriation can be broadly classified into three categories:

    • statutory remedies;
    • common law remedies; and
    • criminal remedies

    A brief overview of each of these is discussed further below:

    Statutory remedies

    Victoria, Queensland, South Australia, the ACT and Tasmania have specifically legislated to impose substantial penalties or allow for compensation for the donor (or their estate) caused by the failure of an attorney to comply with their statutory duties in the exercise of their powers[3]

    The remaining States and Territory (Western Australia, Northern Territory and New South Wales) do not provide any legislative right to seek compensation or damages from an attorney where the donors assets have been misappropriated if there has been proof of financial exploitation. The only statutory remedy in Western Australia, Northern Territory and New South Wales is that an application can be made to the relevant State and Territory Court or Tribunal (or, the Court or Tribunal can make a decision on their own initiative) to revoke a Power of Attorney if they are satisfied it is in the best interests of the Donor.

    Common Law Remedies

    There are three fundamental equitable grounds upon which a Court can set aside a transaction involving financial exploitation by an attorney:

    • Breach of Fiduciary Duty – an attorney is a fiduciary and where the attorney obtains a profit as a result of a transaction that conflicts with the interests of the donor, the Court has the ability to set aside the transaction
    • Unconscionable conduct – the High Court’s decision in the case of Amadio[4] established the principles with respect to Unconscionability can be established where three elements have been satisfied:
    1. That one party has a “special advantage” (the stronger party);
    2. That the disability is sufficiently evident that the stronger party knew or ought to have known of the weaker party’s special disadvantage; and
    3. the stronger party took unfair advantage of the weaker party’s special disadvantage to obtain a benefit for him/herself.
    • Undue influence – where an attorney has procured a transaction by undue influence, again the transaction can be set aside.

    Criminal Remedies

    At the present time, there is no specific criminal offence in any Australian jurisdiction that deals with financial exploitation of an elderly person, through a Power of Attorney or otherwise. Financial abuse and exploitation can be prosecuted through a variety of property offensive including misappropriation of property, theft or fraud and in some cases, domestic violence or abuse. In the ACT, there is a separate offence for dishonestly obtaining a financial advantage by deception [5]

    In reality however, there has been a noted failure by police to investigate and subsequently prosecute for criminal offences in cases where there has been financial exploitation of an older person generally. There is also typically a strong desire by older persons to maintain family privacy and as a result, financial exploitation is often unreported.

    Written by Golnar Nekoee, Associate, Wills and Estate Planning. To create a power of attorney, or review your will and estate plan, please contact us.

    [1] Brennan v The State of Western Australia [2010] WASCA 19

    [2] Mezzapica v Mezzapica [2017] NSWSC 1553

    [3] Powers of Attorney Act 2014 (VIC) s77, Powers of Attorney Act 2006 (ACT) s 50 – time limits apply from when the application must be made to compensate the principal or the estate, Powers of Attorney Act 1998 (Qld) s106-107, Powers of Attorney and Agency Act 1984 (SA) s 7, Powers of Attorney Act 2000(TAS) s32

    [4] Commercial Bank of Australia Ltd v Amadio [1983] HCA 14

    [5]Part 3.3 Division 3.3.2 of the Criminal Code 2002 (ACT)

    Read more
  • Has the clock really stopped time?

    Essential Guide to Local Government Law: Stopping the Clock

    Class 1 appeals dominate the Land and Environment Court’s caseload.[1] Many of these are commenced against the ‘deemed refusal’ of a development application.  This occurs when the consent authority fails to determine the application within the assessment period prescribed by the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (the Act) and the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000 (the Regulation).   It is therefore important that applicants and consent authorities understand the correct approach to calculating when a ‘deemed refusal’ will occur, and also know how to extend the development assessment period where necessary. This essential guide will look at when the development assessment clock stops and what events will restart it.

    When does the assessment period start and end?

    Under the Regulation consent authorities have 40, 60 or 90 days to determine a development application, depending on what type of application it is. This is known as the assessment period. ‘Days’ in this context means all days – not just business days. If the consent authority does not determine the application within the assessment period then the application is deemed to have been refused.[2] The applicant then has the right to seek review of that decision in the NSW Land and Environment Court within six months of that date.[3]

    When calculating the length of the assessment period, the day on which the development application is lodged, as well as the following day, are not included.[4] This is to allow the consent authority time to register and check the application for compliance with the requirements of Schedule 1 of the Regulation before the merits assessment is commenced.

    If the application does not identify all relevant integrated development approvals or concurrence requirements then the consent authority might take longer than the two days to check the application. To allow for this, for integrated development or development requiring concurrence, the assessment period starts at the earlier of 14 days after the development application is lodged or the date the application is referred to the relevant concurrence authority or approvals body.[5]

    What stops the clock?

    The assessment period ‘clock’ can be stopped by:

    1. The consent authority, concurrence authority or approvals body issuing a request for additional information in accordance with the Act and Regulation; or
    2. The applicant ‘modifying’ the development application within the assessment period, where the amended application is accepted by the consent authority.

    How these two processes operate to stop the assessment clock is set out below.

    Additional information requests

    It is common during the development assessment process for a decision maker to require additional information in order to properly consider an application. The assessment ‘clock’ can be ‘stopped’ if:

    1. the consent authority makes a request for additional information under clause 54 of the Regulation within 25 days from the start of the assessment period;[6] or
    2. a concurrence authority or approvals body makes a request for additional information, within 25 days of the date the authority received the development application from the consent authority[7].

    In practice, the relevant period in which a request for further information can be made that will have the effect of stopping the assessment clock is 27 days (because of the additional two days allowed under clause 106(c) of the Regulation) unless the application is for integrated development or development which requires concurrence or an approval from another body[8]. If the consent authority asks for additional information in this period then the assessment period clock stops on the day of the request. If a concurrence or approvals body makes the request, then the assessment clock stops on the day that the consent authority receives the request from the concurrence or approvals body. If more than one request for additional information is made while the assessment clock is stopped then the clock stays stopped until all requests have been addressed.

    The assessment clock can also be stopped if, in relation to integrated development which requires consent under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, the Chief Executive of the Office of Environment and Heritage is of the opinion that it necessary to consult with an Aboriginal person, land council or other organisation before a decision concerning the general terms of approval can be made and the consultation commences within 25 days after the date on which the development application is forwarded to the Secretary of the Office of Environment and Heritage[9]  In this case  the clock is paused for the consultation period, provided this is not longer than 46 days from the date on which the development application was lodged with the consent authority.

    To be effective, the request for additional information must be made in writing [10], must inform the applicant that the clock has stopped[11] and must be made within the time allowed in the Regulation. It may also specify a reasonable period within which the information must be provided.[12]

    An authority can ask for additional information outside the period described above; however, this will not have the effect of ‘stopping the clock’ and will not extend the assessment period or delay the deemed refusal date.

    Amending a development application

    Amending a development application under clause 55 of the Regulation can also have the effect of resetting the ‘clock’ for the assessment period. Whilst this in itself is no longer controversial, it can be difficult to determine whether and when a particular development application has been amended.

    This issue was considered in two recent Land and Environment Court decisions: Australian Consulting Architects Pty Ltd v Liverpool City Council [2017] NSWLEC 129 and Lateral Estate Pty Ltd v The Council of the City of Sydney [2017] NSWLEC 6.  In both cases the applicant argued that an exchange of correspondence between the applicant and council constituted an amendment of the development application such as to restart the assessment period and push back the deemed refusal date to a date within 6 months of the commencement of the appeal. In each case the Court found that the ‘dribs and drabs’ approach to making changes to the application was insufficient to constitute an amendment to the development application for the purpose of clause 55, and did not restart the clock for assessing the application. In Australian Consulting Architects the Court clarified that, for this to occur, it would be necessary for the applicant to put a settled, composite proposal to the consent authority and for this to be accepted by the authority for assessment and determination.

    When does the ‘clock’ restart?

    The assessment period clock restarts when the applicant:[13]

    1. gives the information requested to the consent authority, or
    2. notifies the consent authority (in writing) that the information will not be provided; or
    3. does not give the information in the reasonable period specified in the notice, or any further period of time which is allowed by the authority.

    If the request for additional information came from a concurrence authority or referral body, then the assessment clock restarts 2 days after the consent authority refers the requested information to that entity (or notifies it that the information will not be provided).

    When identifying when the assessment periods ends, it is also important to remember that s 36 of the Interpretation Act 1987 prevents any assessment period from ending on a Saturday, Sunday, or public holiday. In these cases the next working day is taken to be the last day of the assessment period.

    It may be difficult to work out whether the clocks have restarted where:

    1. the applicant has provided some, but not all of the additional information required, or the information provided is inadequate; or
    2. the consent authority informally extends the time period in which the information is required to be provided.

    When the additional information is inadequate

    If the information provided in response to a request for additional information is inadequate, or if further additional information is required, the consent authority can stop the assessment ‘clock’ again and request further information.  If the new request is made within the relevant 27 day period then this subsequent request can also ‘stop the clock’. In calculating the 27 day period in which any subsequent request for additional information may be made, any days for which the assessment clock has already been stopped are not counted.

    When the period for the provision of information is deemed to have been extended

    As noted above, if an applicant does not provide the information within the time specified in the request for additional information/the stop the clock notice, then the clock will generally restart after that date has passed. However, the time for the provision of the additional information can be deemed to have been extended by the authority in certain circumstances.

    This situation arose in Corbett Constructions P/L v Wollondilly Shire Council [2017] NSWLEC 135. In that case the Council had asked the applicant to provide a substantial amount of additional information within 28 days in relation to a development application for a large medium-density residential development.  After the deadline had passed an exchange of emails took place between the applicant and the Council in which the applicant indicated that the additional information would be provided “in the coming weeks” and the Council acknowledged and appeared to accept the delay. The Land and Environment Court found that the Council’s actions effectively amounted to an implied extension of time for the provision of the additional information, thus delaying the restarting of the assessment clock and the date on which the 6 month appeal period started.   To avoid this uncertainty, any extensions of time for the provision of the additional information should be given formally in writing by the Council and expressly state that the stop the clock provisions remain in effect.


    It is important for a development applicant and consent authority to know the date when an application must be determined or will otherwise be deemed to be refused. To be able to do this it is necessary to consider whether, when and for how long the assessment clock was ‘stopped’ in accordance with the principles set out above.

    For further information about, or assistance with, a council land acquisition, please contact Alice MenyhartAlan Bradbury or Andrew Brickhill on (02) 6274 0999.

    The content contained in this guide is, of course, general commentary only.  It is not legal advice.  Readers should contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them.


    [1] Land and Environment Court ‘Class 1: Environmental Planning and Protection Appeals – Fast Facts’ at accessed at 9 March 2018

    [2] Section 8.11 of the Act

    [3] Section 8.10 of the Act.

    [4] Clause 107 of the Regulation

    [5] Clause 108 of the Regulation

    [6] Clause 109 of the Regulation

    [7] Clause 110 of the Regulation

    [8] For those applications, the assessment period starts at the earlier of 14 days after the development application is lodged or the date the application is referred to the relevant concurrence authority or approvals body: clause 108 of the Regulation

    [9] Clause 111 of the Regulation

    [10] Clause 54(2)(a) of the Regulation

    [11] Clause 112 of the Regulation

    [12] Clause 54(2)(b) of the Regulation

    [13] Clauses 54 and 109 of the Regulation

    Read more
  • wellbeing at work - hr breakfst club march summary

    Wellbeing at work: HR Breakfast Club March Summary


    This month, guest speaker, Lauren Sayers – Deputy HR Manager at the ANU spoke about the importance of developing a wellbeing program for the workplace, and some tips on how to implement one successfully.

    Lauren is an ACT Australian HR Institute (AHRI) Council member & forum convenor and has 15+ years of management and HR experience across Hospitality, Telecommunications and Tertiary Education sectors. Lauren spoke about:

    What does a wellbeing program include?

    Employee health and wellness programs can include activities that promote good employee health, identify health-related risks in the employee population, and
    look to support any potential health-related problems present in the employee population.

    Why should we invest in wellbeing program?

    Employers should work to create a healthy workplace for a few broad strategic reasons:

    • To control the financial costs associated with an unhealthy workplace
    • and to gain the benefits of;
    • A healthy workforce;
    • To build the organisation’s employer of choice profile; and
    • Possible legal implications – e.g. WHS/workers compensation etc.

    A further example of reasons to invest in employee health and wellbeing and the relationship between employee healthand engagement.

    Example interventions and wellbeing program activities:

    The following examples can be used to build a workplace wellbeing program.

    • Healthy @ work- ergonomic assessments
    • Body and Mind & work
    • Winter wise- flu shots
    • Financial wellness – financial advice
    • Relaxation – complementary therapies
    • Physical Health – health assessments
    • Mental Health – R U OK Day?
    • Rest – sleep foundation
    • Summer Safe – Cancer Council
    • Stretch zone – promote workplace stretching and time away from workstation
    • Rest zone – sun lounger/sleep pod
    • Mindfulness zone- e.g. reading, colouring in, Sudoku

    You can download a copy of the slides from the presentation here.

    The HR Breakfast Club runs on the third Friday of every month at BAL Lawyers. If you would like to be added to the invite list, please contact us. The next HR Breakfast club will be held of 20 April 2018 – for more details, please click here.

    Read more
  • Privacy Act and data breaches: Business Breakfast Club March Summary

    Data Breaches and Privacy Act Changes: Business Breakfast Club March Summary

    UPDATE: On 22 February 2018 amendments to the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) took effect to introduce a mandatory notification procedure for eligible data breaches.

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed the changes to the Privacy Act which introduced a mandatory notification procedure for eligible data breaches. BAL Director, Katie Innes shared some of her insights on the new responsibilities surrounding information and Privacy law. Katie touched on:

    What is an eligible data breach:

    An eligible data breach is either:

    • unauthorised access or disclosure of information that a reasonable person would conclude is likely to result in serious harm to any individuals to whom the information relates; or
    • information that is lost in circumstances where unauthorised access or disclosure of information is likely to occur and it can be reasonably concluded that such an outcome would result in serious harm to any of the individuals to whom the information relates.

    How and when is notification given?

    Notification relating to an eligible data breach is a written statement to the individuals affected by the breach and the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner and must include:

    • a description of what occurred;
    • the kinds of information concerned; and
    • the recommended next steps that individuals affected should take in response to the data breach.

    In certain circumstances, the Commissioner may declare that notification and a written statement about the eligible data breach is not necessary. The Commissioner may make this determination having considered factors such as the public interest, advice given to the Commissioner by an enforcement body or any other matters the Commissioner considers relevant.

    When will it not be an eligible data breach?

    1. You “take action” in relation to the access or disclosure before any serious harm and, as a result of the action, a reasonable person would conclude the access or disclosure will not be likely to result in any serious harm; or
    2. You “take action” in relation to any loss of information before any unauthorised access or disclosure and, as a result of the action, there is no unauthorised access or disclosure; or
    3. You “take action” in relation to any loss of information after unauthorised access or disclosure but before any serious harm and, as a result of the action, a reasonable person would conclude the access or disclosure will not be likely to result in any serious harm.

    If you follow one of the above steps, then you may not be required to notify the individual affected by the data breach.

    Q&A Corner

    Q. What if the personal information is held by more than one entity?

    A. Where the breach has occurred by one or more other entities, only one entity is required to undertake the process of investigation and notification. Essentially, compliance by one is compliance by all. You will need to determine how to allocate responsibility for compliance, and establish who has the most direct relationship with the individuals at risk to take the lead in investigation.

    Q. Can mailing lists be used for purposes other than what they were initially gathered for?

    A. In certain circumstances, yes. Organisations that hold personal information about an individual can only use or disclose the information for the purpose or purposes for which it was collected (known as the ‘primary purpose’ of collection). However you can use the information for a ‘secondary purpose’ if:

    (a)     the individual has consented; or

    (b)     the individual would reasonably expect you to use the information for the secondary purpose and the secondary purpose is:

    (i)  directly related to the primary purpose (if it is sensitive information); or

    (ii)  related to the primary purpose (if it is any other personal information).

    (c)     the use or disclosure is required by law or a Court; or

    (d)     a general permitted situation exists.

    In respect of mailing lists, individuals have the right to update their preferences, by asking the organisation to correct their information or “opt out” of the mailing list entirely.

    Q. Do the changes to the Privacy Act affect requests for files for workers compensation, when the injured employee’s lawyer requests personal and workers compensation files?

    A. No. The recent changes to the Privacy Act focus on the obligation to notify the OAIC or the individuals affected if there is an “eligible data breach”. Individuals remain entitled to access their own personal information through Australian Privacy Principle 12 (and could exercise that right through a lawyer).

    The recent changes also do not affect any disclosure obligations an organisation may have as part of workplace investigations. An organisation’s rights to disclose personal information about an affected employee will be governed by its existing privacy policy, WHS legislation and whether or not the organisation has obtained the individual’s consent to release their personal information to third party investigators or insurers as part of their terms of employment, or in managing any workplace claim.

    If the organisation disclosed information to a third party (without consent or without the legislative obligation to) then it could be considered a data breach and, depending on the potential risk to the individual affected, may be an eligible data breach.

    The Business Breakfast Club is held on the second Friday of each month, the next one is on 13 April. If you would like to attend, please contact us to be added to the invite list.

    Read more
  • Dangerous Cladding: A concern for Buyers of Residential Units

    Dangerous Cladding: A concern for Buyers of Residential Units

    Aluminium Composite Panelling, also known as ‘cladding,’ fuelled the devastating Melbourne “Lacrosse” building fire in November 2014 and the Grenfell Tower fire in London in June 2017. Cladding can be combustible when it uses flammable aluminium composite panels with a highly flammable polyethylene core. The polyethylene core is comparable to pouring petrol on a fire – the result is the devastating spread and severity of a fire.

    Combustible cladding has been used on thousands of commercial buildings, shopping centres, government buildings and a number of residential buildings throughout Australia, including the ACT.

    What are the current regulations in place?

    Private building certifiers currently regulate builders, architects and suppliers in the ACT. They determine and regulate the safety of buildings and as such, the approval process is assessed on a case by case basis that is not regulated by the ACT Government. The result has been, at times, a failure by the building industry to self-regulate.

    New legislation to stop the use of unsafe cladding in NSW

    The Building Products (Safety) Bill 2017 was introduced in NSW to help prevent the use of dangerous building products such as dangerous cladding. This Bill delegates power to the Commissioner of Fair Trading to ban building products that may create safety risks in the event of fire. The objective of the Bill is to prohibit builders, building product suppliers, manufactures and importers from using dangerous products by imposing heavy penalties if they do not produce their records of building materials following a request by Fair Trading. The Bill also empowers Councils to order buildings be rectified if dangerous cladding is identified or if banned products have been used.

    Federal Regulation

    At the Federal level, the Customs Amendment (Safer Cladding) Bill 2017 was introduced in September 2017. It set out in its explanatory memorandum that ‘the cladding issue is a most serious public safety issue that requires urgent action’. The Bill prohibits the ‘importation into Australia of polyethylene core aluminium composite panels’. The Bill was introduced on an urgent basis due to the Federal and State failure to adequately respond to the requirement for safer cladding. Although it prevents the importation of polyethylene core aluminium panels, it does not prevent the use of polyethylene which has already been imported to Australia or is already used in buildings.

    What if my building has combustible cladding?

    Combustible cladding has been found on a number of buildings. But what does this mean for someone who has purchased a unit in one of these buildings or is a potential purchaser? Two recent cases in the High Court have shown that a builder does not owe a duty of care to the owners corporation or a subsequent buyer for a latent and previously unknown defect in a building. A latent defect is a defect in the property that could not have been discovered by a reasonably thorough inspection. The question of whether dangerous cladding is a latent defect has yet to be considered by the Courts.

    The consequences of the decision of the High Court are that if you discover your building is affected by dangerous cladding, you may not be able to make a claim against the builder, architect or suppliers for the costs of the removal or any damage caused by the dangerous cladding, such as a fire. As such, combustible cladding not only poses a serious health and safety hazard to its occupants but may also expose subsequent buyers and owners corporations to serious liability and costs.

    How can you protect yourself?

    If you are purchasing a new unit or property which uses cladding, we recommend you make an appointment with one of our specialist Real Estate lawyers. Due to the complicated nature of contract negotiation and our extensive experience representing buyers in new developments, we are able to assist you in negotiating the terms of your contract to include warranties that protect you from the risks associated with dangerous cladding.

    For more information or how to protect yourself and your property against dangerous cladding, please contact George Kordis, Special Counsel.

    Read more
  • window safety device

    ALERT: Window Safety Devices for NSW Strata Schemes: Important Update for Owners Corporations

    In order to prevent children from falling from windows, new requirements for window safety devices to be installed on windows in strata schemes are set to come into force in NSW.

    What is the deadline for installing safety devices?

    Safety devices must be installed by 13 March 2018.  NSW Fair Trading advises that non-compliant Owners Corporations may face fines if safety devices are not installed on all relevant windows by the 13 March deadline.

    Who pays for the safety devices?

    Owners Corporations may be able to pass the cost onto individual unit owners for installing the safety devices.  We recommend you contact BAL Lawyers for advice on applicable scenarios.

    What strata schemes does this apply to?

    The new requirements apply to any strata building containing Lots used for residential purposes.

    What windows are required to have safety devices?

    Safety devices must be installed on any openable windows where the floor inside is more than 2m above the ground outside and the lowest part of the window is less than 1.7m above the floor inside.  This applies to windows in individual residential units, as well as on Common Property.

    What does the window safety device do?

    Safety devices must be capable of limiting the maximum opening of the window to be less than 12.5cm and be capable of withstanding a certain amount of force (250 Newtons).

    Can the windows still be opened?

    Yes, the safety devices can be temporarily disengaged and windows fully opened, if residents choose.

    Further information is available from the NSW Fair Trading website.

    Written by George Kordis, Special Counsel. If you require advice on your strata law matters, contact us.


    Read more
  • bitcoin - what happens to your digital assets when you die

    Bitcoin, Digital Assets, “Clouds” and your internet identity– what happens to your Digital Assets when you die?

    Gone are the days when someone’s assets consisted of their house, a car and some black and white photos. A whopping 3.431 billion people are plugged into the internet worldwide as of August 2016[1] and most clients we see have some form of Digital Assets – that is, anything you own or have certain rights over that exists online or are stored on computers or other digital technology.

    Take a moment to consider your digital technology, which may include any one (or perhaps all) of the following:

    • SMS’s on your phone, or messages on instant messaging services (Messenger, Whatsapp, Telegram etc);
    • content on your smart phone handset;
    • emails;
    • social networking content, or licences;
    • e books, streaming content services, digital downloads; and
    • PC’s, laptops, tablets and other computer devices.

    Now take a moment to consider what would happen to your digital technology once you die. Specifically, consider:

    • who can access (and how do they access) your email, social media accounts, dating profiles, online passwords, online banking records, media hosting services (eg Instagram, Flickr) or professional blog when you die;
    • what happens to the documents, files and photos on your cloud Storage (for example, Google Drive, Apple iCloud, Microsoft Skydrive);
    • what happens to your online assets (for example, funds in your Paypal account, downloaded music and movies or streaming services, Airline Frequent Flyer points and cryptocurrencies);
    • what happens to the photos, messages and data stored on your phone, laptop or tablet;
    • how can you ensure your “digital life” is removed from the worldwide web once you have died

    The Legal Position – How are digital assets dealt following death

    The digital estate may feature a mix of third party intellectual property, the deceased’s intellectual property and contractual rights in the form of licences and terms of use. It is rarely the case therefore that the deceased “owns” the digital asset or the content, which is a mistaken belief held by many clients.

    A proper Estate Plan therefore requires a consideration of the rights to the asset and/or intellectual property as well as the policies with regard to the service or host provider.

    Let’s run through some of the most commonly used platforms and assets:

    Social Media eg Facebook , Instagram, Youtube – the basis of most social media sites is to provide free content hosting in exchange for the user granting the site a licence to use the content. The Terms of Service set out the terms of the licence.

    It is a well-known fact these days that a Facebook user for example, has no ownership in the content of the material they upload onto their social media account. The Facebook Statement of Rights and Responsibilities specifically states that “you grant us (Facebook) a non-exclusive, transferable, sub-licensable, royalty free, worldwide licence to use any IP content that you post on or in connection with Facebook”.

    If the user does not “own” the content posted on these social media sites, neither does their executor of their estate. Using the example of Facebook, once you die, a friend, family member, or your executor can request to have your user account memorialised or permanently removed from Facebook. Even if an account is permanently deleted, Facebook is entitled to retain the rights and sublicense to everything that has ever been uploaded onto the user account.

    Apple ID Account – The Apple Media Services Terms and Conditions generally states that once media is downloaded, you do not actually own or obtain legal title to the media – you simply obtain a licence to use the media. Licences are generally not transferable to your executor or beneficiaries. Generally speaking therefore, your Apple ID account and downloaded content will not form part of the estate. There is the option however with family sharing to transfer material from one computer to the next, and therefore that might be the solution to ensuring the digital library is accessible after death.

    Google Account – your Google Account is perhaps the most important account to access after you die. Google offers a number of online services including Gmail, Google Drive, Picasa and Google Plus. The Google Terms of Service that’s that the user retains ownership in the intellectual property, but (similar to most social media sites) when content is uploaded onto any Google product, google is given a worldwide licence to use the content and that licence continues indefinitely.

    If your Executor wants access to your Google Account, they will need to contact Google administrators and seek access, which may not always be granted (as per the Terms of Service).

    Cryptocurrencies – Cryptocurrencies are not backed by any government regulator. Instead people often store their Bitcoins in an encrypted “digital wallet”, usually via an app on their phone or laptop. Digital wallets often use two keys to allow the owner access – a public key that anyone can see and a private key.  If your Executor or Beneficiaries do not know this key, there is almost no way they can access your Bitcoin. On the other hand, providing this information to your Executors or Beneficiaries during your lifetime may compromise the security of the Cryptocurrency.

    How should I deal with my digital assets

    Once our digital assets are identified, they are treated much the same as any other asset. From a practical sense, what should you do to assist your family, next of kin or executor in dealing with or even erasing your “digital footprint” once you have died?

    This question is very personal and specific to many. In some cases, it would be appropriate to leave a list of your usernames, passwords and “keys” to the online assets so they can be dealt with. But perhaps not always.

    A holistic review of your Estate Plan should involve a consideration of your digital assets, Intellectual Property laws, an understanding of common platforms and a sensible approach in managing these assets after you are gone. To create or review your will and estate plan, please contact us.


    Read more
  • guide to assignment of lease timeframes for landlords in the ACT and NSW

    Hidden risks: A guide to assignment of lease timeframes for landlords in the ACT and NSW

    Assignments of lease are common, but even experienced landlords might be caught by surprise by the strict timeframes legislation imposes for responding to a request for assignment.  The process for dealing with a request for consent to the assignment of a lease contains many potential pitfalls for a landlord, and failure to address such a request properly can have dire consequences.

    Assignments of Lease in the ACT

    A tenant wishing to assign its lease under the Leases (Commercial and Retail) Act 2001 (ACT) (LCRA) must first provide a disclosure statement to the prospective assignee and then make a request in writing for the landlord’s consent to the assignment.

    Once the tenant has requested consent, the landlord has 14 days to request further information. The LCRA limits the information that can be requested, however it includes information about the financial standing of the assignee and/or guarantor, a certificate of occupancy for the premises, information about the business skills of the prospective assignee, information about the proposed use of the premises by the assignee and references relating to the ability of the prospective assignee to operate the business on the premises.

    The landlord must respond to the tenant’s request by either providing or withholding consent within 28 days after receiving the request, or within 21 days of receiving any information requested.  If the landlord does not provide a response within that timeframe, the landlord is deemed to have consented to the assignment.

    A landlord can only withhold consent to an assignment of the lease where it is reasonable in all the circumstances to do so.  There are certain grounds where refusal is taken to be reasonable, such as if the proposed use of the premises is for a purpose not allowed under the lease or if the proposed use of the premises will not be compatible with other tenants in the building or if the existing tenant is in breach, but otherwise the landlord has the burden of proving it was reasonable.  The reasonableness of a decision to withhold consent can be difficult to determine.  Under the LCRA a landlord may recover the legal costs of making the decision about whether to consent, so it is worth seeking professional advice.

    Assignment of Leases in NSW

    In NSW the governing legislation is the Retail Leases Act 1994 (NSW) (RLA).  The request for landlord consent must be made in writing and the tenant must first provide the assignee with an up to date disclosure statement.

    The tenant must also provide the landlord with such information as the landlord may reasonably require about the finances and retail skills of the assignee.  Unlike the ACT however, there are not clear timeframes for seeking and providing this information.

    The landlord must deal with a request “expeditiously” and if the landlord has not responded within 28 days, the landlord is deemed to have given consent.

    A landlord may, in the provisions of the lease, reserve the right to refuse to consent to the tenant assigning the lease.  However, absent of any specific provision in the lease, a landlord may only withhold consent in specific circumstances, including if the assignee proposes to change the use of the premises, has inferior finances or retail skills to the tenant, or the tenant has not complied with the legislated process for assignment, including providing requested information.


    Disputes often arise in the course of a request for consent to assignment of a lease, particularly over whether information has been requested in time, whether adequate information has been provided, and whether the request for information conforms to the legislation.  If a landlord mistakenly believed it was waiting on further information on the proposed assignee and failed to respond to the tenant’s request within 28 days, the landlord would be deemed to have consented to the assignment.  In such a situation, not only would the landlord have a new tenant it may not have wanted, but the lease will no longer be enforceable against the original tenant should any issues arise (s.103 LCRA and s.41A RLA).

    The key lesson is being aware of timeframes for responding to requests for assignment of a lease and understanding the complexity surrounding requests for further information and grounds for refusal.  Correctly responding to a request for consent to assignment of a lease is a process that requires expert guidance.  Failure to respond in the correct time period can result in a landlord being deemed to have consented to a transfer.  In order to reduce the risk, landlords should contact their legal advisors as soon as they receive a request for assignment.

    If you require expert advice in your commercial leasing matters, contact BAL Lawyers.

    Read more
  • Agreements for lease Preparing to sell your business

    Agreements for lease: what to look out for – heads of agreement and more

    Following on from our introduction to the Agreement for Lease (AFL), there are a number of matters that prospective landlords and tenants need to watch out for when negotiating an AFL. We provide the following tips so that you can know your rights and the associated risks, to ensure your agreements reflect your interests.

    How do I protect my interests while negotiating an AFL and Lease?

    As we have noted, an AFL is often more complicated that the eventual Lease, and negotiations for both these documents can last upwards of several months, depending on the complexities. An option that parties often turn to is entering into a shorter, less formal document setting out their agreement in brief terms. This is often referred to as a Heads of Agreement (HOA).

    Is a HOA always binding?

    A distinct advantage of an AFL is that it is enforceable, including by way of specific performance. A party disadvantaged by a non-complying party can seek relief by way of Court orders that the other party perform their side of the bargain. However, does a HOA give rise to the same level of protection?

    This depends. The Court will seek to uphold the bargain reached by the parties, so the first issue it faces is to work out what the parties actually intended. The options for parties when negotiating an AFL are to enter into a HOA that will:

    1. set out the terms of the preliminary agreement, without any intention to be bound unless and until an AFL is signed;
    1. set out agreed terms, with performance conditional upon entry into a formal agreement;
    1. set out agreed terms, with the intention to be bound to continue negotiations to see if a final agreement can be reached;
    1. set out agreed terms with the intention of entering into a binding agreement encompassing those specified terms and such other terms as may be subsequently agreed; or
    1. agree certain terms and to enter into an AFL and Lease containing those terms, with the intention that the parties are immediately bound to do so.

    What is required to be agreed for a binding HOA or AFL?

    Ideally, your AFL will contain a greater amount of detail than a HOA; however, both documents may be enforceable provided agreement is reached on the following fundamental criteria:

    1. Parties – who are the parties to the agreement?
    1. Premises – what land is the subject of the agreement?
    1. Period – how long is the term of the lease?
    1. Price – what is the rent?

    Beyond the “four P’s” above, a Court may imply standard terms required to make an AFL and Lease, particularly if there is evidence as to the parties’ intentions (for example, a reference to entry into a landlord’s standard leasing documents). In this case, a detailed HOA may contain enough agreed terms to operate as an AFL.

    If the four Ps are not agreed, there is insufficient certainty for a HOA or AFL to be enforced.

    What to look out for

    Consider your needs carefully. Is the property/tenant a rare opportunity, such that you are willing to enter into an immediately binding agreement, notwithstanding the fact that your negotiations are not finalised? In circumstances where parties agree to be immediately bound, a Court will enforce that agreement by determining (where possible) additional terms required for performance.

    Alternatively, you may wish to secure the property for a period of time, without yet locking yourself into an AFL and a binding commitment to enter into a lease. In this case, you have the option of agreeing to continue negotiations in an exclusive dealing period, without a binding obligation to enter into an AFL.

    There are risks regardless of whether or not you choose to be bound at this preliminary stage. If you are unsure as to the most suitable option for you, we recommend that you seek advice. In all respects, remember that whether or not a binding agreement exists depends on the intention of the parties, as can be inferred from the agreement itself. Whether you are negotiating a HOA or an AFL, ensure that it clearly sets out what you understand to be the agreement, and what you are willing to perform.

    For advice on negotiating an Agreement for Lease, please contact Laura Scotton.

    Read more
  • beware auction contracts

    Beware Auction Contracts: Vendor fails to do agreed works in Contract for Sale of Land and Purchaser loses Deposit!

    You would assume that a Vendor who agrees to complete works on a Property prior to completion of the Contract is required to do so prior to the agreed completion date specified in the Auction Contract, especially if the Contract required them to do so.  You may equally assume that, if a Vendor fails to complete such works prior to the completion date, the Purchaser would be entitled to terminate the Contract.  However, as shown by the NSW Court of Appeal case of Namrood v Ebedeh-Ahvazi [2017] NSWWCA 310, nothing in the world of Contract law can be so readily assumed.

    What happened in the case?

    Mr Namrood (the Purchaser) was the successful bidder at auction to purchase a vacant residential block of land from Mr Ebedeh-Alwah (the Vendor). The Purchaser only became aware of the auction on the auction date and did not seek legal advice on the terms of the auction contract. The Contract entered into between the parties contained a special condition under which the Vendor undertook to remove loads of soil and restore the level of the Property in accordance with a Council Notice issued to the Vendor prior to ‘Completion’ (the Vendor Works). The Council Notice made non-compliance an offence open to prosecution.

    The ‘Completion Date’ in the Contract was 20 June 2015. By this date, the Vendor had not completed the Vendor Works. After protracted correspondence between the parties, the Purchaser purported to terminate the Contract due to the Vendor’s non-compliance. The Vendor did not agree that the Purchaser had validly terminated the Contract and continued to complete the Vendor Works; following which the Vendor sought to compel the Purchaser to complete the Contract. When the Purchaser refused to complete, the Vendor sought to terminate the Contract and keep the deposit.

    What did the Court rule on the Auction Contract?

    The NSW Court of Appeal determined there was a clear distinction in the Contract between the terms ‘Completion” and “Completion Date”. The Completion Date was defined as 20 June 2015. The term Completion, however, meant the date on which title to the Property was actually transferred. This date (as would be the case) was not necessarily 20 June 2015.

    As the parties had chosen ‘Completion’ and not the ‘Completion Date’ as the time by which the Vendor was required to complete the Vendor Works, the Vendor was not required to do so prior to 20 June 2015. Rather the Vendor was only required to complete the Vendor Works prior to the date on which the Contract was actually completed. This meant the Vendor was not in breach when the Purchaser purported to terminate the Contract and, as the Contract remained on foot, had later validly terminated the Contract. This Vendor was therefore entitled to retain the 10% Deposit.


    The ruling in Namrood v Ebedeh-Ahvazi may seem like a strange result. However, it emphasises the importance courts place on the specific drafting of contractual clauses. Those entering into property deals must be sure to obtain legal advice on the specific terms of the Contract and should not assume that the meaning of any contract clause is clear and unambiguous.

    This is difficult with auction contracts, which are disclosed to would be purchasers a short time before the auction or even at the point of signing. Make sure you obtain a copy of the auction contract as early as possible before the auction date and seek legal advice on the terms of the Contract before bidding at auction. Otherwise you can be caught out in the most unexpected of circumstances.

    For advice on auction contracts, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Workplace Privacy Candid Camera Covert Surveillance

    Workplace Privacy - February HR Breakfast Club Summary

    The focus of Australian labour law continues to move beyond securing core industrial rights regarding wages, towards issues surrounding wellbeing, mental health, reputation and workplace privacy. Speaking on workplace privacy and surveillance, Rebecca’s presentation focused on:

    1. whatprivacy legislation applies to your organisation (noting that all employers are subject to legislation surrounding the privacy of Tax File Numbers and health information);
    2. the impending amendments to the Privacy Act 1988(Cth) regarding reporting of privacy breaches and the European General Data Protection Regulations;
    3. when, and how, you can monitor employees in the workplaceand their IT use (emphasizing the importance of making sure your ACT-based organisation has a policy in place that notifies employees of workplace surveillance).

    Workplace privacy case study video:

    Take aways:

    1. Employee medical files must be kept confidential
    2. Employees must be notified prior to the emails being monitored

    Q&A Corner

    Q: We share so much of our lives online these days, how can people expect to have privacy in the workplace? What are employers supposed to do when sensitive information is disclosed outside the workplace (for example, on Facebook) and is subsequently the topic of discussion among employees?

    A: These days a lot of individuals are willing to share their private lives on social media – but not in their workplaces. It is important that employers comply with the relevant privacy legislation when it comes to information they receive from the employee. Two employees discussing a colleague’s broken leg (after seeing a picture of it shared on Instagram) is not equivalent to an employer discussing an employee’s medical certificate at morning tea.

    Q: What constitutes a ‘health record’ for the purposes of the Health Records (Privacy and Access) Act 1997 (ACT)?

    A: A ‘health record’ is any ‘record’ which contains ‘personal health information’.

    Personal health information is any information:

    1. relating to health, illness or disability; or
    2. (if the employer is a health service provider, such as a hospital) any information collected in relation to the health, illness or disability of a consumer.

    A Record is a record in documentary or electronic form that consists of personal health information. Examples of records are:

    1. Documents;
    2. Photographs;
    3. Emails;

    This answer is, of course, general commentary only.  It is not legal advice.  Readers must contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them before acting or refraining from acting.

    For more information about workplace privacy, please contact Rebecca Richardson.

    Read more
  • crowd funding

    Crowd Funding: Business Breakfast Club February Summary

    UPDATE: as at 28 February 2018: Crowd-sourced equity funding for proprietary companies Bill passes the House of Representatives

    This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed the crowd funding regime including the current legislation that applies to public companies and the proposed bill to extend that regime to proprietary companies. BAL Director, Katie Innes shared some of her insights on the topic. Katie touched on:

    Funding Businesses

    Raising funds to kick start a business is a central concern of all business entrepreneurs. Traditionally, the two methods used to raise those funds include taking out a loan or raising capital through selling shares.

    Amendments to the Corporations Act in 2017 were designed to support innovation and entrepreneurship (by simplifying the capital raising provisions of the Act and reducing compliance costs) while balancing and protecting the interests of retail investors.

    Current Legislation

    Currently only public companies can access crowd sourced funding but they must only do so through an approved intermediary who holds a specific type of AFSL. Only seven entities are currently approved for these types of AFSLs. Like the previous capital raising provisions, there are a number of similar disclosures that must be made by a public company in its offer document, so whether the legislation actually delivers a practical reduction in compliance costs is yet to be seen.

    Proprietary companies cannot access the crowd sourced funding regime as they were intended to be “closely-held”, i.e. shareholders who have a direct connection to (or rights to appoint) management. Under the Corporations Act there are currently two restrictions on proprietary companies which hinders their ability to raise funds:

    1. proprietary companies must not have more than 50 non-employee shareholders; and
    2. proprietary companies cannot make public offers of equity to retail investors.

    A bill is before Parliament to amend the legislation and extend the regime to propriety companies.

    If the Bill is approved

    If the Bill is passed, proprietary companies would be able to access crowd sourced funding but their structure and reporting obligations will change. Such changes would include:

    1. a minimum of two directors with a majority of directors residing in Australia;
    2. preparation of financial reports in accordance with accounting standards;
    3. requirement that financial reports be audited if the company raises more than $3 million from crowd funding offers; and
    4. restrictions on the financial benefits that may be given to related parties including directors.

    More information about the bill is available here.

    Who benefits the most under the crowd funding regime?

    Generally, the crowd funding regime is going to benefit established companies whose products have already been tested and where there is a desire to expand those businesses.

    The regime will also benefit retail investors by providing them with access to new types of share offerings that were previously off limits under the Corporations Act, allowing them to diversify their investments in equity other than in ASX listed shares.

    Early-stage companies could access the crowd funding regime and there is the potential for higher returns for investors but with that is the potential for higher risk. Investors may be reluctant to invest where the financial statements or business plan in the offer document is lacking.

    The Business Breakfast Club is held on the second Friday of each month. If you would like to attend, please contact us to be added to the invite list.

    Read more
  • Local Government Guide: Acquisition of land by NSW councils

    Essential Guide to Local Government Law: Acquisition of land by NSW councils

    The process of acquiring land or an in interest in land, such as an easement, is underpinned by the Land Acquisition (Just Terms Compensation Act) Act 1991 (the Act). Whilst the NSW State Government has published a number of resources to guide stakeholders through the acquisition process, this brief commentary will discuss the key steps involved and provide some practical guidance for council staff.

    Private or compulsory acquisition of land

    There are two main processes by which a council may acquire land: by a private agreement (by contract or deed) or compulsory acquisition. Another method, less frequently adopted, is where the parties agree that the acquisition is to occur via the compulsory process.

    1. Private agreement

    The most common method of land acquisition is by negotiation and agreement. In this situation, the council and the landowner agree on the price to be paid for the land and the transaction takes place just as it would if the land was being purchased by an ordinary person.

    To improve fairness and transparency in the land acquisition process, NSW State government policy requires the council, when first notifying a landowner that their land is required for a public purpose, to approach the landowner in person (except in exceptional circumstances) and to appoint a designated person to coordinate all interactions between it and the affected landowner.[1] The council must also provide the landowner with a copy of the NSW Government’s ‘Land Acquisition Information Guide’ or an equivalent document.[2]

    When contact is established with the landowner, the terms of the acquisition can then be negotiated to suit the specific needs of the parties.

    The ultimate decision to acquire land needs to be made by a resolution of the council as this is not a decision that can be delegated.[3]  However, an in-principle agreement may be negotiated with a landowner prior to a council resolution provided that the ‘agreement’ is then subject to the passing of a council resolution approving the purchase. It is important for the person conducting the negotiations to ensure that the landowner understands that any offer is subject to approval by the council.

    2. Compulsory acquisition

    Except in certain specified circumstances, the Act requires councils to make genuine attempts, for at least 6 months, to acquire land by agreement before any action is taken to compulsorily acquire the land.[4] The specified circumstances include where agreement is reached before the end of the 6 month period, as well as where the affected owner refuses to negotiate, cannot be located, or agrees to a shorter timeframe.  The 6 month negotiation period also does not apply to the acquisition of Crown land or land below the surface.

    If a private agreement cannot be reached, the acquisition can occur via the compulsory process, subject to the Minister and the Governor’s approval.  The decision to apply for the Minister and Governor’s approval needs to be made by a council resolution.[5] The application should then be prepared in accordance with the NSW Office of Local Government’s guidelines.[6]

    If the council’s application is approved, the compulsory acquisition can then occur in accordance with the procedures set out in the Act. This will involve the service of a ‘Proposed Acquisition Notice’ on relevant land interest holder(s),[7] notifying the NSW Registrar General,[8] and notifying the NSW Valuer-General.[9]

    After the period of notice (usually 90 days) has expired, the land is acquired by the publication of an ‘Acquisition Notice’ in the Government Gazette.[10]  A copy of the Acquisition Notice must also be published in at least one newspaper circulating in the local area or on a website that the council believes is appropriate to bring the acquisition to the notice of people in the local area.[11]

    3. Compulsory acquisition by agreement

    This process involves the council and the landowner agreeing that the acquisition is to occur via the compulsory acquisition process described in (2) above. In our experience this method is preferred by the NSW Department of Crown Lands when the land to be acquired by the council is Crown land.

    Identifying relevant interest holders and third parties

    Council staff should conduct a title search of the land designated for acquisition early in the process to identify any relevant encumbrances and stakeholders.  If the land is subject to a caveat, mortgage or lease, a landowner may need to procure the consent of any third parties for the acquisition to occur by agreement.

    Survey plans

    If the council is not proposing to acquire an entire lot in a deposited plan, it will need to engage a surveyor to prepare a survey plan of the land to be acquired. The type of plan required will depend on the nature of the interest being acquired and whether the land is to be acquired privately or via the compulsory process.

    If the council applies for the acquisition to occur via the compulsory process, a plan of acquisition identifying the land will need to be registered at the NSW Land Registry Service before the NSW Office of Local Government will process the council’s compulsory acquisition application on behalf of the Minister.


    Each landowner affected by an acquisition is entitled to be compensated ‘on just terms’ in accordance with the Act. The Act contains a statutory guarantee that the compensation will not be less than the market value of the land assessed in accordance with the Act and unaffected by the proposal for acquisition.[12]

    The Act specifies the matters which need to be taken into consideration when determining the value of the compensation payable.[13] These matters include not only the market value of the land to be acquired, but also disturbance costs of the landowner, including their reasonable legal and valuation fees, financial costs (such as fees imposed by their mortgagee), any special value of the land and any disadvantage resulting from relocating a person’s residence (if relocation is necessary).

    The matters which need to be taken into consideration when land is being acquired by compulsory acquisition must also be taken into account when land is being acquired by negotiation and agreement, unless the land is available for public sale [14]. The land is available for public sale if the landowner holds it out as being for sale.

    Briefing a qualified valuer early in the negotiation process will assist the parties to reach agreement on the compensation payable.

    If no agreement is reached and the acquisition occurs via the compulsory process, the compensation will be determined by the NSW Valuer-General,[15] at the council’s cost.

    When the compensation is determined by the Valuer-General the council must offer that amount to the landowner in a ‘compensation notice’.[16]  If the landowner objects to the amount offered they may lodge their objection with the Land and Environment Court of NSW and the Court will determine the amount of compensation.[17] If this occurs it is open to the council to argue in the Court proceedings that a lower compensation amount should be payable rather than the amount which was determined by the Valuer-General.

    Timeframes and project delivery

    The acquisition of land, or an interest in land, is often undertaken for the purposes of constructing public infrastructure that is the subject of a specific funding grant and which will be carried out by contractors. When procuring contractors and estimating project delivery timeframes, council staff should keep in mind the following matters, as they can significantly delay delivery of a public infrastructure project:

    • In most (but not all) circumstances the council is required to attempt to acquire the land by agreement for at least 6 months before serving a Proposed Acquisition Notice on the landowner under the compulsory acquisition process;[18]
    • Time needs to be allowed for the making of the council’s compulsory acquisition application to the Minister and Governor, for that application to be considered by the Minister and for approval to be given to enable the acquisition to proceed;
    • Unless approval of the Minister is obtained for a reduced time period, or the affected landowner agrees, the compulsory acquisition of the land can only occur 90 days after the council gives the affected land interest holder a Proposed Acquisition Notice.[19]


    While the acquisition of land can appear to be straight forward process, there can be numerous issues that can add complications and delay. Keeping the matters outlined in this short guide in mind will assist you to plan and acquire land effectively and efficiently.

    For further information about, or assistance with, a council land acquisition, please contact Alan Bradbury or Andrew Brickhill on (02) 6274 0999.

    The content contained in this guide is, of course, general commentary only.  It is not legal advice.  Readers should contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them.

    [1] NSW Department of Finance, Services and Innovation Circular: DFSI-2017-02 – Improvements to NSW Land Acquisition Process.

    [2] NSW Treasury and Finance Circular: OFS-2015-01-Changes to Land Acquisition Processes by Acquiring Authorities.

    [3] Local Government Act 1993, section 377(1)(h).

    [4] Section 10A.

    [5] Local Government Act 1993, section 377(1)(s).

    [6] NSW Department of Local Government Circular to councils: 06-49 – New Guidelines for the Compulsory Acquisition of Land by councils.

    [7] Section 11.

    [8] Section 17.

    [9] Section 18.

    [10] Sections 19(1) and 20(1).

    [11] Section 19(2).

    [12] Section 10.

    [13] Section 55.

    [14] Section 38.

    [15] Section 47.

    [16] Section 42.

    [17] Section 66.

    [18] Section 10A.

    [19] Section 13.

    Read more
  • Granny Flat arrangements — when will they be appropriate?


    “Granny flat” arrangements are becoming increasingly popular. Too often however a granny flat arrangement will fail to deliver what the parties were expecting. On many occasions the arrangement leads to  family disputes or even to litigation.

    There are a number of key considerations that family members need to take into account when entering into a granny flat arrangement.

    This article focuses on those key considerations and includes a  checklist for practitioners to follow when considering a granny flat arrangement for their clients.

    Key points/how does it affect you?

    • To confirm the key questions to be raised for you to determine whether a granny flat arrangement is appropriate in a particular client situation.
    • If a granny flat arrangement is appropriate for the specific circumstances then there are recommended aspects that  an  adviser should address when documenting the arrangement.
    • This article will assist advisers to develop their own checklist to use when acting for clients that want to put in place a granny flat arrangement.

    What are granny flat arrangements?

    The following article focuses on “granny flat arrangements” that involve the grant of a “granny flat interest” as the term is defined in the Social Security Act 1991 (Cth).[1]  The elements of this definition are noted below.

    It is also relevant to note that the phrase “granny flat” has its own meaning in a real estate context being a self-contained living  area  that  is  part  of  an  existing residential dwelling.

    Although a granny flat interest will often relate to a separate living area, it does not have to. A granny flat interest can be created where there is no separate living area.

    Definition of granny flat interest

    A granny flat interest is where the person resides in a private home and acquires for valuable consideration, or has retained a right to accommodation for life, in the residence or acquires (or has retained) a life interest in the residence.

    Importantly, the payment made or the consideration provided by the person (invariably the parent) is generally an “exempt asset” for social security purposes. Therefore the deprivation or gifting rules do not apply. The rationale for this approach was described by Centrelink as follows:

    We don’t use market value to work out how much a granny flat interest is worth. Instead, we value it at the same value as the assets you transferred or paid if you are:

    • transferring the  title  of  the  home  you  live  in  to someone else and keep a lifetime right to live in that home or in another home [This applies if your home was or would have been totally exempt from the asset test]
    • paying to:
      • build a granny flat on someone else’s property C   convert  someone  else’s  home  to  suit  your needs and getting a lifetime right to live there, or
      • buying a property in someone else’s name and get a lifetime right to live there

    [Provided you pay in one of these ways and do not transfer additional assets as well, no deprivation will occur.][2]

    If an additional payment or consideration is provided, Centrelink will apply the “reasonableness test”. This test is based on the combined partnered rate of the annual pension and is multiplied by the age-related factor. If the payment or consideration being provided exceeds the reasonableness amount, then there will be a reduction in the pension.

    The typical situation is where the parent transfers the home to their child or where the parent pays for renovation of the house on the child’s property to create a self-contained living area.

    Where the parent is a self-funded retiree who is not reliant on the Commonwealth pension, options other than  the  creation of  a  granny flat interest would be preferred. Those options would include the parent being registered as a co-owner (either as a joint tenant or as tenants in common). This option may have stamp duty and taxation implication for the parties.

    The most common and problematical situation is where the parent is a pensioner so is subject to Centrelink rules including the deprivation (gifting) rules. As indicated above, in certain cases there is a specific exemption of those rules to the grant of a granny flat interest.

    The challenge when advising in these situations is evident, especially when acting for the parent. It will be critical for the exemption to apply and for a granny flat interest to be created. This is because the parent will need to continue to receive the pension and will need their pension to be unaffected by the gifting rules.

    To achieve that result it necessarily means that the parent is restricted to receiving a life tenancy or life interest in the property. Although this life interest can be transferred to  any replacement property, the level of faith being placed by the parent in the arrangement is significant.

    Importantly the granny flat interest cannot be revoked by the child as the owner of the property just because they want to sell. The child can either transfer the life tenancy or interest to another property or compensate the parent financially for losing the granny flat interest. The property can also be sold subject to the life tenancy or life interest but such a sale will be unlikely where the purchaser is an unrelated party.

    Despite these protections, the parent transferring their property to a child for simply the grant of life interest or tenancy is taking a step that assumes that the life tenancy or interest will deliver important personal benefits for them.

    As  described  by  one  commentator, [3]   there  is  an element of counter intuitive regulation with these rules. The situation is that there is a transfer of property by the parent for no payment and the only right obtained by the parent is a right of residence in the property. Such a situation is at odds with the well-established equitable principles in relation to constructive trusts and resulting trusts.

    An adviser for the parent must recognise the context and carefully address the risks for the parent who is making the gift in exchange for the right of residence or life tenancy.

    When is a granny flat arrangement appropriate?

    There are situations when the question of a granny flat interest will be appropriate.

    The following are circumstances that will reinforce the suitability of the arrangement:

    Ideally there would have already been a history of having recently resided in the same residence, thereby confirming such living arrangements can work for both parties.

    If the factual context is consistent with the above, then a granny flat arrangement could well be appropriate. If the situation being considered does not include the above elements, there will need to be a close assessment as to the desirability of the parties entering into a granny flat arrangement.

    What are the elements  of a deed  of family arrangement for a granny flat?

    If the parties proceed with the granny flat arrangement, it is critical that the arrangement be documented. To cover the required issues, the relevant deed of family arrangement will be quite detailed.

    It is also critical that each party receive independent advice, both legal and financial. Clearly financial advice for the parent will be critical but financial advice for the child will often be just as important. For instance where the child is likely to also be a pensioner or social security benefit recipient in the short term, the transfer of the parent’s home may have an impact on those benefits as a result of the assets test.

    The following aspects should be covered in some detail in the deed:

    • a detailed statement of the relevant background including why the parties are entering into the deed and what has occurred in the past
    • the background will include a statement confirming that each party has received independent advice
    • a detailed statement of the obligations of the carer or child, with this statement describing the types of  care  and  tasks  that  are  to  be  provided and undertaken
    • confirmation as  to  who  is  responsible  for  the payment of property outgoings and service charges
    • confirmation of the insurance obligations, including insurance of their contents by the parent
    • conditions dealing  with  holidays, absences and periods of respite
    • a list of the circumstances where the parties contemplate the arrangement would end including the following:
      • where there is a need for additional care for the parent above what the child can provide
      • a separation of the child from their partner
      • insolvency or death of the child (or the child’s spouse)
    • the deed should then specifically cover the consequences of termination of the arrangement. There will need to be recognition that there should be refund of the equivalent value being made to the parent
    • The child has demonstrated an ability to provide care and support for the parent including assisting with meals, shopping and travel arrangements for their parent.
    • The parent presents as being in reasonably good health and there is no apparent need for the level of care that they will require to escalate in the short term, especially with a condition that will require regular medical care.
    • The arrangement is not driven by the financial needs or objectives of the child. Instead there is a primary objective of providing suitable accommodation for  the  parent  with  their  family  on  a long-term basis.
    • The  parent  and  child  (and  preferably  also  the child’s  spouse)  have  a  very  close  relationship.

    If the parties reach the stage of finalising a deed of family arrangement one of the important additional aspects to consider is the impact that the deed will have on their estate planning. A granny flat arrangement will have significant implications on the estate planning for both parties.

    In essence, the parent is disposing of a significant asset during their lifetime which results in their estate being significantly depleted. In relation to the child, they are receiving a significant asset as part of their inheritance in advance.

    There is likely to be some interest and perhaps concerns from any siblings of the carer/child that received the benefit from their parent. The recommendation is that any other siblings be informed and consulted in relation to the option of arranging a granny flat interest.

    It is clear that the granting of a granny flat interest can also achieve the parent’s objective of providing specific and significant support for one of their children.

    It may also be that there are concerns of the parent that if the benefit was provided to the child under the will, that provision could be the subject of a claim for further provision by any other child that is not party to the deed of family arrangement. If the parties have a connection with  New  South Wales,  the  entry  into  a granny flat arrangement is likely to be relevant under the notional estate provisions.

    Whilst  this  objective  of  providing  a  benefit to  a particular child may well be a sought after outcome of creating the granny flat interest, it would only be in the very rare circumstances (if at all) that this estate planning  objective should be  the  determinative factor  in entering into the arrangement. The important matters referred to above would also need to be considered.


    For granny flat arrangements to be workable for both parties and for the review of the arrangement to be kept out of the courts, there will need to be some serious assessment and consideration of whether or not the arrangement is appropriate for the particular clients.

    Even where appropriate, the arrangement would need to deal with a possibility of there being a change in circumstances for the parties.

    In the right context and after thorough and careful advice, a granny flat arrangement can achieve significant and beneficial outcomes for the parties. The benefit of a parent being able to live in a family home for as long as possible has both significant financial and personal benefits. The child/carer receives a significant financial benefit but in return they have also taken on a significant care responsibility. There is also an important sense of fulfilling a common personal goal that allows their parent to receive care in the preferred place of a family home.

    To achieve these outcomes advisers will need to walk the parties carefully through a proposed granny flat arrangement to ensure that these objectives are achieved.

    To learn more about if a granny flat arrangement is right for you and your family, contact our estates team.

    Written by David Toole and Golnar Nekoee. First Published in the LexisNexis Retirement & Estate Planning Bulletin.

    [1] Section 12A.

    [2] Department of Human Services, Granny Flat Interest, 27 August 2017,

    [3] R McCullagh, The tangled web of granny flats, 22 August 2015.

    Read more
  • The Privacy Act is changing on 22 February 2018 - Privacy Policy

    The Privacy Act is changing on 22 February 2018 - This is NOT a drill!

    From 22 February 2018 amendments to the Privacy Act 1988 will take effect and introduce a mandatory notification procedure for data breaches. Currently, there are no requirements to notify individuals affected by a data breach.

    All entities which are bound by the Australian Privacy Principles will have new reporting obligations if there is an “eligible data breach”. Those entities will need to notify the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner (OAIC) and any parties who are “at risk” because of the breach.

    An “eligible data breach” is either:

    • unauthorised access or disclosure of information that a reasonable person would conclude is likely to result in serious harm to any individuals to whom the information relates; or
    • information that is lost in circumstances where unauthorised access or disclosure of information is likely to occur and it can be reasonably concluded that such an outcome would result in serious harm to any of the individuals to whom the information relates.

    To determine whether an individual is at risk of serious harm you will need to consider factors such as the sensitivity of the information, whether the information is protected by one or more security measures, the kind of persons who could obtain the information and the nature of the harm.

    If you suspect there has been a data breach but you are not aware of the circumstances or whether it is actually an “eligible” data breach then you must carry out a reasonable and expeditious assessment within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach.

    If there are reasonable grounds to believe there has been an eligible data breach then you need to notify the OAIC and the individuals whose data was affected or individuals who are at risk with:

    • a description of what occurred
    • the kinds of information concerned; and
    • the recommended next steps that individuals affected should take in response to the data breach.

    In some circumstances if you take action in response to the breach before any disclosure or serious harm occurs then the Act provides that it may not be an “eligible” data breach and you do not need to go through the notification steps.

    Failure to abide by the investigation and notification regime will be an ‘interference with an individual’s privacy’ and therefore a breach of the Privacy Act. The OAIC may investigate, make a determination and pursue civil penalties against you for such a breach.

    So what should you be doing?

    1. Consider whether your ICT security systems are sufficient to protect against the unauthorised release or disclosure of personal information;
    2. Review and update your internal policies and protocols to ensure that:
      • you and your team can respond to actual or potential data breaches quickly; and
      • you can conduct the necessary assessments within the timeframes required by the Privacy Act;
    3. Educate your staff on the changes to the Privacy Act and what they can be doing to mitigate the risk and help you respond if a breach occurs; and
    4. Update your privacy policies to include your notification processes.

    For advice on the changes to the Privacy Act or to update your privacy policies please contact us.

    Read more
  • Psychological Injury Workers Compensation HR Breakfast Club - January Summary

    Psychological Injury Workers Compensation: HR Breakfast Club - January Summary

    This month, we discussed the impacts of Mental Health Workers Compensation.

    This month, we discussed the tricky minefield which is workplace psychological injuries, how they arise, and when they are compensable. Bill McCarthy, BAL Special Counsel who has extensive experience in workers compensation and insurance law, shared some of his insights on the topic. Bill touched on:

    The different types of workplace psychological injuries:

    • Psychological injury attributed to work-related stress may include such disorders as depression, burnout, anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder and adjustment disorder.

    Some statistics about psychological injuries:

    • Psychological injury accounts for around 11% of accepted claims within the Comcare scheme.
    • Psychological injury accounts for approx. 30% of the cost of Comcare claims.
    • Workers with psychological injury are staying off work for longer. 55% of psychological claims that reach four weeks lost time continue on to 13 weeks of lost time.
    • The impact of mental harm is delayed recovery, slow return to work and increasing claim liabilities resulting in premium pressures.

    What is adjustment disorder, and why is it controversial

    • The specific signs and symptoms of an adjustment disorder may vary greatly from one affected person to the next. There are currently 6 recognised sub-types of adjustment disorder – Adjustment disorder with depressed mood, Adjustment disorder with anxiety, Adjustment disorder with mixed anxiety and depressed mood, Adjustment disorder with disturbance of conduct, Adjustment disorder with mixed disturbance of emotions and conduct, and Adjustment disorder unspecified. There are so many different presentations of this disorder, and sometimes it feels as though it is a “waste-basket diagnosis” which is assigned to those who fail to meet the criteria for other mental disorders.

    When is a psychological injury compensable?

    A psychological injury is only compensable if it arises out of or in the course of employment. The employment must have been a significant, material, substantial or the major contributing factor to the injury. However, psychological injuries that have arisen out of ‘reasonable action’ taken by the employer are not compensable. For example, if an employee develops anxiety or depression as a result of a (fair) poor performance review, it is unlikely that that injury will be compensable.

    This answer is, of course, general commentary only.  It is not legal advice.  Readers must contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them before acting or refraining from acting.

    If you would like to join the HR Breakfast club, it runs on the third Friday of every month, please get in contact.


    Read more
  • ‘Over the top’ discipline: rethinking bullying in the public service

    Recent cases show that bullying in the public service can take place through otherwise legitimate mechanisms, such as reassignment decisions and misconduct investigations. Employment lawyer John Wilson explains.

    The Fair Work Commission’s anti-bullying jurisdiction has been the subject of controversy since its inception in 2014.

    Legislative amendments to the Fair Work Act 2009 empowered the commission to issue “stop bullying orders” to protect employees from continuing to be bullied at work. But the jurisdiction has been lambasted as ineffective, with only a handful of orders made in the past three years.

    To establish bullying under the Fair Work Act, a worker needs to show that an individual, or group of individuals, has repeatedly behaved unreasonably towards the worker, and that behaviour creates a risk to health and safety. Actions which constitute reasonable management action carried out in a reasonable manner are not bullying (regardless of the health consequences). For the commission to make a stop bullying order, they must also be satisfied that there is a risk the worker will continue to be bullied at work.

    Bullying in the public sector can be particularly pernicious. This is because public sector employees are often inclined to remain in the public service, whereas their private sector counterparts are more likely to jump ship to escape poor workplace behaviours. Also, the kind of easily identified conduct that amounts to classic bullying (such as swearing, and physical and verbal abuse) is often absent in public sector clerical workplaces, but replaced with more subtle forms.

    If Sabrina in accounts deliberately sneezes in your lunch every Friday, it is probably relatively easy to show that you are being bullied by Sabrina. But consider the scenario where Sabrina makes a complaint that you have been ignoring her, and that you adopted a disrespectful tone in a staff meeting a few months ago. Sabrina is finding this very stressful. HR commences an investigation to determine if you have misconducted yourself. HR decides that in the meantime, you need to be removed from your usual duties. Could you be the victim of workplace bullying by HR?

    The 2017 case of Coulson raised this possibility. The applicant alleged that she had been bullied by a number of senior personnel at a federal department via:

    1. Being subjected to several unnecessary decisions to suspend or reassign her duties during a misconduct investigation; and
    2. A continuation of the reassignment decision after the misconduct investigation concluded there had been no misconduct.

    The department applied to have the stop bullying application dismissed on the grounds that it was frivolous or vexatious or had no reasonable prospects of success. In particular they argued that the initial reassignment decision was reasonable management action.

    Commissioner John Kovacic refused to accept that the claim had “no reasonable prospects of success” and permitted the case to proceed to hearing. This judgment suggests that “over the top” disciplinary actions can amount to bullying. Admittedly, the bar for the commission to dismiss was a high one but the judgment does give hope to public sector employees who find themselves the subject of a string of administrative actions as part of bullying conduct.

    In another recent case, Burbeck v Alice Springs Town Council, the commission issued a stop bullying order after finding that disciplinary action was “retaliatory and punitive”. While commissioner Nicholas Wilson found both the employer and employee to be at fault, he wished to “reset the employment relationship” and therefore made a range of orders. These required the council to arrange anti-bullying training for staff, and to review its disciplinary procedures.

    We may need to expand the stereotypical, steal-your-lunch-money concept of bullying to address the potentially more insidious forms of workplace bullying that can emerge in modern bureaucratic workplaces. There are signs the law is adapting to accommodate this reality.

    John Wilson is managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love. His firm acted for the applicant in Coulson.

    First published in the Mandarin.

    Read more
  • Assignment of a Lease by Conduct & Agreement for Lease AFL

    Agreements for Lease: Kicking goals with AFLs

    An agreement for lease (AFL) is quite simply an agreement between two parties to enter into a lease in the future.  Unlike a lease, it does not create an immediate legal right to take possession of the land, however it does create enforceable rights between the parties.

    When to use an AFL

    An AFL can be vital when a landlord and potential tenant want to create a binding legal relationship for the leasing of property, but when a final lease cannot be entered into right away.

    There are many reasons why a lease might not be able to be entered into immediately:

    • the Landlord might not yet hold title to the premises;
    • there might be a previous tenant still in occupation of the premises;
    • third party approvals might be necessary before the premises can be occupied; and
    • finally, and most importantly, the premises might require substantial repairs, renovation or fitout prior to the tenant taking occupation, often purpose built for the tenant.

    Why an AFL is important

    Where both a landlord and potential tenant are relying on a lease being entered into in the future, but have no legal agreement recording that, each is exposed to risk if the other should pull out.  Particularly, in circumstances involving premises being refurbished or fitted out for the specific needs of a particular tenant, both parties are taking on a significant amount of risk.  The landlord may be spending a substantial amount of money on the premises and could be left out of pocket if the tenant does not end up moving in.  On the other hand, a tenant may be forced to pay extra if it needs to find alternative premises in a hurry because a prospective landlord does not complete the required fitout or rents it to someone else.

    It is to mitigate these risks to both parties that it would be wise to enter into a formal AFL.  An AFL provides clarity around important issues, such as time frames for completion of works and when the lease is to commence.  An AFL also provides enforceable obligations on both parties in the event that the lease falls through, which can reduce the loss suffered.

    What should an AFL cover?

    An AFL needs to cover all the issues which may arise prior to a lease being entered into, as well as the form of the lease that will eventually be in place.  Among the things that may need to be covered are:

    • key dates and timeframes for any events precedent to entering into the lease;
    • what works are to be carried out by the landlord or tenant;
    • who is responsible for paying for any works and any financing or loan arrangements;
    • obligations to obtain finance or development approvals by third parties;
    • the terms under which the lease will be entered;
    • lease incentives;
    • guarantees and indemnities; and
    • dispute resolution.

    Due to the wide range of issues that need to be covered, AFLs can actually be larger and more complicated than the leases that arise out of them.

    If you need an Agreement for Lease, contact our property and commercial leasing team to help you prepare an AFL to ensure that your complex leasing arrangements run with a minimum of risk.

    Read more
  • Can strata subdivision avoid minimum lot sizes in NSW

    Can strata subdivision avoid minimum lot sizes in NSW?

    Clause 4.1 of the standard instrument local environmental plan provides that the size of any lot resulting from a subdivision of land must not be less than the minimum lot size for the land shown on the Lot Size Map.  Does the same minimum lot size apply if the proposed lots are to be created by the registration of a strata plan?

    This question was considered by the Land and Environment Court in a decision handed down on 11 December 2017.

    In DM & Longbow Pty Ltd v Willoughby City Council [2017] NSWLEC 173, the applicant sought development consent for the conversion of an existing dwelling to a dual occupancy and the strata subdivision of the land into 2 lots (one for each unit) and one common lot.

    The Council originally refused development consent for both developments but ultimately agreed that the dual occupancy development was acceptable.  However, it maintained its opposition to the approval of the strata subdivision of the dual occupancy.

    The Council argued that the lots proposed to be created were less than the minimum lot size for the land shown on the Lot Size Map and that the development standard setting the minimum lot size for the land was specified in clause 4.6 of the LEP as one that could not be varied.  The applicant argued that the minimum lot size did not apply to the subdivision because of clause 4.1(4).  That clause provides that clause 4.1 does not apply to the subdivision of individual lots in a strata plan or community title scheme.

    The Council was successful before Commissioner Dixon who held that the subdivision was not capable of being approved. The applicant appealed arguing that clause 4.1(4) applied to all strata subdivisions, not only the subdivision of individual lots in an existing strata plan but also the creation of individual lots in a new strata plan, saying this was “the most obvious reading” of the phrase “the subdivision of lots in a strata plan” as that phrase is used in clause 4.1(4).

    Preston CJ, however, preferred the Council’s interpretation of the provision.  The Council had argued that clause 4.1(4) applied only to the subdivision of individual lots in an existing strata plan and not the subdivision of a lot to create a new strata plan.  His Honour observed that the basic rules of statutory construction required the language of clause 4.1(4) to be read in context and having regard to the objective it was designed to promote, but that the primary focus must remain upon the text.  His Honour found that the text of clause 4.1(4) was “clear and unambiguous” and that:

    “The object of the action of subdivision is the ‘individual lots in a strata plan’.  The subdivision is ‘of’ those lots. Those ‘individual lots’ must be ‘in a strata plan’. A ‘strata plan’ is ‘a plan that is registered as a strata plan’… It is a strata plan that is already in existence. If there is no strata plan yet in existence, there can be no individual lots ‘in a strata plan’ that can be subdivided.”

    The Court held that the applicant’s proposed subdivision was not of land in an existing strata plan (it was land under the Real Property Act 1900) and that the subdivision was therefore not capable of being approved as the size of the lots to be created was less than the minimum lot size for the land specified on the Lot Size Map.


    The information in this article is no longer current – see:

    This decision highlights the need for Councils to consider whether different lot sizes should be specified in their local environmental plan for lots in strata plans. Not doing so will result in the general minimum lot size applying whether or not land is being subdivided by registration of a plan of subdivision or a strata plan.

    If you need advice about strata subdivision, or would like to know more, please contact Alan Bradbury.

    Read more
  • Opera stars and chorus girls The vexing tort of inducing breach of contract

    Opera stars and chorus girls - the vexing tort of inducing breach of contract

    “Contracts should be kept rather than broken.” — Lord Justice Rix in Stocznia Gdanska SA v Latvian Shipping Co (No 3).

    An economic tort is a curious beast. The field is infrequently litigated, partly because these common law actions have had their utility curtailed by legislation, and beset by jurisprudential uncertainty. The situation is not improved by the patchwork quilt of distinct claims within this category, ongoing disagreement about unifying threads and the divergent approaches taken by courts in Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom.

    While a practitioner might therefore approach this topic with hesitancy, it is imperative that lawyers — particularly those in employment and commercial practices — have a firm grasp of the topic.

    At their essence, the torts permit a loss-suffering party to seek damages from the true wrongdoer, even where a third party stands in the middle and is seemingly responsible for the loss. Since the tort of inducing breach of contract was first promulgated in Britain in 1853, the action and its siblings have arisen in a diverse range of contexts. Opera impresarios, milkmen and the organisation behind World Series Cricket have all sought to take advantage of these torts, with mixed success. Their utility ranges from a helpful adjunct alongside other claims to a “useful measure of last resort”, and the spectre of these actions can also help ensure contractual relations are respected.

    It has been suggested that these separate torts — among them inducement to breach contract, unlawful interference with trade, intimidation and conspiracy — may flow from a common source. The prospect of a general tort of causing economic loss by unlawful means has been mooted; Lord Denning MR suggested that “if one person, without just cause or excuse, deliberately interferes with the trade or business of another, and does so by unlawful means … then he is acting unlawfully.”

    The High Court of Australia has similarly proposed that “independently of trespass, negligence or nuisance, but by an action for damages upon the case, a person who suffers harm or loss as the inevitable consequence of the unlawful, intentional and positive acts of another, is entitled to recover damages from that other.”

    This article will focus on the tort of inducing breach of contract, given its foremost relevancy in the employment law context. David Howarth has estimated that 40 per cent of British cases involving the tort concern industrial relations (predominantly strikes), 20 per cent arising in other employment disputes and the remainder in commercial settings. The article will begin with a discussion of the seminal case of Lumley v Gye, before outlining each element of the tort’s modern incarnation and the relevant remedies. The article will conclude with a brief discussion of the reformoriented criticisms levelled against the action.

    A German opera singer’s lasting legal legacy

    165 years after it escalated into the British courts, a competition between two rival London theatres for the services of a star German opera singer has enduring relevance for private law across the common law world.

    A much sought-after singer in the early 1850s, Johanna Wagner, was lured to London by Benjamin Lumley of Her Majesty’s Theatre in Haymarket on an exclusive singing contract. Before she arrived in Britain, Wagner’s services were poached by Frederick Gye of the Royal Italian Opera in Covent Garden. The day before her much anticipated debut for Gye, Lumley secured an ex parte
    injunction to prevent her performance.

    The ensuing litigation had two strands; the first, Lumley v Wagner, remains the starting point today for equitable injunctions enforcing negative covenants — Wagner was prevented from performing for a short period in London other than for Lumley’s company. The second, Lumley v Gye, gave birth to the tort of inducing breach of contract.

    In the end, Wagner sang for neither theatre and Lumley’s victory against Gye was pyrrhic — he won the legal claim on demurrer but lost an action for damages. As one legal historian observes, “in the end Lumley, Gye, Wagner and the opera-going public — everyone in fact except the lawyers — were all losers.”

    To understand the outcome in Lumley v Gye and its ramifications, it is necessary to briefly backtrack to an earlier opera-related case.

    In 1847, another famous singer of the era broke her contract with Drury Lane Theatre to sing for Lumley at Her Majesty’s Theatre. The resulting litigation between Drury Lane and the singer, Jenny Lind, ultimately settled for £2,000. Despite indemnifying Ms Lind and paying her handsomely, Lumley was still able to recoup a considerable profit from his new singer. SM Waddams thus suggests that Lind’s case, which demonstrated “that the ordinary remedy … was ineffective … and that the real dispute was between the rival employers, must almost certainly have been in the minds of the judges when they came to deal with Lumley’s cases against Wagner and Gye”.

    And so, with the shoe on the other foot, Lumley brought proceedings against Gye for £30,000. In a creatively-framed claim, Lumley argued that his rival had “wrongfully and maliciously enticed and procured” Lumley’s breach of contract. Standing against Lumley was the contractual principle of privity — counsel for Gye responded that “the breach of contract is a wrong between the plaintiff and Johanna Wagner alone, and against her he may maintain an action on the contract, but not of tort.”

    By a 3:1 majority, the Court of Queen’s Bench held for Lumley and thereby established a new tort that endures today. The comments of Crompton J are particularly illuminating. “[T]he servant or
    contractor,” he wrote, “may be utterly unable to pay anything like the amount of the damages sustained entirely from the wrongful act of the defendant: and it would seem unjust, and contrary to the general principles of law, if such wrongdoer were not responsible for the damage caused by his wrongful and malicious acts.”

    Lumley v Gye was not entirely novel. Since the 1500s, it had been accepted that an action arose where a master’s servant was enticed or harboured by another. But this tort was grounded on a master’s proprietary right to the servant (a concept which seems unthinkable today), and was distinguished by Coleridge J in dissent. His Honour chastised: “I should be glad to know how any treatise on the law of contract could be complete without a chapter on this [tort], or how it happens that we have no decisions upon it.” Yet while Lumley v Gye would go untouched for almost three
    decades, the tort it created has since become firmly established across the common law world.

    The tort of inducing breach of contract

    Despite one commentator suggesting that the tort today “is almost unrecognisable as a descendant of its ancestor”, Lumley v Gye still provides the essential foundation for the modern action. A helpful statement of the tort was offered in Crofter Hand-Woven Harris Tweed v Veitch:

    [I]f A has an existing contract with B and C and is aware of it, and if C persuades or induces A to break the contract with resulting damage to B, this is generally speaking, a tortious act for which C will be liable to B for the injury he has done him. In some cases, C may be able to justify his procuring of the breach of contract.

    The elements of 1) a contract between A and B; 2) C’s knowledge thereof; 3) C’s persuasion or inducement for A to breach the contract with B; 4) resulting damage; and 5) the defence of justification will be considered in turn.

    Contract between A and B

    There must be a contract on foot; inducing someone not to enter into a contract is not actionable. The contract must be valid, enforceable and not voidable or otherwise defective — cases involving mistake, a lack of capacity and contracts invalid for being contrary to public policy did not give rise to the tort.

    Continue Reading…

    First published in Ethos. Written by John Wilson, Managing Legal Director, and Kieran Pender.

    Read more
  • Mental health - a clients capacity to provide lawful proper and competent instructions

    Mental Health - a client's capacity to provide lawful, proper and competent instructions

    Rule 8 of the Legal Profession (Solicitors) Conduct Rules 2015 (ACT) provides that a solicitor must follow a client’s lawful, proper and competent instructions. Implicit in this is the requirement that a solicitor be confident that their client has the capacity to give those instructions.

    Some areas of the profession are likely more attuned to these requirements. Certainly, practitioners acting in wills and estates will very familiar with the requirements surrounding capacity and issues that may arise in respect of same. However, it is incumbent upon every solicitor to ensure that, when taking instructions, they can be reasonably satisfied that their client has the requisite mental capacity to give and understand the instructions that they are intending to convey. If not so satisfied, the solicitor must not act for or represent the client. As has been found recently, a failure to be alert to issues of incapacity has the potential to generate liability in negligence on the part of solicitors.[1]

    Presumption of mental capacity

    As a starting point, it is a presumption at common law that every adult person is competent to make their own decisions and, accordingly, has the capacity to provide proper instructions. This is the basis on which the majority of solicitors act for their clients, as questions regarding mental capacity and fitness to give instructions will not ordinarily arise (aside from in particular areas such as practitioners working in with persons under the age of eighteen or suffering from obvious or know mental health diseases).

    However, importantly this presumption can be displaced. Characteristics such as old age, incapacity, mental infirmity, suspicion of undue influence or fraud or the inability to communicate are stated as those which can displace the presumption.[2] In the first instance, it is for the solicitor to determine whether there is some question regarding the client’s capacity to give proper instructions. If they consider that there is, an obligation arises for the solicitor to carry out further investigation before they may act for the client.

    Understandably, in the rush of receiving client instructions and ensuring that the work gets done, it can often be difficult to take the proper time to consider whether a client has capacity to give instructions. Solicitors also are not, or at least not by virtue of that legal ramification, medical practitioners, which can be an understandable point of unease for (particularly junior) solicitors in purporting to evaluate their client’s mental capacity.  In relation to these issues, the ACT Solicitors Conduct Rules refer to a guide drafted by the Law Society of NSW “When a Client’s Mental Capacity is in Doubt: A Practical Guide for Solicitors”, which contains practical advice for solicitors to refer to when their client’s capacity is in doubt. It also includes a list of red flags, which if present ought to at least raise further investigation on the part of the solicitor before commencing to act.

    Some red flags include:

    • difficulty with recall or memory loss
    • lack of mental flexibility
    • the client is in hospital or aged care
    • deterioration in personal presentation, mood or social withdrawal
    • difficulty with communications
    • disorientation
    • a limited ability to interact, including if others interact on the client’s behalf

    Standard of capacity

    The standard of capacity has been stipulated in Gibbons v Wright.[3] This case emphasises that there is no fixed standard of capacity that will be applicable in all interactions. Rather, the determination of capacity is whether a party can understand the nature of the legal consequence of their actions and decisions.

    The English authority of Masterman-Lister v Brutton and Co, Jewell and Home Counties Dairies,[4] which has been widely followed in Australia, puts forward two propositions: the mental capacity required is capacity in relation to the transaction to be effected, and what is required is the capacity to understand the nature of that transaction.

    The position is quite clear: the client must understand the nature of any instructions they give in relation to the transaction, including an understanding of the legal consequences of those instructions. Capacity is directly referable to the particular transaction concerned. What is important to note is that the ultimate decision reached, even if it is a poor one (in the opinion of the practitioner), is almost irrelevant. What is important is that the client fully understands the decision-making process and, accordingly, the decision and its consequences.

    Steps you should take

    Where a client’s mental capacity is in any doubt whatsoever, it is crucial that the solicitor take thorough and contemporaneous file notes of any interactions with the client. This becomes especially important in circumstances where proceedings may be commenced at a later date when the question of mental capacity may be raised. One example of this is where the validity of a will is later challenged. A contemporaneous record of events can help to resolve this argument.

    While solicitors may be in some position to determine whether a client can adequately give instructions, they are generally not experts when it comes to determining the mental health or otherwise of a person. As stated above, the concern is with the client’s capacity to understand and make the legal decisions which will affect them, and consequently receiving the opinions of qualified medical and psychiatric experts can be of great assistance in reinforcing, or alternatively changing, a solicitor’s preliminary view regarding capacity.

    Raising this matter with the client can be a delicate affair, and questions regarding proper capacity have the potential to lead to distress. However, framing it in terms of a legal need to ensure that the client can give proper instructions so that the decisions they make will stand up under future scrutiny can make this an easier process.

    No matter how necessary a solicitor may consider an expert assessment, it should only occur where the client has given fully informed consent. In order to give informed consent, the client must understand the benefits and risks, likely outcomes, and the potential impacts on the client’s control over other aspects of their lives (financial and business affairs) of undertaking the expert assessment. Where a client does not give their consent but their solicitor remains in doubt as to their capacity to give instructions, the solicitor must be cautious in how to proceed. In the event the solicitor is not confident the client has the capacity to provide instructions, the assessment should be recommended again. Without this, the solicitor may not be able to continue acting.

    In the realities of a busy practice, there will undoubtedly be occasions where it does not seem as if a solicitor has time to properly consider questions regarding a client’s capacity, for instance in litigation where the hearing of a matter is unfolding before the court in real time. However, and in spite of the protections offered by the advocate’s immunity (touched on below), where an issue regarding capacity is raised about a party to court proceedings, the proper course is for the proceedings to be adjourned so that the question of that party’s capacity can be determined by the court, one way or the other.

    While this may seem an inconvenience and contrary to the intention of a swift resolution of court proceedings, it is critically important to resolve any issue regarding capacity before proceedings can be continued. Where a person is found to not possess capacity, it would be an abuse of process, and likely negligence by the solicitor acting, for proceedings to continue. Indeed, were the issue to be raised by the solicitors for the other party, and it was found that the first party lacked proper mental capacity, proceedings would likely be stayed on that basis. Questions of costs may also arise (including against solicitors personally) if an opposing side later objects to the incurring of costs where a client without mental capacity is unable to meet a costs order but, in all likelihood, never understood the consequences of being involved in litigation.

    Protection offered by advocate’s immunity – a case study

    A case which examines the legal principles surrounding mental capacity and also the consequences for what Bell J termed “capacity negligence” is Goddard Elliott (a firm) v Fritsch [2012] VSC 87. The case goes into great detail regarding the standard of capacity required, and the consequences where a solicitor acts on the instructions of a client which are invalid.

    In this case, Mr Fritsch was sued by his solicitors, Goddard Elliott, for outstanding legal fees owed for work done in settling a Family Court matter regarding the property settlement resulting from his divorce. He counter-claimed against the firm, his argument being that he would never have settled his case had he been in proper mental health and that Goddard Elliott were negligent in acting on his instructions when he did not have the capacity to give them, a fact of which they ought to have been aware.

    Bell J went to great lengths to discuss the principles surrounding the area of a client’s capacity to give instructions, including the responsibilities of a solicitor and how proceedings in those circumstances should be managed. Many of those principles are those discussed above. His Honour found that Goddard Elliott had been negligent in acting on Mr Fritsch’s instructions to settle the case in circumstances where they should have been aware that he did not have the mental capacity to give those instructions.

    Despite Bell J’s findings regarding the negligence of Goddard Elliott, His Honour ultimately held that Goddard Elliott was not liable to Mr Fritsch, despite the finding of negligence, due to the advocate’s immunity. The firm was not held liable to Mr Fritsch because the instructions to settle was work which was intimately connected with the conduct of a case in court and thereby protected by the advocate’s immunity.

    His Honour found this conclusion “deeply troubling”, yet felt forced to it by authority. While in this instance the advocate’s immunity did protect the negligent solicitors, there is clearly a risk that the concerns raised by His Honour will ultimately lead to a situation in which solicitors cannot rely on the advocate’s immunity where they take instructions from clients who do not have the capacity to give them. Furthermore, solicitors taking instructions in non-litigious matters will not be afforded the protection of advocate’s immunity.

    It is thus fundamentally important that practitioners in all areas are aware of their requirements and duties regarding a client’s capacity and take all appropriate steps that are required to ascertain whether a client can competently give instructions. Not only does this serve the client’s best interests, but where it is subsequently found that a client lacks capacity and their solicitor continued acting regardless (and Goddard Elliott v Fritsch makes clear that this is a matter for determination by a court), the solicitor may well be exposed to personal liability.


    The consequences for breach of these principles can be severe, even where there has been no impropriety. From a financial standpoint, the solicitor may be liable to have indemnity costs awarded against them (if in the conduct of proceedings), and may also be liable for any damages caused by the negligence. Depending on the damage caused, this could be significant, with the solicitors in Goddard Elliott v Fritsch facing a claimed sum of near $1,000,000.

    From a professional standpoint, negligence such as this could well lead to findings of unsatisfactory professional conduct or professional misconduct. In the most serious of situations, it is easy to see an occasion where a solicitor could be struck off the roll for their negligence. The warning is clear: the matter of a client’s capacity is not something to be taken lightly.

    Because the question of a client’s mental health is undoubtedly a serious topic, it is a topic with which all practitioners should be very familiar. Where you hold concerns in a particular situation, remember that there are a wide range of resources you may turn to, including our Law Society, the NSW Law Society guide mentioned above, as well as fellow and more senior practitioners and/or medical experts.

    With today’s advances in mental health awareness, practitioners should ensure that their clients are capable of providing instructions at all times. With ever-present obligations and an often stressful work life, solicitors should also be encouraged to take steps maintain their own personal mental health as well. The support systems identified above are available for you personally as well, should you require. By protecting your own mental health, you assist not only yourself but your clients and the wider community.

    [1] Goddard Elliott (a firm) v Fritsch [2012] VSC 87

    [2] Kantor v Vosahlo [2004] VSCA 235.

    [3] (1954) 91 CLR 423.

    [4] [2003] 1 WLR 1511.

    First published in Ethos. Written by Laura Scotton.

    Read more
  • HR Breakfast Club Christmas

    Christmas: HR Breakfast Club - December Summary

    This month, we discussed 6 scenarios that have happened during the Christmas period, and the lessons that can be learnt from them.

    This month at HR Breakfast Club, we had a Christmas themed discussion around some of the notable Employment Law cases that have occurred recently at this time of year.

    One of the most notable was that of Keenan v Leighton Boral Amey NSW Pty Ltd [2015] FWC 3156.

    A work Christmas function took place in a hotel where employees had unlimited access to alcohol.

    The employee consumed 10 beers at the function. During the function, he told a member of the board to “f*#! off” and asked a female colleague “who the f*#!  are you?” The employee also tried to obtain a female colleague’s phone number.

    After the function ended at 10pm, a group of employees moved to a public bar where they purchased their own drinks. At this stage of the evening, the employees touched a female colleague’s chin, said to another “I used to think you were a stuck up b*+#! ”, kissed a third on the mouth without warning and told her “I’m going to go home and dream about you tonight”.

    This behaviour continued while en route to another venue with colleagues, where he told a fourth female colleague that it was his mission that night to find out the colour of her undergarments.

    Subsequent to the employee’s behaviour that night, a number of complaints were made, there was an investigation and the employee was dismissed. He then commenced a claim for unfair dismissal.

    Lessons for employers:

    • Make it clear when the Christmas function has finished. The fact the Commission held that the employee’s behaviour after the work function has ended was not connected to his employment means this distinction must be clear. Consider, for example, clearing the employees out of a particular function room, ensuring they all know that after a particular time the work function has ended and they are on their own time.
    • Make specific, not general, allegations of misconduct. In this decision the employer did not articulate specific allegation of misconduct; only general allegations were made. This was to the employer’s detriment – the Commission found this constituted a lack of procedural fairness.
    • Consider having a type of ‘alcohol manager’ at the function who has the power to cut off intoxicated employees. Vice President Hatcher made an important observation in considering the role of alcohol at the function. He considered the employee’s ability to continue drinking “notwithstanding his visible intoxication” was “ultimately a result of the fact that [the employer] did not place anyone with managerial authority in charge of the conduct of the function, but essentially let it run itself”. Consequently, Vice President Hatcher held that the role of alcohol at the function weighed “at least in a limited way, in favour of a conclusion that the dismissal was harsh”. The take-home message here is that it is advantageous for an employer to have a “managerial authority” present at the function whose role includes monitoring for intoxication and having the power to cut intoxicated employees’ supply to alcohol.


    Q: Who still gets annual leave loading? Why does it still exist?
     Today, annual leave loading still applies to a number of modern awards and workplace agreements. Employees across a wide range of industries benefit from the standard 17.5% prescription, although this percentage can vary (e.g. Clerks (17.5%), banking sector (17.5%), fast food industry (17.5%), hair and beauty industry (17.5%), architects (17.5%), aged care (17.5%), building/construction (17.5%), teachers (17.5%), ACT public sector (17.5%) Australian Government Industry Award (no annual leave loading, paid at the employee’s ordinary hourly rate).)

    The key arguments in favour of annual leave loading are firstly that a holiday bonus is “necessary in order to allow the employee to meet the additional expenses involved in travelling to a holiday location and enjoying a break from ordinary lifestyle.” Secondly, it is argued that a loading “would compensate for the lack of earnings above the award rate which many employees would regularly receive, such as overtime payments, shift allowances and other disability payments” and other opportunities to earn additional income. Logically, the annual leave loading attempts to address the problem of people trying to fund a (potentially family) holiday on wages substantially lower than usual or at a minimum wage level.

    This answer is, of course, general commentary only.  It is not legal advice.  Readers must contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them before acting or refraining from acting.

    If you have a question about behaviour at your office Christmas party, or would like to attend HR Breakfast Club, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Public Servants: Fair Work Commission gives government a helping hand while shackling its staff

    Fair Work Commission gives government a helping hand while shackling its staff

    Public servants in dispute with their employer are unfairly outgunned.

     ”It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness.” So wrote Charles Dickens in 1859 in his novel A Tale of Two Cities.These words might equally have been uttered by a perplexed employment lawyer today, with the Fair Work Commission perpetuating an inconsistent approach to legal representation in disputes. The upshot for public servants is that the government gains an unfair advantage, while other participants before the commission are forced to make do without legal help.

    I first wrote about this issue earlier this year, in a column titled “Government hypocrisy on display again in the Fair Work Commission“. In response, Public Service Commissioner John Lloyd emailed me to say my article was “potentially misleading” and that the commission’s decision I had discussed was “correct”. Lloyd invited me to approach his commission “before publishing future articles about matters within the remit of this agency”. Respectfully, I have no intention of doing so – although I [and the Informant‘s editor] invite him to publish a response if he wishes.

    To recap: the Fair Work Act, which governs almost all employment arrangements in this country, prevents lawyers from appearing for parties in disputes unless they receive permission from the Fair Work Commission. The policy intent was, according to the act’s explanatory memorandum, because the commission is “intended to operate efficiently and informally and, where appropriate, in a non-adversarial manner”.

    This rationale has strength and, while experienced lawyers are more often than not invaluable in resolving workplace disputes efficiently, I can nonetheless accept that, in certain cases, there can be merit to keeping lawyers at a distance.

    This year, the commission issued several decisions concerning when permission will be granted and the scope of exceptions to the act’s limitation. The jurisprudence has diverged considerably, to the benefit of the federal government and to the disadvantage of everyone else.

    Until recently, it was common practice for AGS lawyers to seek permission to appear. However, earlier this year, lawyers at the Attorney-General’s Department offshoot took the contrary view that, because they are government employees, they satisfy the in-house exception in the Fair Work Act. This interpretation of the AGS’s position was upheld in Gibbens v Commonwealth of Australia.

    Whatever one’s legal view of the decision, there can be little denying that it has considerably tilted the playing field in the government’s favour. Despite:

    1. the AGS acting in effect as a private law firm within government,
    2. the AGS competing with private firms to provide legal services to government, and
    3. almost all government departments having their own in-house lawyers already,

    the Fair Work Commission has permitted the AGS to bypass the considered policy judgment of the act. Given the manifold benefits that the public service already enjoys in disputes against its employees, the desirability of this development is dubious.

    While Gibbens and Woolworths involve distinct legal points, they are logically inconsistent. The former allowed more government lawyers to appear before the commission, while the latter and its progeny make it far harder for employers to be represented or otherwise receive legal aid. Much has been written about the potentially negative effects of Woolworths, while far less has been said about Gibbens. But the adverse consequences for public servants of allowing the government unfettered access to experienced legal representation in employment disputes are considerable, and deserve attention – possibility in the form of legislative clarification.

    Gibbens also presents, at least in theory, a considerable challenge for private law firms in obtaining permission to represent government clients before the commission. Why would the commission ever grant a private firm permission to represent a government agency when there are plenty of individuals experienced in workplace-relations advocacy among the hundreds of AGS lawyers who can appear as of right? This is especially the case one criterion for granting permission is that “it would be unfair not to allow the person [here, the government] to be represented because the person is unable to represent … itself effectively”.

    The issues raised above may seem trivial to some. But the level of representation involved in employment disputes, when emotions are high and jobs are on the line, requires a delicate policy decision. Until change eventuates, public servants can only hope they don’t find themselves legally outgunned before the commission. Surely that is the real access-to-justice concern here.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks his colleague Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article. 

    First published in The Canberra Times.

    Read more
  • A poorly thought-out federal ICAC could be a band-aid on a bullet wound

    A poorly thought-out federal ICAC could be a band-aid on a bullet wound

    Momentum is gathering for the establishment of a federal anti-corruption commission. What structure and powers would it need to be effective? Public sector law expert John Wilson says the wrong kind of federal ICAC could be counterproductive.

    Amid numerous recent findings of corruption and misconduct by public officials, the public service and federal politicians are under increasing pressure to maintain the confidence of the public they collectively serve. It is not surprising, then, that the call for a federal anti-corruption commission (ICAC) is becoming louder and louder. The tone of an event organised by The Australia Institute earlier this year was telling – the question was no longer whether, but how.

    That does not mean there is consensus. Professor Adam Graycar told a parliamentary committee last year that the proponents of a federal ICAC were not even sure of the problems they were trying to solve, let alone how to solve them. What, then, is necessary to ensure such an institution can effectively curb corruption in the political and bureaucratic spheres?

    Three main areas of concern have been identified, which will be considered here in turn:

    1. The incompatibility of a federal ICAC with existing regulatory bodies;
    2. the likely misuse of a misconduct register to discriminate against prospective employees; and
    3. fairness and justice considerations.

    Scope of jurisdiction

    Firstly, the boundaries of the federal ICAC’s jurisdiction must be clear to ensure the definition of corruption is not brought into question. In the 2015 case of ICAC v Cunneen, NSW Deputy Senior Crown Prosecutor Margaret Cunneen was accused of perverting the course of justice. The High Court ruled that her actions did not constitute “corrupt conduct”, nor did it adversely affect the police investigators’ ability to exercise their official functions, as those terms are defined in the NSW legislation. The bench concluded that applying this narrow interpretation would allow the ICAC Act to operate as it was intended to, and avoid overtly criminal acts falling within the scope of the NSW ICAC’s investigative powers.

    However, a narrow interpretation may prove more problematic in a federal setting, where crimes such as tax evasion may not be construed as an attempt to pervert the course of justice, and would therefore not fall within reach of the federal ICAC. Establishing such an institution without causing conflict with already-existing regulatory bodies would require “a genius in legislative artistry.”

    A misconduct register

    Secondly, it has been proposed that the federal ICAC would be supplemented by a misconduct register, modelled on the one being established in South Australia. In that state, the register forms a repository for the findings of the SA ICAC, with a database on public officers who have been dismissed from public employment. The repository will also include allegations that never advanced to investigation, to ensure that records are created on those who resign before investigations commence.

    But there are concerns about misuse of such a register. Misconduct findings are administrative, not judicial decisions, and for a range of reasons many never proceed beyond the initial decision. The 2016/17 APSC Annual Report indicated that only 93 of the 223 cases brought to the Merit Protection Commissioner as a second tier of review ended up being reconsidered. It may be, therefore, that these findings are ultimately given unjustifiable weight in future employment decisions as a result of the register.

    Former Senator Zhenya Wang, prior Chair of the Select Committee into the Establishment of a National Integrity Commission, has voiced similar concerns. “A dedicated [federal ICAC] would threaten the legal rights of individuals, as well as potentially unfairly tarnish the reputation of individuals investigated, even when they are later found not to have engaged in corrupt conduct,” said Wang. Elevating the weight of an internal administrative finding to a permanent stain on someone’s record has troubling implications.


    Finally, the Rule of Law Institute of Australia has argued that introducing a federal ICAC may create a new system of justice without the legal safeguards entrenched in the existing one. The risk has been articulated as that of a “parallel system of justice to the traditional criminal court system initially with all the credibility of a court, but without any of the protections that have been built up around the court system over many generations.” Principles such as the presumption of innocence, the standard of proof beyond reasonable doubt and the privilege against self-incrimination may not be embedded in this new system.

    Yet none of these flaws are fatal. With proper design and a nuanced appreciation of need to balance institutional concerns with personal liberty issues, a federal ICAC can effectively address corruption and misfeasance at the Commonwealth level without unduly imposing on the rights of affected individuals. That is not to understate the challenging task facing the creators of such a body; rather, it is to accept that these concerns are real and deserve consideration, but do not represent overwhelming obstacles.

    A band-aid?

    It may be, as detractors are quick to point out, that the risk of corruption is already lowered at the federal level. There are more pre-existing mechanisms for transparency and accountability, and the spheres administered by federal public servants are potentially less susceptible to the development-related corruption exposed in NSW.

    But there are many benefits to restoring public confidence in the federal bureaucracy through a nationwide anti-corruption commission. Like the common response to climate-change deniers (what is the detriment of a cleaner planet in any event?), if politics and administration at a federal-level are indeed free from corruption, then what harm would the added-level of accountability brought by a federal ICAC do?

    Yet the creation of such an institution is attended by risks. The establishment and subsequent failure of a federal ICAC may even prove counterproductive in the fight against corruption. Unless its implementation is carefully considered and thoughtfully executed, we may end up patching a bullet wound with a band-aid.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. His colleague Zoe Zhang assisted in preparing this article. 

    First published in The Mandarin.

    Read more
  • Can you disinherit an estranged child?

    Can you disinherit an estranged child?

    In every Australian State and Territory, “Family Provision” legislation exists to allow a natural child to bring a claim for provision (or further provision) from the estate of their deceased parent. At the very core of the Family Provision legislation is the recognition of a moral duty that a parent owes to their child.

    Whilst the Law recognises that a parent owes a moral duty to their child, it also recognises that the moral duty will be impacted based on the nature of the relationship between the parent and the child. This moral factor must be weighed against the Applicant child’s financial need for provision from an estate.

    But what if the relationship between the parent and child had been a strained one? Perhaps for a few years, or a few decades? What if the child or the parent had done something (or failed to do something) which caused a breakdown in the relationship? There is a vast array of case law which looks at “the character and conduct” of applicants, at “disentitling conduct” and “estrangement” between parent and child, and unfortunately, the case law can often be ad hoc and sometimes inconsistent.

    What is consistent among the case law however is that the nature of the relationship between a child and their deceased parent is always taken into account by the Court and may serve to reduce or even deny a claim for provision in circumstances that may otherwise have presented a compelling case.

    Let’s focus just on “estrangement” between a parent and their child.

    We know from the case law that the cause of the estrangement is relevant. Estrangement that is caused entirely by a deceased parent’s unreasonable conduct or beliefs alone cannot amount to disentitling conduct on the part of an Applicant child. The Court therefore engages in a forensic analysis of the conduct and attitude of the deceased judged by prevailing community standards. As we know, moral standards are always changing and what was considered reasonable 30 years ago, may not be considered reasonable today.

    Nonetheless, the cause of the estrangement is one factor. The period of estrangement is another factor – naturally, a longer period of estrangement may justify a lesser moral duty on behalf of the parent towards their child. Of course, moral duty needs to be weighed against other competing claims (e.g. the moral claim of a testator’s children may lose priority to those of the testator’s spouse (for example, the case of Temple v Cowell [2011]SASC 20).

    It should be noted however that issues of fault within family relationships are inherently complex, and often relationship breakdowns have causes that are not exclusive to one party (as recognised by Young J in Walker v Walker)

    More recently, in the case of Larkin v Leech-Larkin (judgement being delivered in October 2017), the NSW Supreme Court came across yet another case involving the estrangement between a mother and her son, Julian.

    The mother had 4 sons and had left her entire estate to her second son Lucien. Two of her other sons had not made a claim against their mother’s estate. One son however ( Julian) decided to make a claim.

    The Court recognised that Julian had a strained relationship with his mother caused predominantly by (a) Julian continuing to have a relationship with his father following his mother and father’s divorce and (b) Julian failing to have any meaningful contact with his mother over the past 40 years of her life, and no contact within the last 8 years of her life.

    The Court also recognised that the other son, Lucien, who was the sole beneficiary of his mother’s estate, had a much closer relationship. They had a shared common interest (being their property in the Blue Mountains), and the Court also found that Lucien had spent a great deal of his own wealth towards this property.

    The estate was worth approximately $680,000 and the Court ultimately dismissed the application by the estranged some Julian.

    Does this case add anything further to the case law on estrangement and moral duty (and the principles in Keep v Bourke and Andrew v Andrew)? The short answer is “not really”.

    The take-away point from this case is that we consistently see the Courts at the very least, having regard to the following:

    1. the family history and dynamic between family members, the parent and the Applicant child
    1. the nature and conduct of the Applicant child and his or her parent, and any dis-entitling conduct on part of the Applicant child;
    1. what is considered to be “prevailing community standards”; and
    1. weighing the above factors with against the applicant child’s financial need for provision from an estate.

    Please contact our Estate Planning team if you need to carefully structure your estate plan, or if you believe you have been unfairly treated in the distribution of an estate.

    Read more
  • In bed with Embedded Networks Are Embedded Networks the answer to rising utility prices?

    In bed with Embedded Networks

    Are Embedded Networks the answer to rising utility prices?  

    The costs of electricity for households in Australia rose 72% over the ten years preceding 2013. This only slightly outpaced the rising cost of gas, which rose 54% during the period.[1] Prices have only been rising since. This led to the Federal Coalition Party releasing a new energy policy and closer to home, the ACT Government passing the Utilities Legislation Amendment Bill 2017 (the Bill). The Bill aims to remove unnecessary regulation of energy utilities in the ACT. In part, the Bill aims to reduce rising energy costs by promoting the use of Embedded Networks.

    What is an Embedded Network? 

    An Embedded Network is a distribution system within a building development, typically for water, gas or electricity, connected at a parent connection point to the national or regional grid, where the delivery infrastructure to multiple users is owned, controlled and operated by a person who is not a network provider[2] and is typically not the Owners’ corporation. Operating an Embedded Network within a residential or commercial building allows the Embedded Network operator to control the provision of utility services to each unit or part of the building. The argument runs that this allows the Embedded Network operator to reduce the cost of utility services by negotiating with energy retailers for the provision of utilities to the building in bulk.

    How do these amendments affect Embedded Networks in the Territory?

    The Bill, scheduled to come into effect on 1 December 2017, creates an exemption for Embedded Networks from the Utilities Act 2000 and the Utilities (Technical Regulation) Act 2014. This means that those operating an Embedded Network will not need to obtain a licence under the Utilities Act 2000 and thus they will be exempt from compliance with the technical codes and regulations of the Utilities (Technical Regulation) Act 2014. By removing these requirements, it is now easier to establish and operate an Embedded Network in the ACT.

    Problems with Embedded Networks

    Despite the removal of some red tape, there are foreseeable problems for Developers seeking to establish an Embedded Network in new or existing Developments, as well as for Buyers or occupiers within a complex serviced by an Embedded Network. These include:

    1. The commencement of the Scheme coincides with the commencement of the Australian Energy Market Commission “rule determination” on Embedded Networks. This Rule Determination creates an additional level of regulations and obligations for those operating Embedded Networks;
    1. The Electrical Safety Act 1971 continues to apply to Embedded Networks, imposing safety standards for the installation of electrical equipment and wiring work, hence leading to certification and maintenance compliance;
    1. The ability of a Developer of a new Unit Title complex to install an Embedded Network, who must address the ongoing commitment to the Embedded Network operator in accordance with the Developer obligations under the Unit Titles (Management) Act 2011;
    1. The legislative changes do not directly cater for mixed used buildings, where different management groups may have to engage with the operator of the Embedded Network; and
    1. The management (and hence cost) of delivery of the utility through the Embedded Network will be governed through the terms of the contracts that will be offered to the Owners Corporation and to the end user, that represents a cost risk to the buyer and a disclosure risk to the seller.


    Ultimately, without further change (in particular to Unit Titles and mixed use development legislation) the current legislative changes do little to resolve a number of key issues  associated with what should be an innovative way for Developers to defray construction costs or to remove the maze of legislation and regulation surrounding the establishment and delivery of Embedded Networks in the ACT. Until further change is brought about, the terms of utility supply will become and remain a critical aspect of “cost”. This highlights the good sense in securing legal advice when looking to install an Embedded Network or when purchasing in a complex with an Embedded Network. Should you require legal advice on these issues, please contact a member of our experienced Property and Real Estate team.

    [1]Both figures from:

    [2] National Electricity Rules Chapter 10 (Glossary).


    Read more
  • Workplace Policies

    If in doubt, leave it out: Making workplace policies work

    It’s only natural (for some) to try to pin things down in writing (workplace policies). This is particularly true for those in the people management business, and especially for those among them who are exposed to bureaucracy. That way everyone knows where they stand – right?

    And so the drafting of the HR policy manual begins. Cutting and pasting from here and there while adding their lashings of common sense, the drafters of an HR policy manual do their best to spell out all manner of things relating to work. What is the social media policy? What is the organisational policy on the Christmas shutdown? Where are the tea towels kept? Then the CEO and the Board add in a few of their pet peccadillos, and a HR policy manual is born.

    Sooner or later the original drafters leave the organisation. Eventually, the new policy person gets around to looking at the HR policy manual. They notice a gap in coverage, and add a few more policies, drawing from their previous workplace experience and their own brand of common sense. The new CEO and Board members do likewise. The cycle repeats itself.

    Within a few years, the manual has grown to 5 times its original size. The policies overlap. Inconsistencies emerge between the ‘grievance policy’, the ‘dispute resolution policy’ and the ‘Code of Conduct’ and nobody knows which policies to apply when an intra-staff spat breaks out. In fact, the CEO isn’t even sure if the staff concerned know of the existence of the updated policies, since the version published on the intranet isn’t the version that was included in the employee induction pack. Plus one of the staff members involved in the spat is out in the field and doesn’t have access to the intranet anyway.

    Does all this sound familiar?

    Policies are just that – policies. That is: a document drafted by the organisation for the benefit of that organisation. Unless a policy is serving that purpose, it should be ditched.

    For a start, this means policies should be clear, and internally consistent. If they aren’t, the organisation should change them so that they are. Make sure all your staff know where to find the policies, and make sure any updated versions are clearly published to everyone.

    Secondly, policies should not duplicate or, worse, be inconsistent with employee entitlements located elsewhere (for example, in the employee’s contract, the relevant Modern Award, the Enterprise Agreement or the Fair Work Act). This just asks for trouble. While this all sounds terribly obvious, in my practice it is routine to see (for both NFP’s and FP’s alike) HR policy manuals including substantive entitlements (to, say, redundancy and termination of employment) that are different to the entitlements in the employee’s contract or Award. This can have unintended consequences for everyone and is particularly hard to watch given it was a wholly avoidable situation in the first place.

    Thirdly, the promises (if any) made in the HR manual must be achievable. Courts will not allow clear policy statements to act as a ‘cruel hoax’ on employees.[1] Also, on a common sense level, it just upsets staff when their employer doesn’t follow its own rules. So, if the policies proclaim that the organisation ‘will investigate all grievances within 48 hours’, the organisation must be able to deliver on that – in all cases. If it can’t (and, let’s face it, who wants to be pinned down to that anyway?) then the policy should be recast in more aspirational terms. For example: ‘where appropriate, the organisation will investigate grievances within the earliest practicable timeframe.’ Workers are people, and no two people (or situations) are exactly alike. Policies must be drafted to give your organisation the ‘wiggle room’ it is going to need to respond fairly and reasonably to every workplace situation.

    Finally, give some thought to whether the policy should even exist at all by asking yourself “do we really need to write this down?” Remember, the only HR policies that should exist are the ones that are necessary. Specifically, the ones that:

    • avoid legal liability (e.g.: include policies on sexual harassment, workplace surveillance, and work safety);
    • provide necessary workplace directions to employees that, if breached, can be treated as a disciplinary issue (e.g.: regarding the use of electronic communications and social media in relation to work);
    • give information to employees about basic workplace operations (e.g.: this is how to apply for annual leave); or
    • contain statements of aspiration about the organisation (e.g.: ‘we strive to be a family friendly workplace’).

    HR policies that seek to go beyond this list need to be carefully contained and justified. While NFP’s have some compliance obligations they cannot avoid, they are not the public service. This means that if you look carefully at HR policies, you may well find that less is more.

    [1] Nikolich v Goldman Sachs J B Were Services Pty Ltd [2006] FCA 784, [223].

    Read more
  • Children on site – a heightened duty of care

    Risk to Children

    Young children are at higher risk of injuries as they are often incapable of having the necessary foresight of the consequences of their conduct and need to be protected from injuring themselves.

    The purpose of this paper is to show how the law of negligence operates within a school environment.

    General principles

    A child is to be judged, not by the standards of an adult, but according to what could be reasonably expected of a child of their age.

    The cases establish that the law employs a sliding scale of responsibility where the safety and well being of children is involved, sliding down according to their age:

    It is obvious that a child is less capable of taking care of its own safety than a normal adult and the younger the child the less the capacity until a stage is reached at which there is none.[1]

    The relationship between the school authority, teachers and students give rise to a duty of care of general supervision to the students concerning their physical safety.  The High Court of Australia has summarised the extent of teachers’ duty of care to students:

    Children stand in need of care and supervision and this their parents cannot effectively provide when children are attending school; instead it is those then in charge of them, their teachers, who must provide it.[2]

    The duty of the school authority to its students is a duty to ensure that reasonable care is taken of them whilst they are on school premises during hours when the school is open for attendance.  The duty was expressed by the High Court as follows:

    …the duty is not discharged by merely appointing competent teaching staff and leaving it to the staff to take appropriate steps for the care of the children.  It is a duty to ensure that reasonable steps are taken for the safety of the children, a duty the performance of which cannot be delegated.[3]


    To be successful in a negligence claim, it must be established, on the balance of probabilities, that:

    • a duty of care was owed to the person at the time of the injury;
    • the risk of injury was reasonably foreseeable;
    • the likelihood of the injury occurring was more than insignificant;
    • there was a breach of the duty of care or a failure to observe a reasonable standard of care; and
    • this breach or failure caused or contributed to the injury, loss or damage suffered.

    The fact that a duty of care exists does not mean that a school authority will be liable for an injury sustained by a student.  In order for the student to succeed in a negligence claim, all of these elements must be established.

    Foreseeability of risk

    To establish a duty of care, the student must prove that the school authority or teacher ought to have foreseen that the negligent act or omission of the school authority or teacher might endanger the student.  It is not enough to establish that the school authority or teacher knew or ought to have known of the potential hazard.  It must be shown that a reasonable person in the position of the school authority or teacher would have foreseen that the situation constituted a real risk to the student.

    This duty of care is not absolute and only extends to protection from harm where the risk of injury is reasonably foreseeable.  The higher the risk or potential for harm, the greater the duty imposed on the school authority and the teacher.

    In many cases where a student has failed to prove their case, the school authority or teacher have acted reasonably in the circumstances rather than the injury not being foreseeable.

    Breach of duty

    In the Australian Capital Territory for a student to establish a breach of duty of care, three elements need to be satisfied:

    • the school authority or teacher knew or ought to have known of the risk – sometimes called ‘reasonable foreseeability’;
    • the risk was not insignificant; and
    • a reasonable person in the person’s position would have taken precautions against the risk.[4]

    The court in determining the liability of a school or teacher establishes whether the risk of injury was foreseeable, what the school or teacher could have done to reduce that risk being mindful of factors such as the magnitude of the risk, the age and experience of the student, and the cost of eliminating the risk.


    To establish negligence, you must show that the act or omission caused the injury.  The High Court has noted:

    “…it is of course necessary that the breach of duty of care must be causally related to the injury received…[students] have often failed because they have been unable to prove that the exercise of an appropriate degree of supervision would have prevented the particular injury in question.[5]

    Once the breach of duty of care has been established, it is often relatively easy to find that the breach caused the injury suffered by the student so long as the risk of injury is ‘not insignificant’.

    The student may suffer physical, psychological (nervous shock or other recognisable psychiatric disorder) injury or financial damage.


    Teachers and school authorities need to recognise their legal responsibilities to students.  Whether as a teacher in the classroom, on the playing field or on a school excursion, a duty of care is owed to students.  This manifests itself as a duty to protect students from injuries that are reasonably foreseeable.  To avoid injuries that are reasonably foreseeable, teachers and school authorities should at all times maintain an acceptable standard of care given the circumstances.  The consequences for failing to meet this standard and in the event a student suffers injury, the teacher and/or school authority could face an action in negligence.

    [1] Cotton v Commissioner for Road Transport (1942) 43 SR (NSW) 66; Jordan CJ at 69

    [2] Geyer v Downs (1977) 138 CLR 91 at 93;

    [3] Commonwealth v Introvigne (1981) 150 CLR 258; at 270

    [4] Section 43, Civil Law (Wrongs) Act 2002 (ACT)

    [5] Geyer v Downs (1977) at p102

    For more information about negligence and duty of care with children on site, please contact Bill McCarthy.

    Read more
  • An unholy trinity? Religion, employees and the workplace

    An unholy trinity? Religion, employees and the workplace

    Australia is, by and large, a secular country. Australians have a constitutionally-entrenched freedom of religion, and anti-discrimination laws prohibit discrimination based on religion in a range of spheres. Yet as the furore surrounding the marriage equality survey demonstrated, religious issues sometimes intrude into the workplace. Companies large and small took vocal positions for and against marriage equality; in September a contractor in Canberra was terminated for expressing her religiously-motivated intention to vote no.

    The intersection between religion and employment is vexed. Drawing the boundaries between private and public life, determining reasonable concessions for religious observance in the workplace and exempting religious organisations from general law require delicate judicial and legislative policy judgments. This topic is also inevitably a controversial one. What to an atheist might represent a reasonable compromise between religion and employment would likely be entirely different for a devoutly religious person.

    Religion and the contract of employment

    Religion has tended to intrude on the contract of employment in two distinct contexts. Firstly, spiritual motives may prevent a contract existing due to the absence of an intention to create legal relations. Alternatively, where a contract is on foot, religious law may be incorporated within that relationship.

     Intention to create legal relations

    The mutual intention to create legal relations is an essential requirement in the formation of a contract (Australian Woollen Mills Pty Ltd v Commonwealth (1954) 92 CLR 424, 457). Traditionally, it was considered that family, religious and community settings gave rise to a presumption against the existence of such intentions.

    The Australian position was altered in the seminal case of Ermogenous v Greek Orthodox Community of SA Inc (2002) 209 CLR 95 (‘Ermogenous’) in which the High Court highlighted the dangers of such presumptions. The Court held that the proper inquiry requires an ‘objective assessment of the state of affairs between the parties’ (at 105). Accordingly, ‘to say that a minister of religion serves God and those to whom he or she ministers may be right, but that is a description of the minister’s spiritual duties. It leaves open the possibility that the minister has been engaged to do this under a contract of employment’ (at 110).

    Of course, Ermogenous did not say that a religious worker necessarily has a contract of employment with the relevant religious organisation. While in that case the question was remitted to a lower court, which upheld the existence of a valid contract (2002) 223 LSJS 459), subsequent judgments have retained the view that typically no legal relationship arises in the religious context. In Redeemer Baptist School Ltd v Glossop [2006] NSWSC 1201, for example, the Supreme Court of NSW held that teachers at a particular religious school provided their services ‘as volunteers in response to a calling to serve  God’ (at [59]).

    As these varied outcomes demonstrate, whether or not an intention to create legal relations exists will be a fact-dependent inquiry. In some religious contexts, the manner of appointment and on- going relationship will support the existence of an enforceable agreement; in others it will remain in the realm of a ‘consensual compact … based on religious, spiritual and mystical ideas’ (Scandrett v Dowling (1992) 27 NSWLR 483, 513).

    Continue Reading.

    Written by John Wilson, managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law, and Kieran Pender. First published in the Law Society Journal.

    Read more
  • Court of Appeal drains Pasminco’s pipe dream

    A dispute between developers and a council concerning the construction of a stormwater pipe has given the Court of Appeal another opportunity to consider how to resolve inconsistencies between development consents and construction certificates and the principles to apply when interpreting an uncertain condition of development consent.

    An uncertain condition of development consent can be a nightmare for developers, councils and prospective purchasers when trying to understand what the condition requires. While the starting point must always be the text of the condition, what do you do when the text is itself unclear? What if someone suggests that a document, not in existence at the time the consent was issued, changes the way the condition should be understood?  What effect do the plans and specifications approved by a construction certificate have on the plans approved by the development consent?

    These questions were answered recently by the Court of Appeal in Bunderra Holdings Pty Ltd v Pasminco Cockle Creek Smelter Pty Ltd (subject to Deed of Company Arrangement) [2017] NSWCA 263.

    Background facts of the case

    The dispute between (our client) Bunderra Holdings Pty Ltd (Bunderra) and Pasminco Cockle Creek Smelter Pty Ltd (subject to a Deed of Company Arrangement) (Pasminco) concerned the ultimate responsibility to construct a stormwater pipe due to an ‘awkwardly drafted condition’ of a development consent issued by Lake Macquarie City Council (the Council).

    The land the subject of the development consent, known as the Tripad site, originally formed part of a larger holding of land owned by Pasminco.  Pasminco sold the Tripad site to Bunderra after the Council had granted Pasminco development consent for a residential subdivision on the Tripad land. The Tripad site was below the Pasminco site.

    The consent required the subdivision to occur in accordance with stormwater strategies which had been prepared on behalf of Pasminco. These contemplated the construction of a pipe under a road that divided the two sites to carry stormwater from the Pasminco site through the Tripad site. A condition of consent required the applicant to demonstrate that stormwater could safely flow from the Pasminco land through the Tripad site and required plans and calculations for these stormwater controls to be submitted to the Council prior to the issue of a construction certificate for the residential subdivision.

    After the consent was issued, Pasminco submitted a further stormwater strategy to the Council.  This was said to be in response to the consent condition referred to above, and expressly required the pipe to be built as part of the Tripad site subdivision works, ie, by Bunderra.

    Bunderra obtained construction certificates from the Council for all required civil works and carried out those works.  The Council issued certificates of practical completion for all of those works. The plans approved by the construction certificates did not provide for the construction of the pipe.

    A dispute then arose between Pasminco and Bunderra over who was responsible for the construction of the pipe. This culminated in Pasminco bringing class 4 proceedings in the Land and Environment Court to restrain the Council from granting a subdivision certificate for the development until after the pipe had been constructed.

    Pasminco succeeded at first instance.  Robson J held that:

    1. Pasminco’s further stormwater strategy, which expressly provided for the construction of the pipe as part of the Tripad subdivision, was impliedly (and retrospectively) incorporated into the consent; and
    2. the issue of the construction certificate, which made no provision for the construction of the pipe, did not alter the applicant’s obligations under the development consent.

    Bunderra appealed.

    The Court of Appeal’s decision

    The Court of Appeal reversed Robson J’s decision and, in doing so, gave some important guidance on the interpretation of development consents.

    Development consents are to be construed to achieve practical results

    The Court reaffirmed the principle that development consents are to be interpreted to achieve practical results. In doing so, it pointed out that development consents are drafted by planners and not lawyers, and should therefore be given a liberal construction.

    The retrospective incorporation of the later stormwater strategy.

    The Court found that the stormwater strategy given to the Council after the development consent had been granted could not be retrospectively incorporated into the consent for the purpose of interpreting the consent conditions. In doing so, the Court reinforced the principle that, because a development consent enures for the benefit of subsequent land owners, it is of fundamental importance that people are able to determine with precision what the consent requires by reference to the text of the consent and any documents incorporated into the consent either expressly or “by necessary implication”. A document that does not come into existence until after the consent has been granted cannot be used to determine the meaning of the conditions of consent.

    The effect of the construction certificate

    The Court confirmed that the plans and specifications approved by a construction certificate prevail over the plans and specifications the subject of development consent to the extent of any inconsistency between them.

    In Bunderra’s case, the Court concluded that the construction certificates issued by the Council imposed no requirement to construct the pipe and held that these must prevail over any inconsistent provisions of the development consent plans.

    Lessons learned

    There are two key lessons to be learned from this case:

    1. A development consent must be interpreted by reference to the text of the consent itself and any documents incorporated “by necessary implication”. A document that is not in existence when a development consent is granted cannot be used to interpret the meaning of the conditions of consent.
    2. In the event of any inconsistency between development consent plans and the plans the subject of a construction certificate, the construction certificate plans will prevail to the extent of any inconsistency.

    To learn more about this case, please contact Andrew Brickhill.

    Read more
  • Employment matters: can there be a bias-free dispute?

    Employment matters: can there be a bias-free dispute?

    Bias can arise at several stages when public servants make decisions. Be wary to avoid it.

    The rule against bias has a storied history. Australian academic Simon Young recently cited the 800-year-old Magna Carta as providing a basis for the principle, which he described as having “a uniquely long pedigree in Western legal thinking”. The rule is simultaneously simple and plagued by complexity. At its essence, a decision-maker must bring a fair and open mind to any decision.

    Of course, complainants do not need to be aware of this legal history to cry bias. The law is dense, in a state of flux and can deliver harsh outcomes from time to time. It is unsurprising, then, that affected individuals often mistake a dislikeable decision for one tainted by bias. But bias does occur, and distinguishing between unsupported complaints and legitimate grievances is not always easy.

    Particularly in the employment law context, where emotions run high and personal relationships are firmly relevant, there can be a considerable risk of bias. In the public service, employment disputes typically tread a well-worn path. First, an investigator will investigate the disputed conduct. Second, a decision-maker will decide whether the allegations were substantiated and whether the wrongdoer should be sanctioned. Finally, a distressed public servant has avenues for appeal – whether internally, through industrial tribunals or in court. At all three stages, issues of bias can arise.

    Before considering each in turn, a more elaborate definition is required. The Macquarie Dictionary defines bias as “a particular tendency or inclination, especially one which prevents unprejudiced consideration of a question”. Essentially, bias occurs when a factor influences a decision where that factor has no reasonable and rational connection with the decision. If I have an irrational dislike of people with red hair, and I fire an employee because they have red hair, my decision-making would be tainted by my bias against redheads.

    But the law is concerned not just with this actual bias; it extends to what can be described as an apprehension of bias. If my dislike of red-headed people is well-known, and I sanction an employee who happens to have red hair for misconduct, there is a risk that bystanders may apprehend I was biased in my decision-making regardless of whether the sanction was in fact influenced by bias. This is because our justice system is concerned not only with justice being done, but also with justice being seen to be done.

    Investigation bias

    One of the most common complaints in employment disputes is that a workplace investigation was tainted by biased. In Francis v Patrick Stevedores Holdings, Fair Work Commission Deputy President Peter Sams found an investigation “was biased, incomplete and totally one-sided” because the investigator chose not to investigate counter-allegations of harassment. In another case, the commission found an apprehension of bias where an investigator was required to investigate his own conduct.

    However, a finding of bias in the investigation will not necessarily result in compensation for the affected employee, nor reinstatement if they have been terminated. In Dent v Halliburton AustraliaDent v Halliburton Australia, the commissioner, Susan Booth, held that an investigation did not need to be “flawless” provided the ultimate decision is reasonable. This places the focus on the final decision, rather than the investigation process, when determining possible remedies in unfair dismissal cases. That said, any finding of bias in the investigation will certainly help an employee in their attempt to overturn the decision or its consequences.

    Decision-maker bias

    After the investigation, a decision-maker typically makes a finding of fact (for example, whether the allegations were proven) and determines the appropriate sanction. Here, the decision-maker can find themselves between a rock and a hard place. If they simply adopt the investigation report without independently assessing the evidence presented, their decision may be infected by bias – as was the case in Francis. But if they take the inverse approach and disagree with the (typically independent) investigator, they may also be labelled as biased and accused of harbouring ulterior motives.

    The Fair Work Commission comes to the aid of decision-makers here, with several decisions accepting that reasonable minds can differ and therefore a decision-maker is not obliged to follow an investigator’s conclusions. The test remains whether the decision was reached reasonably and without bias.

    Judicial bias

    Finally, there are typically avenues for appeal once a decision is made. Two forms of bias are sometimes alleged against courts and industrial tribunals. The first occurs where one party has communicated with the institution without informing the other party. In CFMEU v LCR Group, a union applied for Senior Deputy President Peter Richards to recuse himself on the basis of his private emails with the other party’s legal representatives. The full bench acknowledged that unilateral communications could give rise to a reasonable apprehension of bias, but held that there was no logical connection between the procedural discussions in the email chain and Richards’ ability to bring an impartial mind to the particular case. Accordingly, the application was refused.

    Allegations of bias have also arisen (unsuccessfully) where a decision-maker has previously expressed an opinion on the legal question to arise in the case. The High Court’s comments in a 1986 case are apt: “[bias] flows from a reasonable apprehension that the judge might not decide the case impartially, rather than that [they] will decide the case adversely to a party”.

    The resounding message from both cases is that proving bias against a judicial or quasi-judicial officer is extremely difficult. This is for obvious reasons: the overwhelming majority of judges are highly professional and take their responsibility of impartiality seriously. Yet this has not stopped such allegations, even from within their own ranks. In February, Fair Work Commission Vice-President Graeme Watson sensationally resigned over his concerns that the institution was biased towards employees in unfair-dismissal cases.

    Bias is a common complaint during workplace investigations and the processes that follow. When emotions run high, it can be an allegation which is easy to hurl yet difficult to substantiate. To avoid the risk of bias grounding a successful appeal, public servants should adhere to proper processes, manage conflicts of interest and utilise independent decision-makers wherever possible.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks his colleagues Robert Allen and Kieran Pender for their help in preparing this article. First published in the Canberra Times.

    Read more
  • Are your trees safe

    Are your trees safe?

    A new State Environmental Planning Policy has changed the circumstances in which Council approval is required for the removal of trees in non-rural areas.

    The State Environmental Planning Policy (Vegetation in Non-Rural Areas) 2017 commenced on 25 August 2017. The SEPP is part of an extensive overhaul of native vegetation clearing laws in NSW and requires a Council permit to clear any vegetation below the Biodiversity Offset Scheme threshold, to which Part 3 of the SEPP applies.  The SEPP also provides for an appeal to the Land and Environment Court against a Council’s refusal to grant such a permit.

    The SEPP applies to vegetation in ‘non-rural’ areas. Non-rural areas are defined as being land in the local government areas in metropolitan Sydney and Newcastle and land within a wide range of specified ‘urban’ zones.

    However, Part 3 of the SEPP applies only to vegetation that is declared by a development control plan to be vegetation to which the SEPP applies.  Where a development control plan doesn’t contain such a declaration, urban trees in the Council’s area may be unprotected.

    There is a savings provisions in clause 26 of the SEPP. This saves the application of vegetation removal provisions in development control plans which were in force at the time the vegetation SEPP commenced.

    But there is a catch. If a Council’s development control plan did not prescribe the vegetation to be protected under the former clause 5.9 of the Standard Instrument (and this may be more common that you might think), Part 3 of the new SEPP will simply not apply.

    The Department of Planning and Environment is developing a model development control plan. However, this is not yet available.  All Councils should therefore check that their development control plan contains a list of vegetation to be protected by the SEPP.  Any existing list prepared under the former clause 5.9 of the Standard Instrument will carry over to the SEPP but, if your development control plan doesn’t contain such a list, the trees in your urban areas may be without any legal protection.  It goes without saying that, if this is the case, your development control plan should be amended urgently to include a declaration of the vegetation to which the SEPP will apply.

    For more information, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Lodging a Caveat Against an Estate Proceed with Caution

    Lodging a Caveat Against an Estate – Proceed with Caution

    In all Australian States and Territories, a person with an interest in the estate has the ability to lodge a Caveat seeking to halt proceedings in respect of a Grant of Probate. In some jurisdictions (including the Australian Capital Territory) a Caveat can even be lodged to prevent the distribution of assets in an estate (assuming the whole estate has not been distributed).

    Lodging a Caveat can be critical in giving a Caveator (the person who lodged the Caveat) time to make further enquiries to determine and ultimately establish their grounds of challenge.

    Each State and Territory has different requirements that a Caveator must be aware of. For example, in the Australian Capital Territory, a caveat may be:

    1. against a grant of probate or letters of administration for the estate;
    2. a caveat requiring proof in solemn form of the Will of the deceased person; or
    3. a caveat against the distribution of an estate.

    All jurisdictions however (in some form or another) require that a caveator have sufficient grounds in order to lodge a valid Caveat and often, “sufficient grounds” is held to be present if the Caveator has a material interest that is affected by the application to prove the last Will of the testator (Re Seymour[1934] VLR 136 and Poulos v Pellicer [2004] NSWSC 504).

    Sufficient grounds for objection might include where the Caveator has reasonable grounds to believe:

    • there is a later Will of the Deceased;
    • that the Deceased lacked testamentary capacity at the time of execution of the Will;
    • that the Deceased executed the Will under some undue influence; or
    • where the person seeking the Grant of Representation does not have the relevant capacity or is disqualified from applying for some reason.

    In the ACT, once the Caveat is prepared and lodged with the Court, it must be served as soon as practicable (but no later than 7 days from the date of filing) on the relevant person, which could be the person applying for the Grant or the Administrator or Executor seeking to distribute the estate. The Caveat will then remain in force for 6 months unless it is set aside or withdrawn.

    Lodging a Caveat against a Grant or requiring proof of the Will in Solemn Form would often mean the propounder of the Will (the person proving the Will) has the burden of proving the validity of the Will that they are seeking a Grant be issued by the Court.

    Of course the evidence necessary to successfully challenge a Will will vary in each case. For example, challenging a Will on the basis that the testator lacked testamentary capacity could require a series of affidavits from the solicitor or the person who prepared the Will, the attesting witnesses, the testator’s treating medical specialists, expert medical witnesses, people who knew the deceased – the list could go on.

    Lodging a Caveat should not be taken lightly. A Caveat which is lodged without sufficient grounds could present a cost risk to a Caveator if it is not withdrawn. In some instances, once lodged it cannot be withdrawn without the leave of the Court, potentially presenting further costs to the Caveator or the estate.

    While the registration costs of lodging a Caveat may be relatively inexpensive (actually, it does not cost anything in the ACT), the subsequent costs implications could mean that a Caveator without sufficient grounds suffers hefty penalties for prematurely acting to prevent a Grant of Probate or Letters of Administration being issued by the court.

    The key point to remember when you are considering lodging a Caveat is to be very careful, always seek legal advice as to the strengths of your case and consider the possible implications.

    If you are considering lodging a Caveat, contact us to speak to one of our specialist estates lawyers.

    Read more
  • Electronic Signatures can they be used in the ACT - REIACT Magazine

    Electronic Signatures: can they be used in the ACT?

    With the rapid advances of technology come equally rapid changes in the way we interact and communicate with one another. Where once correspondence was sent by post and negotiations were drawn out over a number of weeks or months, it is now often resolved by email in a matter of days. The acceptance or agreement of contract terms by signature used on an electronic document (electronic signatures) is no exception and will often be considered binding.

    Though the concept of electronic signatures is not new and the preference (at least amongst the legal profession) appears to remain with ‘wet ink’ signatures, the trend and popularity towards an electronic form of execution seems to be growing.

    The legal framework for the electronic signature has been in place for some time under the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 (Cth) which has been adopted generally in the Australian Capital Territory under the Electronic Transactions Act 2001 (ACT) (Act).

    Where an electronic signature is to be used, Section 9 requires that:

    1. the method of signing identifies the person and indicates that person’s intention in relation to the document being signed;
    2. the method was reliable in the circumstances; and
    3. the recipient consents to the document being signed electronically.

    Subject to the electronic signature complying with the above, the validity of the document cannot be denied on the basis it had been signed electronically.

    It should be noted however, that the requirements set out under Section 9 are intentionally non-specific and have the obvious downfall of allowing for the method of electronic signature to be legally challenged. There is further uncertainty in that the validity or reliability of the method of electronic signature will also depend upon the type of document or the circumstances in which the document is being signed. The Explanatory Memorandum to the Act states that the intention was to resolve the Act having to be revised to take into account technological changes.  

    Caution should also be taken when signing electronically as there are specific Territory laws which may prevent this method of execution. For instance, Section 219 of the Civil Law (Property Act) 2006 (ACT)
    requires that there be at least one witness to the execution of a deed. Due to the very nature of an electronic signature (there is no witness), such provisions cannot be satisfied electronically.

    First published in the REIACT newsletter, available here. Written by Benjamin Grady.

    If you would like more information about using electronic signatures within the ACT, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Free speech denied in the High Court of Australia in Bernard Gaynor case

    Opportunity missed in the High Court on the free speech of public servants

    The High Court has refused to hear an appeal from Bernard Gaynor, who was terminated from the Army Reserves for his controversial public views, leaving public servants in an invidious position. Can they be fired for expressing their political opinion? Maybe.

    Before the High Court in August, distinguished barrister Jeremy Kirk SC addressed the elephant in the room. “No doubt there are some interesting issues over the horizon here,” he said, “interesting issues about social media and members of the public service and so forth, but this is a really extreme case.”

    The extreme case was this: Army reservist Bernard Gaynor had commenced legal proceedings after having his commission terminated for publicly expressing homophobic and Islamophobic views. He won in the Federal Court on free speech grounds, but lost in the Full Federal Court. Following Kirk’s suggestion (he appeared for the Defence Force), the High Court elected not to hear the appeal.

    For all public servants, the High Court’s failure to review the case is a great pity. While those “interesting issues” linger over the horizon, the ability of APS employees to speak their mind on political matters out-of-hours remains uncertain. With the Australian Public Service Commission continuing a crackdown on social media usage by public servants, this is no mere legal nicety but a pressing issue of public importance.

    Public servants and free speech

    Public servants are equal members of the Australian community and, ordinarily, enjoy the same rights and freedoms as any other citizen. However, the government has long sought to regulate the political expression of its employees – in 1902 a regulation was passed forbidding public servants from making any political comment. While the law has long since changed, the APS Code of Conduct is still regularly invoked against public servants who express disagreement with prevailing policy.

    The real difficulty in this context is striking the right balance. Few would argue that public servants have an unrestrained right to criticise government policy. In the GaynorHigh Court hearing, judge Patrick Keane posed a hypothetical: “If a minister of the Crown … were to make comments disparaging of the government policy and the Governor-General, on the advice of the Prime Minister, were to terminate the commission”, would that be unconstitutional?

    The answer is obviously no, and similarly a department head could hardly use the constitution as a shield against dismissal for publicly criticising his or her minister. But when a departmental receptionist expresses their views at home and out-of-hours, the pertinent considerations are entirely different. In Gaynor, the appellant was not in uniform, not on duty and not an active member of the Reserves.

    Read More.

    John Wilson is managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love and acted for the public servant plaintiff in Bennett. He acknowledges the assistance of his colleague Kieran Pender in the preparation of this article. For more information about this case, please contact us.

    Article first published in the Mandarin.

    Read more
  • Workplace Privacy Candid Camera Covert Surveillance

    Candid Camera: Covert Surveillance in the Workplace

    If covert surveillance is used in a workplace, employers had better be sure it’s done with the agreement of staff.

    It is not uncommon for organisations to keep an eye on their employees via video cameras or internet monitoring. But beware the legal pitfalls.  The vexing topic of covert surveillance recently reared its ugly head in the Fair Work Commission. Nursing home provider Bupa had commenced an investigation into an employee after a colleague secretly recorded footage allegedly showing misconduct. Bupa claimed that Shahin Tavassoli had laughed during a conversation about the death of a resident and ignored residents’ calls for assistance. The latter is a serious breach of Bupa’s duty of care.

    These allegations were put to Tavassoli who immediately resigned. Two days later, she sought to rescind her resignation, but Bupa refused. Tavassoli then commenced unfair dismissal proceedings, arguing that she had been constructively dismissed. The Fair Work Commission recently found in her favour, ordering that Tavassoli be reinstated. The decision raises three important issues, which we will consider in turn.

    Procedural fairness

    Firstly, commissioner Bernie Riordan found that Bupa’s approach to the alleged misconduct was lacking in procedural fairness. The allegations were first put to Tavassoli orally and she was not given a copy of relevant written correspondence. Nor was the video recording, the only evidence for the alleged misconduct, shown to Tavassoli. Even several months after she had commenced unfair dismissal proceedings, Bupa had still not disclosed either.

    This, the commissioner held, fell considerably short of the standards required. “I struggle to see how the principles of procedural fairness can be satisfied,” the judgment reads.

    “Employees have a right to know the case that they have to answer. Bupa had an obligation to show Tavassoli the video footage, particularly when it forms the sole foundation of the allegations. Simply making generalised accusations when specific information was available is a form of entrapment. The decision to terminate an employee should not be based on a memory test but rather the employee’s considered response to specific accusations.”

    This passage is highly instructive. Employers must put particularised allegations to employees: “you were rude to clients” should be “on 1 October, you were disrespectful to John Smith by…”. When the employer has evidence to substantiate these claims – email logs, video footage, witness statements – they must also be provided to the employee (redacting names to protect privacy, where necessary). Anything less, and an organisation may fail to satisfy the Fair Work Act’s procedural fairness requirements.

    Read More…

    First published HR Monthly. Written by John Wilson, Managing Legal Director, and Kieran Pender, Law Clerk.

    If you have any questions about surveillance in the workplace, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Has the clock really stopped time?

    Planning Law Update: Has the clock really stopped?

    In certain circumstances, a request for additional information will ‘stop the clock’: that is, the time for lodging an appeal ceases to run until either the information is provided within the time specified by the Council or the applicant tells the Council that it doesn’t intend to provide the information.

    However, failing to provide the information within the time specified by the Council may not result in the clock restarting.

    In a decision handed down earlier this week, the Land and Environment Court held that a Council’s actions following the end of the period within which the additional information was required to be provided effectively amounted to an extension of time for the provision of the information: Corbett Constructions P/L v Wollondilly Shire Council [2017] NSWLEC 135 (9 October 2017).

    In that case the Council had requested a substantial amount of additional information in relation to a development application for a large medium-density residential development.  The additional information included a residential flat building architectural design verification; a new BASIX statement; a ‘phase 1’ contaminated site assessment; a flood impact assessment and various other pieces of information.  The request for information was made 10 days after the DA was lodged and therefore complied with the requirement that such requests be made within 25 days from the date of lodgement of the DA: reg 109(2). The request required that this information be made available within 28 days and indicated that if the information was not received, the application may be determined on the basis of the current information.

    The deadline for the provision of the additional information passed, and sometime later, an exchange of emails took place between the applicant and the Council in which the applicant indicated that the additional information would be provided “in the coming weeks”.  This was followed by a letter from the Council noting that the requested information had not been provided and warning that if the information was not provided within the following 7 days, it would be assumed that the applicant wished to have the DA determined on the information previously submitted. When the additional information had still not been provided, the assessing officer emailed the applicant noting that “I have previously provided until 18 October for the provision of the outstanding information” and indicating that if the information was not provided by the end of the week, the assessment report would be prepared without it.  The requested information was provided that day.

    When the DA remained undetermined some months later, the applicant lodged an appeal to the Land and Environment Court against the “deemed refusal” of the application.  The Council applied to strike out the appeal on the basis that the appeal was required to be commenced within 6 months from the date on which the application was deemed to be refused (ss. 82 and 97(1)(b)), and that this period had already expired.

    The issue for the Court was whether the Council’s request for additional information had stopped the clock only for the 28 day period specified in the Council’s letter requesting the information, or until the ultimate deadline nominated in the assessment officer’s email of 18 October.  The appeal was only within time if the clock had been stopped until 18 October.

    The Council argued that, because there had been no information provided in answer to the Council’s letter within the 28 day period specified, time began to run again once the 28 day period had expired.  This meant that the appeal had commenced more than 6 months after the date on which it was deemed to have been refused.

    The Applicant referred to the requirement in reg 54(2)(b) that the request for additional information specify a reasonable period for the provision of the additional information and argued that the 28 day period specified by the Council was, having regard to the nature of the additional information requested, unreasonable.  In fact, the Applicant described the task of providing the information to the Council in the specified timeframe as so onerous that it was “mission impossible”.  In any event, the Applicant argued that the Council had extended the time for the provision of the information, and the information had been provided prior to the expiration of the extended deadline.

    As indicated above, the Court accepted the Applicant’s argument that the Council had in fact extended the time for the provision of the additional information, the information was provided within that extended period and the clock had been stopped until that time.  In coming to this conclusion the Court found that a consent authority was not restricted to allowing a further period of time for the provision of additional information only before the expiry of any period specified in the request for further information.  Rather, it is open to the consent authority, after the expiry of that period, to re-assess the situation and provide the applicant with further time to provide the information requested.

    These findings meant that it was unnecessary for the Court to determine whether the initial 28 day period specified by the Council was reasonable in the circumstances of the development application.  Nevertheless the Court went on the make some useful comments on what the requirement for the specification of a reasonable period entails.  Those comments may be summarised as follows:

    1. The inclusion of the word “reasonable” in reg 54(1)(b) is intended to ensure that consent authorities prescribe reasonable periods within which responses are to be prepared and provided when additional information is requested.
    2. The provision of additional information will often require careful, and sometimes time consuming, preparation.
    3. To be “reasonable”, logic demands that the period specified is sufficiently workable or feasible so as to provide enough time for the information to be assembled and then provided to the consent authority.
    4. What period of time will be “reasonable” will depend on the nature of the proposed development and the varying sophistication or complexity of the analysis required to provide the further information sought.
    5. It follows that a pro forma specification of a specified period within which information must be provided will often be inappropriate.
    6. Consent authorities should carefully tailor their requests under reg 54 after making their own assessment of what time would be necessary, and therefore reasonable, to enable an applicant to respond appropriately.

    For more information about this decision, please contact us.

    Read more
  • ACT’s First Wills Rectification Case - In the Estate of Rummer

    The ACT Supreme Court has recently delivered judgement in a case involving Section 12A (Rectification) of the Wills Act 1968. This was the first time Section 12A was considered by the ACT Supreme Court, so pracititioners have finally been provided with judicial guidance on the application of the rectification provisions in the Wills Act.

    The case involved a Will executed by Mr Rummer on 20 August 2015. Mr Rummer’s Will made provision for his half-sister, a close friend and gave the residue of his estate to his friend Judith, who was also the defendant in the proceedings.

    Mr Rummer subsequently dictated some amendments to his 2015 Will to his nominated executor, who was the Plaintiff in the proceedings, while the executor was at his bedside. Handwritten amendments were made to the 2015 Will which were signed by Mr Rummer in the presence of a registered nurse. The handwritten amendments constituted a Codicil to the 2015 Will.

    Among the changes were the following:

    • The deletion of the gift to Mr Rummer’s close friend (Roy);
    • An amendment to give “most of the rest and residue” of his estate to the defendant; and
    • Inserting the words after the gift of the residue to the Defendant of “amounts as directed to my Executor to my friends Pat … and Peter…”

    Sadly, Mr Rummer died on the same day he signed the “Codicil”.

    The Plaintiff sought rectification of Codicil seeking an order that the residue clause be amended to replace the words “most of the rest and residue” with “one-half of the rest and residue”. Based on conversations that the Plaintiff had with Mr Rummer, the Plaintiff’s position was that Mr Rummer meant to give the Defendant only one-half of the residue of his estate and that the other half was meant to be divided between friends Pat and Peter.

    The task before the Court was to consider the proper construction of the following words, and to consider the application for rectification by the Plaintiff:

    • “Most of the rest and residue” and
    • “amounts as directed to my executor”.

    The Judgement 

    The Court ultimately held that:

    • notwithstanding the insertion of the words “most of the rest and residue” the testator did not intend the defendant to only receive one-half of the residue. Rather, the testator intended that the defendant should receive the rest and residue of the estate in full after payment of two monetary gifts to Pat and Peter of $35,000 each; and
    • The Court also found that the gift to Pat and Peter of “amounts as directed” failed for uncertainty, however, the testator’s intention was that Pat and Peter at least receive some money and that having regard to the submissions by the parties, the testator probable intention was that Pat and Peter receive an amount of $35,000 each.

    “Most of the rest and residue”

    With regard to the words “most of the rest and residue”, the Court stated the following:

    “I reject the plaintiff’s submission that the word ‘most’ should be construed to mean ‘half’, for a number of reasons.

    First, the express words of the Codicil dictated by the testator are ‘most’ of the residue. The ordinary meaning of that word is ‘in the greatest quantity, amount, measure, degree, or number’ (Macquarie Dictionary, 7th ed). It denotes a quantity greater than ‘more’. The plain meaning of the word is not ‘half’.

    The word ‘most’, in my view, reflects the non-legal thinking of a dying man that he needed to replace the word ‘ALL’ in the Will (that had been drafted by a solicitor) with a different word, as he was now allocating some of the money that would previously have formed part of the residue to two other people”

    “Amounts as directed to my Executor”

    With regard to the words “amounts as directed to my executor to my friends Pat….and Peter”, the Court’s reasoning was interesting.

    The Court disagreed with comments in Charles Rowlands publication “The Construction or Rectification of Wills” which state that It would not be enough that the testator’s actual or probable intentions are known exclusively from external sources”.

    The Court disagreed with the above comment, indeed drawing from external sources and saying that “had the testator known the lack of stipulation of an amount or a mechanism for calculation of an amount would have the effect of the gifts to his two friends failing for uncertainty, he would have stated a sum for each”.

    In determining the amount to award each of Pat and Peter, the Court had regard to a range of factors and principles, including the “armchair principle” rule of construction.

    This case sets the precedent for cases involving section 12A in the ACT and sheds light on the legislative of“probable intention”. It is a well written and seemingly well-reasoned judgement highlighting key principles of construction and rectification of Wills.

    If you are involved in a will dispute, or have any questions about rectification provisions, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Does Comcare allow the Commonwealth to discriminate with impunity

    Does Comcare allow the Commonwealth to discriminate with impunity?

    A legislative ambiguity may be wrongly crimping public servants’ discrimination claims.

    Before the Safety, Rehabilitation and Compensation Act (the “Comcare Act”) commenced, if a federal public servant was injured at work, they could either file a general workers’ compensation claim or sue the Commonwealth in negligence. To succeed with the latter, the employee needed to establish fault on the part of the Australian Public Service, which made proceedings invariably costly and inefficient.

    To address this mischief, Parliament passed the Comcare Act in 1988, which extinguished the right to sue the Commonwealth in negligence and replaced it with a more generous workers’ compensation scheme administered by a government authority.

    his substitution of rights is enshrined in section 44 of the act, which relevantly reads: “an action or other proceeding for damages does not lie against the Commonwealth in respect of an injury sustained by an employee in the course of their employment”. In effect, it precludes a public servant from suing the Commonwealth following a workplace injury and, in return, they receive the right to ample compensation granted by the remainder of the act. However, the section’s wording does not restrict its application to negligence claims alone, but rather any action for damages “in respect of an injury”.

    This brings us to the four federal discrimination acts (the Racial Discrimination Act, Sex Discrimination Act, Disability Discrimination Act and Age Discrimination Act), which are intended to eliminate discrimination against vulnerable members of society. They expressly apply to the Commonwealth as an employer.

    Under these discrimination acts, an aggrieved public servant can sue the Commonwealth for unlawful discrimination and, if they succeed, the court can make “any order it thinks fit”, which would generally include damages. There are two broad heads of damages: compensation for economic loss (such as lost wages) and compensation for non-economic loss, known as “general damages”. The latter takes the form of a sum of money the court determines would adequately compensate for the hurt, humiliation, distress and loss of enjoyment of life caused by the person’s experience of unlawful discrimination.

    In the landmark 2014 decision of Richardson v Oracle, the full Federal Court flexed its muscle by substantially increasing the general damages that could be awarded under the discrimination acts. Rebecca Richardson had been sexually harassed by a colleague, causing her to develop anxiety and depression. At first instance, Richardson was awarded just $18,000 in general damages; on appeal, the full Federal Court increased this to $100,000. Richardson was hailed as the start of a new era, giving teeth to discrimination law.

    However, if she had worked for the Commonwealth, the outcome of her claim might have been different: her employer might have claimed that section 44 of the Comcare Act precluded her from maintaining an action against it “in respect of an injury sustained by her in the course of her employment”.

    I have seen firsthand the Commonwealth raise this defence on several recent occasions, and it is unknown how many other claims it has sought to quash on this basis. Without a court decision or legislative clarification, the Commonwealth can continue to raise section 44 to rebuff claims of unlawful discrimination that result in injury, and for which it would otherwise be liable. This persisting uncertainty compromises public servants’ bargaining position.

    It would, in my opinion, be absurd for the Comcare Act to override the discrimination acts in this way, because it would mean public servants could only sue for unlawful discrimination if it either caused them permanent impairment (for which the Comcare Act provides an exception to section 44), or no injury at all – but not for anything in between. One can easily imagine some obscene outcomes if this interpretation was applied in practice: for instance, a public servant is raped at work by their boss and suffers a psychological injury because of it, but because they are not permanently impaired, they are precluded from recovering any compensation from the Commonwealth for their pain and suffering, despite the Commonwealth’s clear liability otherwise.

    My view is that the section 44 defence should fail, because a claim brought under the discrimination acts is a claim brought in respect of unlawful discrimination, not “in respect of injury”. The claim would be a complete cause of action whether the claimant had been harmed by way of injury or not. The injury is not the focus or subject of the claim. The claim is not one in respect of injury.

    This conclusion is supported by the Comcare Act’s second reading speech, which says section 44 was specifically directed towards common law negligence claims, and several High Court decisions to the effect that an implied repeal of another statute, particularly one that confers an individual right, requires “very strong grounds” and “clear words”, neither of which are found in the Comcare Act.

    Until the matter is resolved, the Commonwealth may unlawfully discriminate against any one of its roughly 250,000 employees, and then raise section 44 in its own defence to settle claims for much less than what they are worth. There is also a real question, in my opinion, whether reliance on such a defence is consistent with the Commonwealth’s model-litigant guidelines. Accordingly, I implore government lawyers to think carefully before arguing this defence in the future.

    Unless Parliament acts or the Commonwealth’s lawyers desist from this tactic, it will be left to a brave victim to run the matter to a court hearing and have the issue decided. But when there is a significant risk of having to pay tens of thousands of dollars to cover the Commonwealth’s costs if unsuccessful, most victims would prefer to simply settle for a much smaller sum and put the traumatic matter to rest. Who could blame them.

    First published in the Canberra Times.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks his colleagues Ian Brettell and Kieran Pender, and barrister James Macken of Henry Parkes Chambers, for their help in preparing this article.

    Read more
  • Sweatworking-2017

    Sweatworking 2017

    Sweatworking – BAL’s Corporate Physical Challenge Event

    On September 21, teams from Canberra businesses came together for an evening of Sweatworking to raise money with each team registering with a minimum $250 donation to Communities@Work.

    The sixth annual Sweatworking® event saw 22 teams of 4, rotate through 10 stations completing a variety of exercises including the gruelling burpee and jump!

    Thank you to everyone for participating in our Sweatworking event last night. We cannot thank everyone enough for the donations that totalled $6,500!  We were very proud to hand over the cheque to Communities@Work.

    After the first round was completed, there was a quick break for a sausage sizzle and some networking, before the finals began. The teams that made it to the finals were

    1. Don’t Stop BALieving
    2. Netier Red
    3. Deloitte Sweat Warriors
    4. Much Fit.

    Special thank you to:

    • Tina Barac and her team from Ignite Nutrition for organising the circuit program and motivating everyone through the challenge
    • Our Charity Partner, Communities@Work for cooking the BBQ on the night
    • BAL Staff for scoring
    • AIS for an amazing venue

    Sweatworking® is an annual networking event organised by Bradley Allen Love Lawyers which pits teams from a variety of Canberra organisations against each other in a physical challenge.

    Bradley Allen Love hold the annual Sweatworking® challenge to facilitate being able to network and staying active at the same time.

    Managing Legal Director, John Wilson was very proud to present Communtiies@Work with a cheque for $6,500.  “It is really great to see all these Canberra teams come out to support Communities@Work” said John.

    Bradley Allen Love are excited about the partnership with Communities@Work, raising funds to assist them in the vital role they play in our community.

    Sweatworking cheque

    The list of organisations that participated in Sweatworking®2017 and donated are;

    • Netier
    • Addvantage Financial Freedom
    • Much More Than Money
    • RSM
    • Global School Partners
    • Colliers International
    • Xact Project Consulting
    • SPA Accounting
    • Nexia Canberra
    • LJ Hooker
    • Ernst & Young
    • Deloitte
    • Communities@Work

    OUR 2017 CHARITY PARTNER – Communities@Work


    Communities@Work is a broad-based social enterprise serving the community in the ACT and wider capital region.  Offering choice and flexibility across numerous centres and sites, we are a leading provider of children’s services. We are a Registered Training Organisation (RTO 88148) offering qualifications and professional development in early education and care.  Our surplus for purpose philosophy enables us to provide valuable community support services to seniors, people with a disability and the most vulnerable and disadvantaged members of our community.  With a rich heritage spanning 40 years, we truly understand the needs of our local community. We balance sound business acumen with empathy for those in need and adopt a client-centered approach to the delivery of services:While some community services are provided on a fee-for-service basis or funded through government contracts, our charitable programs rely on strong corporate, philanthropic and community support. We are endorsed to receive tax deductible donations.

    Read more
  • Free speech denied in the High Court of Australia in Bernard Gaynor case

    Bernard Gaynor case - Free speech denied in the High Court of Australia

    Last month, Australia’s highest court refused to hear an appeal brought by conservative activist Bernard Gaynor. The reservist had his commission with the army terminated in 2013 for provocative public comments, and has since been engaged in a legal battle with the Australian Defence Force. Gaynor won in the Federal Court, lost in the Full Federal Court, and with the High Court declining special leave to appeal, the one-time Senate candidate’s litigious crusade is now over.

    Some might view this latest development in a positive light – Gaynor’s political views are deeply offensive to certain sectors of society. Prior to his termination, he tweeted: “I wouldn’t let a gay person teach my children and I am not afraid to say it”; published a press release on “Defence’s gender-bending preoccupation” and issued another entitled “Government and Defence blinded on Islam”. More recently, Gaynor lobbied to remove an ADF imam and campaigned against halal certification. His comments often evoke One Nation senator Pauline Hanson, whose position on immigration he has endorsed.

    But the High Court’s refusal to even consider an appeal from Gaynor should be deeply troubling, regardless of your political persuasion. The Full Federal Court finding that the ADF did not impermissibly encroach on Gaynor’s constitutionally protected free speech has broader ramifications. They may be well-worn to the point of cliché, but the words of English writer Evelyn Beatrice Hall are apt. “I disapprove of what you say,” she mused in 1906, “but I will defend to the death your right to say it.”

    To elucidate the nuances of this topic, several preliminary observations are necessary. Firstly, Australians do not enjoy an American-style constitutional right to free speech; we have no First Amendment. But 25 years ago, the High Court “discovered” in the Constitution an implied protection for political communication. This, the judges argued, was a necessary implication from the system of representative government established by our founding document.

    Yet such judicial activism created a shield, not a sword. The implied freedom has been consistently conceptualised as a limitation on legislative power, rather than an individually enforceable right. It was on this ground that the Full Federal Court accepted the ADF’s appeal: an error from the primary judge supposedly “led his Honour to look at [Gaynor’s] constitutional argument through an incorrect prism”.

    Finally, that political communication may be deeply offensive does not lessen the protection it is afforded. “History,” a High Court judge once wrote, “teaches that abuse and invective are an inevitable part of political discourse.”

    With these points in mind, the High Court’s disinclination to involve itself in the Gaynor case becomes all the more problematic. The comments that led to Gaynor’s termination were made while he “was not on duty, not in uniform and not doing anything connected with the ADF except criticising it and certain of its members”.

    Similarities with the public sector employment context are striking. Earlier this month the Australian Public Service Commission published new guidance on social media use by public servants, continuing its attempt to limit the participation of government employees in political debate. The Full Federal Court’s decision against Gaynor buttresses these efforts.

    In both contexts, the government is prosecuting legitimate objectives. The ADF is implementing a long-overdue process of cultural change within the Australian military, reform to which Gaynor was stridently opposed; the effectiveness of public servants depends on them acting impartially, and the APSC’s guidance is aimed at protecting that impartiality. But the dangers of silencing dissenting voices, when expressed as private opinion, are self-evident in a democratic society. Striking the right balance may not be easy, but it is certainly a task within the High Court’s remit.

    The drawbacks with the status quo are demonstrated through a simple counterfactual: what if Gaynor had instead vocally praised the ADF’s approach? He would still be an army reservist. Indeed, this is what the APSC wants of public servants – its guidance stressed “this doesn’t stop you making a positive comment on social media about your agency.” But the contest of ideas – the Miltonian concept underlying much of the philosophical grounding for free speech – becomes moot if only one side can speak. Such “content-based” restrictions on expression should be subject to exacting scrutiny.

    Whether we agree with their views or not, every member of Australian society should be able to engage in political debate without fear of retribution by the state. That includes public servants and those enlisted in the armed forces. In refusing to hear Gaynor’s appeal, the High Court has missed a significant opportunity to protect freedom of expression in this country. Our democracy is poorer for this omission.

    The last word should go to the first instance judge in this lengthy saga, Justice Robert Buchanan. ”[Gaynor’s] commission was terminated,” Buchanan concluded, “because of the publication of his private views about political matters.” Last month, the High Court failed to appreciate the deeply troubling implications of that fact.

    Written by John Wilson, managing legal director of Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and Kieran Pender, law clerk.

    Read more
  • Government hypocrisy on display again in the Fair Work Commission

    Government hypocrisy on display again in the Fair Work Commission

    A recent judgment has tipped the scales even further to the government’s advantage against public servants.

    The federal government, it has been said in the litigation context, is a “behemoth”. Public servants who take on the might of the bureaucracy in employment disputes have always faced an uphill battle. The government has practically unlimited resources and its pick of legal talent; employees often have neither. However, in the past this stark inequality was partially alleviated by a requirement in the Fair Work Act that parties must seek permission before they can be represented by lawyers.

    Following Gibbens v Commonwealth of Australia, public servants no longer have even this minor protection. In July, the Fair Work Commission rejected an appeal against a decision which gave lawyers at the Australian Government Solicitor the right to appear for the government without permission.

    The relevant legislation provides an automatic right of appearance for lawyers who are employees of a party. But, so appellant Gregory Gibbens argued, lawyers of the AGS hold a distinct role: the AGS is a government legal practice that works across departments, whereas the exception is aimed at in-house lawyers. The Full Bench disagreed: “AGS lawyers are … employees of the respondent (that is, the Commonwealth) engaged by the Secretary of the Attorney-General’s department to work in that department.” Accordingly, post-Gibbens, the AGS can appear without leave before the Fair Work Commission, while public servants require permission to have legal representation.

    While the legislative interpretation in Gibbens may be correct on a strictly textual view, it is entirely contrary to the Fair Work Act’s policy intention. The explanatory memorandum stated that the commission would “move away from formal, adversarial processes … There will also be a higher bar set for representation.” Tellingly, it continued: “Permission for representation will only be granted to parties (including the minister) where it would enable the matter to be dealt with more efficiently or fairly” (emphasis added).

    Moreover, the Gibbens precedent, which the government has since relied upon in other matters, contradicts the position departments have taken in other contexts. In a 2004 High Court case, the Department of Immigration argued that the AGS was not “the Commonwealth” for the purposes of recovering legal fees. Justice William Gummow agreed. While that judgment was made when the AGS was a Commonwealth authority, and it has since been subsumed within the Attorney General’s department, this is seemingly a distinction without a difference.

    The government’s approach to this issue continues a trend of self-serving inconsistency – some might even say hypocrisy – when it comes to workplace relations. Two other examples are instructive.

    Judges have long adopted the view that the federal government and its myriad departments form one legal entity. The High Court held in 1920 that “the Crown”, or the executive branch, “is one and indivisible”. The bench continued: “Elementary as that statement appears, it is essential to recall it, because its truth and its force have been overlooked.”

    In all but name, the government often engages in pattern bargaining during the enterprise bargaining process – seeking common terms for distinct enterprise agreements across multiple agencies – which is illegal under the Fair Work Act. This is permissible, they say, because the departments are not distinct employers but all part of the Commonwealth of Australia.

    But when a dismissed public servant pursues reinstatement in the Fair Work Commission, agencies invariably resist on the grounds that doing so would be disruptive to the workplace. If the Commonwealth is just one legal entity, why can’t the unfairly dismissed public servant be reinstated to another department? This issue has arisen in the Fair Work Commission on occasion, and there are no prizes for guessing the position adopted by the Commonwealth when the shoe is on the other foot.

    Former Canberra-based Fair Work Commissioner Barbara Deegan was frank about this contradiction in an interview with Workplace Reviewfollowing her retirement. “The bargaining framework does sit uncomfortably with the prohibition on pattern bargaining. Of course in a formal sense there is no inconsistency. The bargaining framework only applies to a single employer – the Commonwealth of Australia. But then in other contexts, when it is suggested that the Commonwealth is a single employer, the response is that under the Public Service Act each agency head is a separate employer or exercises all the powers of an employer. So there is a very good argument that the Commonwealth can’t have it both ways”.

    Another area of inconsistency involves the APS’ reach into the private lives of public servant. I have written repeatedly about the government’s overreach in this field, and controversy was sparked again last month when the Australian Public Service Commission sought to regulate public servants’ “liking” of Facebook posts.

    This expansive interpretation of the Code of Conduct’s scope was highlighted by one passage. The APSC instructed: “Your capacity to affect the reputation of your agency and the APS does not stop when you leave the office. The comments you make after hours can make people question your ability to be impartial, respectful and professional when you are at work. APS employees are required by law to uphold the APS Values at all times.” Political opinion is not the only area where the APS has sought to intrude into the private lives of employees.

    Yet when an employee injures themselves outside of the office (but still in a workplace context), the APS has sought to resile from its workers’ compensation obligations. Comcare famously fought all the way to the High Court (and won) in a case involving a public servant injured having sex while away from home on work travel. The comparison between Comcare v PVYW and free speech cases may be crude, but the point nevertheless remains: the government argues for an expansive definition of what falls within the scope of employment when it suits them, and a restrictive definition when it does not.

    Although so much might be expected from a private litigant, Australians are entitled to hold the Commonwealth to a higher standard. Indeed the Model Litigant Guidelines require the government to act “consistently in the handling of claims and litigation”. While it is not obliged to “fight with one hand behind its back in proceedings“, it should certainly not – to use Deegan’s language – be able to have it both ways.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender and James Macken for their help in preparing this article.

    First published in the Canberra Times.

    Read more
  • Loan Agreement - a Useful Tool for Asset Protection

    Loan Agreement - a Useful Tool for Asset Protection

    A properly documented loan agreement can be an effective tool to preserve family wealth.

    It is fairly common to find loans between family members and family entities, sometimes for very substantial sums of money. Often the terms of loans between family members are undocumented which can result in complications including complications arising as a result of the following:

    1) The terms of the advance being uncertain

    Funds advanced to family members that are not documented are uncertain. Questions that may arise with undocumented loans include.

    • What are the terms of repayment;
    • When are the funds repayable;
    • Is there any interest payable.

    2) Loans being construed as a gift to the recipient

    Undocumented loans can be construed as gifts to the recipient (particularly when it comes to family members, there exists a rebuttable presumption that funds advanced constitute a gift). Funds which are construed as gifts could mean they are vulnerable to attack in the event of a relationship breakdown or insolvency.

    It should be noted also that if the advance is construed as a gift that the executors do not have an inherent power to reduce a beneficiary’s share of an estate by the amount advanced.

    3) Loans being construed as one that is payable on demand

    Undocumented loans can be construed as being payable on demand.

    Loans that are payable on demand mean (i.e. continuously recoverable at all times) mean that the cause of action arise when the money is advanced. In other words, the time for recovery for the purposes of limitations law is from the time the loan is made, not from the time the demand is made. As a result, if a loan was made more than 6 years ago (the limitation period), it may be irrecoverable.

    Loan Agreement

    A properly documented Loan Agreement can prevent these complications from arising by:

    • Ensuring that the terms of the loan are made certain between the parties
    • Ensuring that there is no doubt that the advance of funds are construed as a loan and not a gift to the recipient. This will mean that the funds do not form part of the matrimonial property for the purposes of the Family Law Act, and are not within grasp of the trustee in bankruptcy or creditors and
    • That the cause of action for recovery of the debt does not expire prematurely.

    Terms of a Properly Documented Loan Agreement

    It is not enough that there is a document in place between the parties that is signed and dated. The more the loan is presented at arm’s length, the more it is likely to be construed as a “loan”. In other words, your loan agreement should aim to contain the following terms:

    • The amount of the loan;
    • Interest rates, if any;
    • The term of the loan.
    • How the loan is to be repaid (lump sum, instalments);
    • Method of repayment (cash, direct credit, bank cheque);
    • Security for the lender if required.

    A properly documented Loan Agreement is also a useful tool to incorporate as part of a succession plan when trying to maintain equality amongst beneficiaries. To discuss adding a loan agreement to your will, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Australia by Design - Mark Love - Kim Harvey School of Dance

    Australia by Design - ACT

    Australia by Design is an architectural show that showcases the top 10 architectural statements for the year in each state and territory in Australia.

    The show is hosted by Tim Horton, a renowned Australia Architect.

    Mark Love was chosen as a guest panelist, and had the pleasure of reviewing the Kim Harvey School of Dance by Clarke Keller Architects. This particular building also won the Art in Architecture Award at the 2016 Australian Capital Territory (ACT) Architecture Awards. The episode is available to watch below.

    Australia by Design – Episode 4

    The other episodes are available to watch here.

    Read more
  • Costs, compromise, Calderbanks

    Costs, compromise, and Calderbanks: Recent developments

    “The issue of costs is central to essentially all forms of legal practice.” — GE Dal Pont.

    It is a common (though perhaps dangerous) assumption that a successful party to litigation will obtain an order that the unsuccessful party pay their costs on a party/party basis.

    This is traditionally known as ‘costs following the event’, with the ‘party/ party’ component of a costs order usually amounting to about 70 per cent of the cost a party has actually incurred.

    However, the ACT Court of Appeal’s recent decision in Cooper v Singh provides a useful reminder that the awarding of costs is an entirely discretionary power that courts may exercise as they see fit.

    It follows that the expectations of a party (and their counsel) as cost may not align with the court’s view as to how its discretion should be exercised.

    Singh also highlights the complex relationship between Calderbank offers and Offers of Compromise, the latter a device created by the Court Procedure Rules 2006 (ACT) (“the Court Rules”).


    In Singh, the plaintiff was injured in a motor vehicle accident leading to myriad personal injuries. Prior to the matter being heard, the defendants made an offer to settle the case for $540,000 plus costs. The offer was stated to be pursuant to the principle in Calderbank v Calderbank. The effect of the Calderbank nature of the offer was that, should it not be accepted and the plaintiff fail to obtain an outcome better than $540,000, the defendants could seek an order that the plaintiff pay their costs on an indemnity basis from the date of the offer.

    Through this regime, while a plaintiff may enjoy some success in obtaining a judgment, if a defendant can demonstrate that costs were unreasonably incurred because of a plaintiff’s rejection of an offer which would have seen him or her better off overall, a Calderbank may provide costs protection for the defendant. At first instance in Singh, the plaintiff succeeded at hearing but only for $311,603 — a sum considerably less than the defendants’ Calderbank offer.

    With the offer having been made shortly before the commencement of the hearing, the defendants sought an order that their costs, essentially those of the hearing days, be paid by the plaintiff on a full indemnity basis.

    Read More.

    First published in Ethos.

    Read more
  • False Positive Employment Reference

    A false positive: employment reference checking

    The humble employment reference is an indispensable part of recruitment, but HR managers should be aware of risks.

    While the vast majority of employers take the provision of references seriously and provide fair and beneficial documents, a misleading or erroneous reference can be costly. A candidate may require
    more training than their reference suggests, or may be entirely unsuited for the position. A derogatory reference, meanwhile, can considerably harm an individual’s job prospects.
    Given the vulnerability of workers and prospective employers to inaccurate references, it is perhaps surprising that employers have few legal obligations to provide honest references.

    Duty to give a reference?

    If an employer is reluctant to provide a positive reference, they may be tempted to not provide one at all. Sometimes this will be the best option: the employer does not openly criticise a former employee, the worker is not burdened by a poor report and prospective employers are free to draw their own inferences.

    However, there are limited instances where employers may be obliged to provide a reference. In Australia, there is some judicial support for the implication of a contractual term compelling employers to provide references. If it is usual practice in an industry to provide them, and the worker is unlikely to find work without one, the courts might imply such a term. This will, however, be highly context-specific and there is certainly no blanket legal duty on employers to give references.

    Defamation and negligence

    Once a reference is given, employers may be liable under defamation law if it is inaccurate and damaging. An aggrieved worker might seek damages, or injunct the employer from making further defamatory statements. Employers can avoid liability by being honest and fair in their assessment of the worker, and only making negative statements supported by objective evidence. Provided the negative reference was not given for reasons of malice, the doctrine of qualified privilege will provide a strong defence to defamation lawsuits.

    While a prospective employer has no protection under defamation law for damagecaused to them by a false-positive reference, they may be able to sue for negligence. Employers might owe a duty of care to anyone who is likely to suffer damage as a consequence of (both negative and positive) misstatements in an employment reference, which would encompass the worker and possible future employers. This is certainly the legal position in Britain where one case saw an ex-employee successfully sue a company for negligence following the provision of a damagingly inaccurate reference.
    The legal position is unsettled in Australia – although some courts have endorsed the British approach, differences in underlying law means the question remains open. Until then, employers would be well-advised to ensure they are fair, honest and take reasonable care when providing employment references.

    Disagreeable agreement

    It is not uncommon for an employer and employee to agree upon a reference if the employment relationship breaks down and the employee exits by way of a settlement deed. These references are typically positive or neutral, and might not reflect the employer’s true sentiment. If Australian courts do establish a duty to provide accurate references, employers could be in breach of that duty by giving a false-positive, albeit agreed, reference.

    It is difficult to reconcile these competing concerns, and while the law remains unsettled, employers are in an uncomfortable position. As it is far harder to attach liability for omissions than positive statements, where possible, employers should only include objectively verifiable statements in an agreed reference.

    While several legal risks arise when organisations give employment references, they can be mostly mitigated through common sense. Provide accurate information, do not defame former employees and keep any negative comments to oral communication. If these precautions are followed, references need not be a risky business.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. 

    First published in HR Monthly.

    Read more
  • Dirty washing on the line: Nasty employment disputes can generate bad publicity. How can HR help protect the organisation?

    Dirty washing on the line: Nasty employment disputes

    Nasty employment disputes can generate bad publicity. How can HR help protect the organisation?

    Newspaper readers love scandal, and employment disputes can be particularly scandalous. As the widely-publicised litigation between Channel Seven and Amber Harrison demonstrates, the airing of workplace grievances in open court can be damaging to all. Unfortunately for media-shy employers, the principle of open justice – that litigation must be open to the public – is an essential feature of the Australian judicial system.

    Gagging orders

    There are exceptions to the open justice principle. Most courts and tribunals have power to issue suppression, anonymity and pseudonym orders. For example, the Fair Work Commission can ‘de-identify’ (or hide the identity of) parties, order closed hearings, restrict attendance and prohibit the publication of evidence. These orders can be granted where the Commission is “satisfied that it is desirable to do so because of the confidential nature of any evidence” or “for any other reason”. The Federal Court and state courts have similar powers.

    Yet despite the scope of its powers, the Commission (and various courts) have been particularly hesitant to abrogate the open justice principle in the employment setting. The 2014 case of Corfield is illustrative. After an employee had sought an anti-bullying order, the employer applied to the Commission to conceal the identity of the parties. The employer submitted that “the publication of the name of the applicant and respondents in what is essentially a private and confidential matter will not be conducive to good governance of the respondent employer”.

    Given the employment relationship was ongoing, the respondent argued that a de-identification order was appropriate. Commissioner Michelle Bissett didn’t agree. The submissions of the employer were insufficient to overcome the “presumption… that a hearing will be conducted in public”. She concluded: “Mere embarrassment, distress or damage by publicity is not a sufficient basis to grant such an application.” While this is not an insurmountable hurdle, it does require the employer to demonstrate compelling grounds.

    Behind closed doors

    There are other ways to minimise the likelihood of employment disputes descending into trial by media. If an employee is exiting in a situation which may turn acrimonious, ask them to execute a Deed of Release in return for a small ex-gratia payment in addition to their termination entitlements. Not only does this prevent the employee from commencing litigation (at least in theory – some disgruntled ex-employees have been known to try suing regardless), but the Deed can also include a confidentiality provision. This restrains either party from disclosing the terms of the Deed or related circumstances, and a breach entitles the affected party to sue for damages.

    Such Deeds can include non-disparagement obligations. These often require that “the parties must not disparage each other”, with disparage defined as “any negative statement, whether written or oral, about either party”. Non-disparagement provisions are common in settlement agreements between commercial disputants, but can also be used in the employment context.
    Such clauses are no panacea. Particularly aggrieved employees may not agree to a Deed of Release, preferring to chance their arm before the Fair Work Commission or a court. And if the employee breached the confidentiality or non-disparagement provisions, (public) litigation would be required to seek damages – defeating the very point of the clause. However, in our experience once a Deed is signed and the employee has left the organisation, such steps rarely become necessary.

    Judicial luminary Michael Kirby once wrote: “An unfortunate incident of the open administration of justice, is that embarrassing, damaging and even dangerous facts occasionally come to light.”
    This sentiment may be cold comfort for human resource professionals trying to protect their organisation’s reputation. It only underscores, though, the importance of effectively managing the termination process to ensure that an employer’s dirty laundry is not aired on the front page.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article. 

    First published in HR Monthly.

    Read more
  • High heels and head scarves: dress codes discrimination in the workplace

    High heels and head scarves: dress codes & discrimination in the workplace

    “Discriminatory dress codes remain widespread… the existing law is not yet fully effective in protecting employees from discrimination at work.” — Report of a British House of Commons Joint Committee.

    In 1977, the British Employment Appeal Tribunal heard an unusual complaint from an aggrieved bookseller. Austicks Bookshops in Leeds had a policy that prohibited female workers from wearing trousers. One employee, Ms Schmidt, refused to comply. She was dismissed, and subsequently brought proceedings on the basis that the employer’s policy constituted sex discrimination.

    In rejecting Ms Schmidt’s claim, Justice Nicholas Phillips recognised the expansive powers of an employer to determine appropriate dress code in the workplace. “As a general proposition,” he opined, “an employer is entitled to a large measure of discretion in controlling the image of his establishment, including the appearance of staff, and especially so when, as a result of their duties, they come into contact with the public.”

    Read in 2017, the judgment in Schmidt seems rather antiquated. Certainly, the law has taken considerable steps over the intervening four decades to address such discrimination. Yet the dilemma faced by Ms Schmidt — comply with a sex-specific dress code or be dismissed — lingers to this day. Indeed, just last year professional services firm PwC found itself at the centre of a media storm after an outsourced receptionist in London was sent home for refusing to wear high heels. The furore led to a joint committee inquiry by the House of Commons, which found that clothing related
    discrimination remained widespread in Britain and had not been adequately addressed by legislation.

    There is no evidence to suggest that the situation is any better in Australia. This is not solely a matter of sex discrimination either. An employer’s ability to regulate employee dress standards, regardless of gender, remains unsettled. Questions of religious discrimination also intrude.

    In March 2017, the European Court of Justice found that it was not discriminatory to fire a Muslim employee who insisted on wearing a head scarf contrary to a workplace policy prohibiting visible signs of religious belief. These issues are interrelated. This article will begin by discussing an employer’s power to prescribe and enforce dress codes in the workplace. It will then consider possible legal remedies available to aggrieved employees, located in discrimination legislation and the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth). Given the paucity of Australian case law in this area, reference to foreign  jurisprudence will be made where appropriate.

    Read more.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article. 

    First published in Ethos.

    Read more
  • We need the voices of public servants in the political debate. Their free speech is in peril

    Free speech is in peril: We need the voices of public servants in the political debate.

    Praising your agency is welcome, but not criticising it – new social media guidelines continue a troubling trend of silencing public servants’ free speech.

    Another day, another attack on the ability of public servants to participate in Australian democracy.

    On Monday the Australian Public Service Commission (APSC) released revised guidance on how federal government employees should use social media. It advised that expressing disagreement with government policy, criticising the prime minister or even liking a negative social media post could land public servants in hot water. This, the APSC contended, was the case whether or not comments were made anonymously, on a private account or after hours.

    The new guidelines, which public service commissioner John Lloyd insists are “not more restrictive than previous guidance”, represent the latest frontier in a sustained campaign of government encroachment on the free speech of public servants. In 2013, an immigration officer was fired for criticising department policy on Twitter using a pseudonym. Last year, Centrelink was forced to reinstate an employee who had been terminated for speaking out online. In the Australian Capital Territory meanwhile, the local Labor government recently attempted to restrict criticism from public servants and force them to “dob in” colleagues who disobeyed. For every case that makes the headlines, there are also many more where public servants are sanctioned behind closed doors.

    Nor is the issue straightforward. The government undoubtedly has a legitimate interest in maintaining a neutral and effective bureaucracy. The overt politicisation of the public service would have hugely deleterious consequences, from wholesale turnover following change of government to diminished societal trust in public administration.

    But that does not mean public servants should be silenced. Doing so not only disenfranchises them from proper participation in the system of Australian democracy; Australia’s limited free speech protections, it should be remembered, are predicated on the nexus between political communication and representative government. But it also deprives the broader community of important voices in political debate – public servants are often some of the most qualified contributors to policy discussion.

    The APSC’s guidance is blind to such countervailing considerations. It offers:It offers:“Criticising the work, or the administration, of your agency is almost always going to be seen as a breach of the [code of conduct].” Praise is welcome, though. “This doesn’t stop you making a positive comment on social media about your agency,” the guidelines continue, making a mockery of the stated desire for impartiality. Neutrality, it seems, does not swing both ways.

    The latest diktats from commissioner Lloyd’s office also raise intriguing legal questions. In 2013, amendments to the public service act sought to extend the code of conduct’s reach – certain obligations were professed to apply “at all times.” Monday’s guidance argued: “[A public servant’s] capacity to affect the reputation of [their] agency and the APS does not stop when [they] leave the office … APS employees are required by law to uphold the APS Values at all times.”

    Except, “at all times” may not really mean “at all times”. In 2016, Fair Work Commission vice-president Adam Hatcher dismissed arguments to that effect from Centrelink. “I reject completely,” he wrote, the proposition that the law requires public servants “to be ‘respectful’ at all times outside of working hours, including in the expression of their attitude to the government of the day.” Such a “gross intrusion into the non-working lives and rights of public servants”, Hatcher suggested, “would require express and absolutely unambiguous language.”

    Except, this is a half-truth at best. In 2003, customs officer Peter Bennett was directed not to make media comment in his capacity as a union representative where doing so would disclose information gained via his official position. Bennett refused to comply and was charged with breaching a secrecy regulation made under the public service act’s predecessor. Justice Paul Finn of the federal court invalidated the regulation on free speech grounds.

    It is a great shame the APSC overlooked this case while preparing new social media guidance for the public service. If its drafters had read the judgment carefully, they might have reflected on one particular line. “Public servants cannot be,” Finn quoted, “‘silent members of society’”.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. 

    First published in The Guardian.

    Disclosure: John Wilson acted for Peter Bennett in the federal court proceedings.

    Read more
  • What is Procedural Fairness

    'I know it when I see it': what is procedural fairness?

    It can be hard to define, but procedural fairness must underlie public service employment decisions.

    Of hardcore pornography, a United States Supreme Court judge once wrote: “I shall not today attempt further to define the kinds of material I understand to be embraced within that shorthand description; and perhaps I could never succeed in intelligibly doing so. But I know it when I see it, and the motion picture involved in this case is not that.” Putting aside the far less titillating context, much the same can be said of procedural fairness. This amorphous concept is an essential element of employment-related decision-making in the Australian Public Service. Yet procedural fairness is incredibly difficult to define in the abstract.

    It also means different things to different people: for decision-makers, it can be a frustrating restraint on the efficient exercise of their powers, while for those affected by an adverse decision the alleged absence of procedural fairness is often a catch-all for any number of grievances. For public servants charged with ensuring procedural fairness, “I know it when I see it” is hardly sufficient.

    The concept, an offshoot of natural justice, has ancient origins. A British judge once observed that “even God himself did not pass sentence upon Adam, before he was called upon to make his defence”. For the secular jurist, an early judgment of the Australian High Court drew support from a tragedy by Roman playwright Seneca. Justice Ian Callinan similarly posited: “That no man is to be judged unheard was a precept known to the Greeks.”

    Two millennia later, it remains accepted that, absent clear statutory language to the contrary, a government decision-maker intending to exercise their power in a manner that affects rights, interests or legitimate expectations must afford procedural fairness to those affected. In the APS context, this common law duty is supplemented by statute: section 15 of the Public Service Act requires agency heads to establish code of conduct procedures that have due regard to procedural fairness.

    What, then, does this entail? To begin with, it is clear what procedural fairness is not. The High Court has repeatedly stressed that “what is required by procedural fairness is a fair hearing, not a fair outcome”. The inverse is also true: a decision might be objectively “right” but can still be invalidated via judicial review if it was made contrary to the requirements of procedural fairness. British courts have summarised that “judicial review is concerned, not with the decision, but with the decision-making process”.

    Beyond these exclusions, the concept has two primary components: the hearing rule and the bias rule. The former requires that someone who will be affected by a prospective administrative decision must be heard, whether through oral or written submissions, before the decision is made. Misconduct investigations are an obvious example: it would be grossly procedurally unfair for a decision to be issued without the alleged wrongdoer having an opportunity to make their case.

    The second element of procedural fairness demands that a decision-maker be free from bias or any apprehension of bias. This requirement derives from a central legal tenet: a person cannot be the judge in his or her own cause. The decision-maker in a code of conduct investigation could not be the complainant, nor have close ties with the accused. While actual bias is readily identifiable and rarely problematic, the apprehended bias limb often requires closer attention. Decision-makers must ensure that a reasonable bystander would not apprehend the existence of bias from the circumstances.

    One difficulty in defining procedural fairness is its context-specific nature. As High Court justice Frank Kitto mused in 1963: “The books are full of cases which illustrate … the impossibility of laying down a universally valid test … ‘the requirements of natural justice must depend on the circumstances of the case, the nature of the inquiry, the rules under which the tribunal is acting, the subject matter that is being dealt with, and so forth.’ ”

    However, drawing on my experience acting for public servants in countless APS code of conduct matters, I can offer some guidance. First, procedural fairness requires that specific and particularised allegations of misconduct be put to the accused. It is insufficient to state these at a level of generality: for example, “it is alleged that, over the past 12 months, you have breached the APS code of conduct contained within the Public Service Act, by engaging in a course of conduct that constituted bullying of your colleagues”.

    Instead, the particular detail of each and every allegation must be put: “It is alleged that, on June 12, 2017, you said words to the effect of “you are stupid and useless” to John Smith, being conduct amounting to a breach of subsection 13(3) of the Public Service Act because you failed to treat everyone with respect and courtesy, and without harassment.”

    The NSW Supreme Court confirmed the need for such an approach in Etherton v Public Service Board. The allegations in that case were provided to the accused in broad terms and accompanied by hundreds of pages of evidence. Justice David Hunt scolded the decision-maker: “It is only by knowing precisely the basis upon which the board has charged the plaintiff that he can properly prepare.”

    Decision-makers are also well-advised to adopt a liberal approach to deadlines. In my experience, decision-makers often set artificial deadlines and insist that the accused reply promptly to allegations. In Etherton, the accused was given just three days to admit or deny the charges against him. Other than in the most urgent of cases, such deadlines will be procedurally unfair.

    It is apt to end with complementary quotations from two of Australia’s past chief justices. In a 2010 paper, Robert Gleeson observed: “Procedural fairness is part of our cultural heritage. It is deeply rooted in our law.”

    Murray Gleeson had previously offered a method to translate such lofty sentiment into practice. “Fairness is not an abstract concept,” he once wrote. “It is essentially practical. Whether one talks in terms of procedural fairness or natural justice, the concern of the law is to avoid practical injustice.”

    Procedural unfairness might be hard to define, but judges and lawyers know it when they see it.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article. 

    First published in The Canberra Times.

    Read more
  • David and Goliath in the Fair Work Commission

    David and Goliath in the Fair Work Commission

    Government departments have recently gained an unfair advantage in workplace disputes, employment lawyer John Wilson explains. But the odds have always been stacked against public servants in disputes with the government.

    A recent Fair Work Commission decision has permitted Australian Government Solicitor lawyers and their state or territory counterparts to appear as of right in the industrial tribunal. This is a troubling judgment for a number of reasons, but is particularly concerning for public servants.

    Typically, parties can only be represented by a lawyer before the Commission with the approval of a Commissioner. This is because the Fair Work Act jurisdiction is intended to operate in an informal and non-adversarial manner. Until this point, lawyers for both the applicant (say an aggrieved public servant) and the respondent (the government department) would have to state their case as to why they should be allowed to represent their client. While in most cases leave to appear was granted, the Commission retained the discretion to decline representation when appropriate.

    A leg up for government departments

    Following Gibbens v Department of Immigration and Border Protection, only the employee’s lawyer has to make such arguments. At first glance this is unproblematic; few Commissioners would decline an employee representation when the government is represented by the Australian Government Solicitor. But often employees do not have the finances to procure legal representation. It is now likely that, despite the clear inequity, a public servant might be forced to battle their department and the Australian Government Solicitor. Employees already feel disadvantaged when legally sparing with their employer, let alone when they are unrepresented against the largest employer in Australia with guaranteed legal representation.

    Beyond the tangible effect on employees, taxpayers might also be burdened. The Australian Government Solicitor must bid for government work alongside private law firms, to ensure public legal work is done at competitive rates. But departments will now have an added incentive to engage their services over private options, regardless of costs differences.

    The Gibbens precedent

    Given these deleterious side effects, what motivated Commissioner Williams’ decision in Gibbens? Under the Fair Work Act, in-house lawyers – employees of the organisation before the Commission – are excused from the requirement to seek permission to appear. The Department of Immigration and Border Protection argued that, as Australian Government Solicitor lawyers are employees of the Commonwealth, they were effectively in-house counsel for the department.

    Commissioner Williams agreed. He observed: “I have considered the submissions of both parties and am satisfied that lawyers of the AGS are entitled, as of right, to represent the Respondent being the Commonwealth of Australia (Department of Immigration and Border Protection) and consequently permission from the Commission is not required.” Commissioner Williams offered no further reasons and did not consider the policy consequences of his judgment. I have already seen other departments seeking to rely on this decision.

    Whether the judgment stands is another question. While Commissioner Williams’ interpretation of the legislation is sound, the practical implications strike at the heart of the Fair Work Act’s objectives in this regard. Additionally, the relevant statutory provisions relied upon in Gibbens concerning in-house lawyers hardly represents an accurate description of the Australian Government Solicitor. That agency has to bid for government work alongside other law firms, which is rather inconsistent with being in-house. Yet the likelihood of a public servant appealing the Gibbens precedent is slim – few employees have the funds or desire to challenge such a procedural point of principle.

    To further illustrate the issue, departments do have their own in-house lawyers. The Department of Immigration and Border Protection has an extensive legal department. If this is the case, why would any department choose to engage the Australian Government Solicitor’s services over that of its in-house lawyers? Probably because such counsel are not well versed in employment law matters while the Australian Government Solicitor have specialists.

    Gibbens leaves public servants in an undesirable position. The odds have always been stacked against public servants in disputes with the government, and department are already spoilt for choice when it comes to legal representation. David against Goliath indeed.

    John Wilson is managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love. He acknowledges the assistance of his colleagues Rebecca Richardson and Kieran Pender in the preparation of this article.

    First published in the Mandarin.

    Read more
  • The most common workplace issues that never reach the courts

    The most common workplace issues that never reach the courts

    Many public sector workplace disputes never end up in court, says leading employment lawyer John Wilson.

    In the popular imagination, workplace injustice ends with triumph on the courtroom steps. Unfortunately, the reality is often less rosy. Many workplace incidents never find their way to courts or employment tribunals, for reasons ranging from cost to complexity. Even when lawyers are engaged, the vast majority of disputes settle before being heard by a judge. Here are three workplace issues that are rarely litigated.

    Unlawful discrimination

    Prior to the landmark 2014 decision in Richardson v Oracle, non-economic damages in discrimination cases (including sexual harassment) were typically limited to no more than $10,000. This provided a considerable disincentive to litigating unlawful discrimination, with legal costs often outweighing the compensation received. While Richardson has changed things for the better – six figure general damages sum are no longer uncommon – it remains that few of these cases see the light of a courtroom.

    Beyond uncertainty as to pay-out, three other factors inhibit litigation. Firstly, discrimination claims under federal law must first be taken to the Australian Human Rights Commission, which insists on a cumbersome and often ineffective conciliation process before an aggrieved individual can take court action. Secondly, discrimination laws provide no costs protection, so if the complainant is unable to make their case, they can face hundreds of thousands of dollars in legal fees; government departments rarely use cheap lawyers. Finally, there is a psychological barrier – discrimination (whether age, sex, disability, race or another attribute) can be deeply traumatic, and many victims would rather forget than relive the incident under cross-examination.

    There is, though, one positive reason why discrimination matters are not ending up in court. Employers have rightly adopted, and in admirable instances driven, the broader community’s increasing prevalent stance against all forms of discrimination. One effect of this has been stronger internal protections against discrimination through the enforcement of ‘zero tolerance’ policies. Aware of the risk of vicarious liability, many employers have been diligent in stamping out discrimination.

    Work health and safety complaints

    In every jurisdiction around Australia, employers owe a duty to keep their workplaces free from reasonably preventable risks to their employees. For example, work health and safety legislation and regulations require employers to ensure their employees are not subjected to unreasonable risks while at work. Most employers are highly responsive to employee feedback that something in the workplace is unsafe, and will quickly rectify the situation.

    But when an employer fails to act, an employee has little scope for recourse. Work health and safety legislation provides no individually-enforceable cause of action for employees; its provisions are typically enforced by the relevant regulator. This means that the right of an employee to sue an employer for breaching their workplace safety obligations typically does not arise until after the fact, once an injury has occurred.

    However, if a government department failed to act promptly to reports of workplace hazards, the Public Interest Disclosure Act provides an alternative route to agitate the matter. The whistleblower protection legislation includes within its definition of disclosable conduct: “conduct that unreasonably results in a danger to the health or safety of one or more persons”. In circumstances of “substantial and imminent danger”, disclosure to the media may even be permissible. A paper cut probably does not meet this threshold, though.

    Unfair Code of Conduct investigations

    As all public servants (should) know, their employment is subject to additional conditions found in section 13 of the Public Service Act: the APS Code of Conduct. Complaints that employees have not upheld their obligations under the Code are usually managed through internal processes, or sometimes outsourced to external investigators. Public servants often complain that these investigations are managed unfairly, with departments regularly failing to comply with their procedural fairness obligations. The allegations are not properly particularised, the decision maker is bias, the accused is not given an adequate opportunity to respond – the list of grievances is endless.

    Regrettably for aggrieved public servants, few will possess the financial resources to successfully remedy these errors through judicial review. Not only will the costs of pursing such a claim regularly enter six-figures, judicial review also operates in an ‘adverse costs’ jurisdiction. This means that if the employee loses, they will not only be liable for their own costs bill, but also that of the Commonwealth.

    Additionally, there are very limited remedies available to judicial review, with the most common being an order that the decision be remade in accordance with procedural fairness. This means the investigation will be rerun, often leading to the same conclusion anyway. One alternative route is the Merit Protection Commissioner, who can review administrative decisions made within the public service in a variety of circumstances. This avenue is without cost, and the Commissioner can recommend that the original decision be set aside, varied or remade.

    John Wilson is managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love. He acknowledges the assistance of his colleagues Robert Allen and Kieran Pender in the preparation of this article.

    First published in the Mandarin.

    Read more
  • Federal public servants beware Big Brother is watching you

    Federal public servants beware: Big Brother is watching you

    For federal public servants, sitting on your couch at night scrolling through Facebook or Twitter on your phone, “liking” posts critical of Malcolm Turnbull could spell trouble for you at work. Ditto if you send a private email criticising the government to a friend from your home computer.

    But if you want to cheer on Turnbull on social media, no worries, that’s acceptable to the government — unless your Facebook friends and Twitter followers then vent their disagreement.

    Under “new guidance” issued by the Australian Public Service Commission this week, federal government employees could be in breach of the public service code of conduct if they do not remove “nasty comments” about the ­Coalition posted by others on the employee’s Facebook page.

    In short, it is not enough for public servants to self-censor; they need to censor the views of others, even after hours.

    “The latest guidance continues a worrying trend of restricting the free speech of public servants,” says John Wilson, managing legal director of Canberra law firm, Bradley Allen Love Lawyers.

    “This issue pits two competing and compelling considerations. On one hand, the government has a very legitimate interest in maintaining an impartial and effective public service, while on the other public servants are entitled to a private life like anyone else. This latest guidance, though, overreaches to such an extent that it is of questionable constitutionality.”

    According to the commission, liking or sharing anti-government material on social media will generally be taken as an endorsement and in the same light as if the public servant created the material.

    Stating the code operates “in ­effect” to limit an individual’s right to freedom of expression, the guidance warns public servants against posting criticism anonymously or criticising government policy in an email to a friend.

    “There’s nothing to stop your friend taking a screenshot of that email, including your personal details, and sending it to other people or posting it all over the internet, Again, the breach of the code is not in their subsequent publication of your material but in your emailing that material in the first place.”

    As for “nasty comments” made by others, it says: “Doing nothing about objectionable material that someone else has posted on your page can reasonably be seen in some circumstances as your endorsement of that material. If someone does post material of this kind, it may be sensible to delete it or make it plain that you don’t agree with it or support it. Any breach of the code would not come from the person making the post. It would come from how you ­reacted to it.”

    Even if a social media account is limited to family and friends, the employee will be in breach of the code if an anti-government post was shared by a friend. “The breach of the code occurs at the time you made your post,’’ it says.

    Public comment is defined as “anything that you say in public or which ends up in public”. “This can include something you’ve said or written to one person. If your comment has an audience, or a recipient, it’s a public comment.”

    The government says a public servant’s capacity to affect the reputation of their agency and the public service “does not stop when you leave the office”. “The comments you make after hours can make people question your ability to be impartial, respectful and professional … at work. APS employees are required by law to uphold the APS values at all times.”

    University of Adelaide law professor Andrew Stewart says the warning about private emails is “legally questionable”. He is also critical of the apparent lack of “even-handedness” in the government’s approach.

    According to the guidance, criticising your employer is “almost always going to be seen as a breach of the code” but “this doesn’t stop you making a positive comment on social media about your agency, or using social media to explain the policy and services that it delivers”.

    “That’s beginning to look like you are supposed to be above politics unless you are praising us,’’ Stewart says.

    “The idea that you can’t inter­vene in political matters unless you are praising the government of the day seems to me to be highly questionable.’’

    He says he believes it is also an “overreach” legally for the government to warn employees to remove negative comments made by others. “The idea you are now starting to have to take proactive steps to censor other people’s views when there is nothing to suggest you have personally endorsed those views seems to me legally to be getting into question­able territory,’’ he says.

    “And, politically, it’s a terrible look.”

    Community and Public Sector Union national secretary Nadine Flood says it is “completely unreasonable” for a worker to face disciplinary action over a private email or an act as benign as liking a social media post.

    “Of course, there needs to be limits, but this policy goes too far,’’ she says. “The notion that the mum of a gay son who happens to work in Centrelink can’t like a Facebook post on marriage equality without endangering her job is patently absurd.” But while critical of the government’s “ham-fisted” approach, Stewart says he does not see a legal problem with public servants being warned about liking anti-Coalition posts.

    “It seems to me that if you are going to have rules that say public servants are not supposed to get involved in political matters, liking a post surely means you are endorsing what is said in that post,’’ he says. “It’s reasonable to say there’s no difference between making a statement which you are not allowed to make under the code, and you publicly endorsing someone else making a statement you are not allowed to make under the code.”

    Australian Public Service Commissioner John Lloyd says the guidance “sets out the risks public servants need to take into account when they consider what they say and how they say it’’.

    He says public servants using privacy settings on social media is an “unreliable protection”, while posting anonymously does not miraculously sanitise “objectionable material”. “That ­argument is similar to a burglar ­arguing that charges should be dismissed because he wore a balaclava,’’ he says.

    Stewart says a public servant dismissed for breaching the code of conduct can challenge the fairness of their dismissal in the Fair Work Commission.

    In March last year, a Centrelink officer who called clients “spastics” and “whingeing junkies” on social media and said he was embarrassed to work for the Department of Human Services given its “disgraceful” processing times won his job back after making an unfair dismissal claim.

    The public servant, using a user­name, “mmmdl”, contradicted the department’s social media unit over the time taken for processing youth allowance claims. The investigators appear to have trawled through thousands of posts through several years to identify the ­officer.

    But while commission vice-president Adam Hatcher found the public servant’s “seriously inappropriate” conduct was a valid reason for his sacking, he found the dismissal harsh.

    He said the penalty of dismissal was disproportionate to the gravity of the misconduct, given it bore no relationship to his actual work performance, caused no detriment to the department, was engaged in impulsively rather than deliber­ately, and consisted of a small number of widely interspersed comments across a period of years.

    “It may be accepted that, in some cases, the public expression of political views by public servants in their private time might compromise their capacity to carry out their work functions impartially and this might, consequently, contravene (the code of conduct),’’ Hatcher wrote.

    “This might happen if, for example, a departmental secretary, a policy adviser, a ministerial staff member or a senior diplomat publicly and emphatically criticised the government of the day. However, in the case of the vast majority of public servants who perform routine administrative tasks, it is difficult to envisage any circumstance in which the robust expression of political views and criticism of the government outside of work could have an impact on the performance of their ­duties.’’

    Wilson says the law in this area is unsettled. “In 2003, the Federal Court found an official secrecy regulation unconstitutional for infringing the implied freedom of political communication when it was used to gag a union representative within Customs,’’ he says.

    “On the other hand, in 2013, the Federal Circuit Court rejected the case of an immigration officer who was disciplined and lost her job for tweeting criticisms of the government’s border policy.

    “We are still awaiting a definitive judgment from the High Court on the extent to which the government can intrude into the private lives of public servants and limit their free speech.”

    Lloyd says termination of a public servant for misuse of social media would be rare.

    Asked whether the guidance would require public servants to not like social media posts opposing the government’s same-sex marriage postal vote process, or whether employees should remove “nasty comments” about it from their social media platforms, Lloyd says: “Public servants should apply the principles of the social media guidance to this issue. All public servants should exercise judgment and discretion when commenting publicly on same-sex marriage. Like all Australians, public servants should engage with this issue respectfully and with courtesy. The appropriateness of specific social media activities will depend on the context in which they occur.”

    Flood says his response is a “non-answer”, saying Lloyd is seeking to use the guidance to “scare people into not exercising the right they have to engage on social media and in public debate’’.

    “You don’t have to actually act to enforce the guidance to have that chilling effect,’’ she says.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. 

    First published in The Australian.

    Read more
  • APS employees caught in AGSVA security clearances bind

    APS employees caught in AGSVA security clearances bind

    In the age of terror, rights and freedoms are being inexorably eroded in the name of national security. In April, the federal government’s data retention laws came into effect, compelling telecommunication companies and internet service providers to retain metadata on their customers’ usage for two years.

    Just last month, Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull announced the government’s intention to enact legislation that would oblige Facebook and WhatsApp to give Australian security agencies access to encrypted messages. Together with the extension of the military’s power to intervene in domestic terrorist incidents, and the contemporaneous transfer of several security agencies to the Immigration Minister’s portfolio, these events continue the trend away from government transparency in the name of public protection.

    Agencies can bandy about the term ‘national security’ to circumvent many procedural fairness requirements, and this is perhaps no more salient for public servants than in relation to security clearances. To be engaged by the APS, it is often a requirement that one holds a security clearance, or is able to obtain one within a reasonable time. Security clearances comprise four classifications, from lowest to highest clearance: baseline (protected), negative vetting levels 1 (secret) and 2 (top secret), and positive vetting (all).

    The Australian Government Security Vetting Agency is responsible for reviewing security clearance applications, vetting individuals and granting security clearances for workers in all APS departments other than in certain agencies which conduct their own. The application process is invasive and protracted, the more so the higher the classification applied for. Benchmark timeframes range from one month for baseline to six months for positive vetting.

    To obtain a security clearance, an individual also needs to be sponsored by an agency, which causes headaches for those trying to break into the APS without one. The Australian Public Service Commissioner has stated that “potential candidates should not be excluded from applying for a vacancy in the APS on the basis that they do not hold a security clearance”, to ensure that “all eligible members of the community are given reasonable opportunity to apply”. However, this has not prevented agencies from requiring a current security clearance when advertising for vacancies.

    Perhaps the more vexing question concerns the dearth of options available to public servants or prospective public servants in the event of an adverse security clearance decision. As a security clearance file contains personal information, an individual is entitled to access its contents under the Privacy Act and Freedom of Information Act. However, any request for disclosure of such material is subject to exceptions, including one exemption that precludes the release of documents that “would, or could reasonably be expected to, cause damage to the security of the Commonwealth”.

    This provision has been tested in a number of cases, and unfortunately for those who have recently had security clearances denied or revoked, both the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner (which decides the matter at first instance) and the Administrative Appeals Tribunal (the first-tier appellate body) have fallen down strongly against disclosure.

    Their reasoning is that documents which constitute the security clearance material would almost always reveal the nature of the tests administered, the questions asked of referees and the methods used by the AGSVA to gather information about the clearance subject. This, in turn, would disclose the kinds of characteristics that are relevant to assessing suitability for clearance, which people with devious machinations contrary to the “national interest” could then use to subvert the vetting process. If the vetting process was compromised and clearances were inadvertently granted to undesirables, the Commonwealth’s ability to protect sensitive information would be diminished. And then if sensitive information were to end up in the wrong hands, it could reasonably be expected to cause damage to the security of the Commonwealth. The logic is sound.

    But what is the ‘security of the Commonwealth’? The legislation defines it as “matters relating to the detection, prevention or suppression of activities, whether within Australia or outside Australia, subversive of, or hostile to, the interests of the Commonwealth or of any country allied or associated with the Commonwealth”. In other words, it is anything that damages the Commonwealth’s interests. Those interests are ever-changing and lack precise definition.

    This leaves career APS employees in an unfortunate position. If the AGSVA comes across adverse information about them and cancels their security clearance as a result, it is very unlikely that they will ever be able to find out what was said about them, or by whom. Under section 33 of the Public Service Act a public servant can seek primary review of the decision to cancel the security clearance, although the utility of that process is debatable – agencies rarely seem willing to override their own decisions, especially those shrouded in a thick cloud of mystique.

    The only recourse remaining is to commence proceedings in the Federal Court of Australia, for either disclosure of the documents under the Freedom of Information Act, or judicial review of the clearance decision under the Administrative Decision (Judicial Review) Act. Yet one could understand the hesitation in staking tens of thousands of dollars on the chance to have a decision remade on the basis of unseen documents.

    The better alternative would be for the Privacy Commissioner and the AAT to be braver about releasing material that is not likely to reveal much about the AGSVA’s processes – surely a great deal of the presumptive harm could be avoided through the prudent use of redaction. As it stands, a person’s APS career can be easily destroyed by a scurrilous antagonist, whose identity remains undisclosed. Does the affected individual not deserve some protection?

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Ian Brettell and Kieran Pender for their help in preparing this article.

    First published in The Canberra Times.

    Read more
  • Making reasonable adjustments for employees with a disability

    Making reasonable adjustments for disabled employees

    Effectively managing public servants with a disability is not easy, but managers have legal obligations to properly accommodate such employees, says employment lawyer John Wilson.

    Discrimination against disabled workers continues to occur at a disheartening frequency, causing undue harm to society’s more vulnerable and depriving the workforce of valuable human capital. Most cases emerge as a result of management’s inadequate understanding of their obligations under the Commonwealth Disability Discrimination Act 1992, which applies to public and private employers across Australia.

    The object of the DDA is to promote equality and eliminate discrimination on the ground of disability. Proper compliance with its provisions will allow all parties to reap the benefits of productive employment, while avoiding inevitably Pyrrhic litigation.

    Reasonable adjustments

    In the employment context, the central obligation under the DDA is that an employer must make all reasonable adjustments to ensure that their employees with disabilities can carry out the inherent requirements of their job. They must make those adjustments up to the point that it would cause them unjustifiable hardship — a high bar. If, once the employer has made those adjustments, the employee still cannot perform the inherent requirements of their job, only then can the employer “lawfully discriminate” against them because of their disability by, for instance, sending them on leave without pay or terminating their employment. These obligations also apply to prospective employees.

    To determine the point at which the hardship caused by the reasonable adjustments becomes “unjustifiable”, all relevant circumstances must be taken into account. For guidance, the DDA sets out a list of non-exhaustive factors, including the costs of making the adjustments and the financial circumstances of the employer.

    It is difficult to conceive of circumstances where an employer with the resources of the federal government could successfully argue that a non-fanciful adjustment would cause it unjustifiable hardship. That is not to say such circumstances would not exist where some inherent characteristic of the disability would prevent the person from carrying out their job. Where managers are faced with a situation involving an employee with a disability that may affect their performance at work, the preferred approach would be to: 1) determine what the “inherent requirements” are of the pre-adjusted position; and then 2) look to the adjustments that could be made to permit the employee to perform them.

    Inherent requirements

    The case law provides colourful illustrations of what constitute the “inherent requirements” — or essential duties — of a position: it is an inherent requirement for a worker at a pharmaceutical plant to have a tolerance to penicillin; it is an inherent requirement for a pilot to be under the age of 60 (most countries prohibit older individuals from flying in their airspace); and it is an inherent requirement for a soldier to be able to bleed without the risk of infecting their comrades with HIV. In each of these cases, the courts held in favour of the employer, where even if reasonable adjustments were made to the point of imposing unjustifiable hardship, the employee would nevertheless be unable to fulfil those inherent requirements, and so each was lawfully dismissed on that basis.

    It is easy to envisage more basic examples of inherent requirements that could be fulfilled through making reasonable adjustments. If an employee’s medical condition causes them to fatigue, a reasonable adjustment could be to reduce their working hours. If an employee’s anxiety is triggered by a particular supervisor, a reasonable adjustment could be to change their reporting lines. If an employee’s disability makes their commute to the workplace burdensome, a reasonable adjustment could be to relocate them to a more accessible office. In each example, if the employer was to refuse such adjustments, they would have unlawfully discriminated against the employee, unless they were able to establish that the adjustments would impose on them unjustifiable hardship.

    Since 2001, the number of working age individuals on disability support for psychiatric conditions has increased by about 50%, making these issues more salient than ever. They often arise in the context of an employee’s apparent under-performance — invariably sensitive situations that require a delicate balance between protecting the well-being of the employee and maintaining the productivity of the enterprise. If the under-performance may be related to the disability, the matter will be best dealt with at first instance through a medical assessment of the individual’s fitness for duty. The medical assessor, upon request, can provide important guidance on what (if any) reasonable adjustments should be made.

    Taking such steps proactively may allow employers to avoid situations such as in Huntley v Department of Police and Justice (Corrective Services NSW), where the employer failed to turn its mind to both the inherent requirements of the position, and the reasonable adjustments that could be made. The court awarded the employee $180,000 in damages, plus interest. Even leaving monetary factors to one side, it is incumbent on all, and particularly APS employees, whose values are enshrined in a statute of their own, to remain cognisant of the heavier hardships borne by others.

    John Wilson is managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love. He acknowledges the assistance of his colleagues Ian Brettell and Kieran Pender in the preparation of this article.

    First published in the Mandarin.

    Read more
  • Queensland Statutory Will Application Dismissed

    Will Application Dismissed – Re CGB [2017] QSC 128

    Last week the Supreme Court of Queensland gave its reasons for dismissing an application for a Statutory Will in a $17.3 million dollar estate. The judgement can be found here.

    The proposed testator (referred to in the judgement as “CGB”) was based in the Gold Coast area. To preserve the privacy of those involved in the case, the judgement was handed down in de-identified form.

    CGB was aged 83 and had been a quadriplegic since he was 40. He had conducted business from his home in Broadbeach before he was moved into an aged care facility in Robina. He had never been married, had two children and an estate worth $17.3 million. Interestingly, he had only recently made contact with his two children in the last 4 years.

    The Courts dismissal of the application means that unless an appeal is brought, or a new application is made (and held to be successful), the proposed testator’s two children are set to inherit their father’s estate on intestacy.

    The Application

    The application for the Statutory Will was initially bought by the proposed testator’s accountant, who later discontinued proceedings due to a potential conflict of interest. A litigation guardian was subsequently appointed.

    The draft Will was proposed included a number of legacies to certain persons (including his children and a charity, namely, the Spinal Research Institution Ltd).

    During the trial, the Court heard evidence from a number of persons including:

    • his children;
    • carers;
    • his solicitor from some years ago;
    • his brother;
    • his accountant;
    • his assistant and driver; and
    • his mortgage broker

    The reasons for the Court’s judgement 

    The Court was required to examine whether the proposed Will “…is or may be a Will….that the person would make if the person were to have testamentary capacity” (s 24(d) of Succession Act 1981).

    The Court distinguished the Queensland Succession Act 1984 from the NSW Succession Act 2006 which requires that the proposed Will “is, or is reasonably likely to be, one that would have been made by the person if he or she had testamentary capacity” (s22(b) Succession Act 2006).

    The Court stated that in the Queensland legislation, the use of the word “may” “suggests a lower evidential base to satisfy the test”(at 105).

    The Court was influenced by the fact that in the proposed testator had twice instructed lawyers about drafting a Will. In both instances, his lawyers stated that it was difficult for the proposed testator to commit to instructions.

    Ultimately, the Court was not convinced the proposed Will was one that the proposed testator would have made had he had testamentary capacity. The Court referred to the case of Re Fenwick (which is the leading case in NSW on Statutory Wills) stating that that Court should not simply presume that the proposed testator did not wish to die intestate. If the Court believes that the testator didn’t propose to make a Will at all, then the provisions of clause 24 (d) are not satisfied.

    The Court held that the proposed testator was indifferent to dying intestate. The Court commented that he intended to make a Will at some point, and took steps to consult a solicitor, but that he was  “ambivalent about whether he did make one or died intestate” (at 141).

    The Court also looked at the fact that eligible applicants would be entitled to bring Family Provision Applications if they were left without adequate provision on the proposed testator’s death.

    The judgement is a lengthy one, and the application was possibly prejudiced by the terms of the proposed Will (specifically, the number of legacies contained in the proposed Will). Even though the application failed, the Court ultimately ordered that all parties’ costs in the proceedings be paid out of the proposed testators on an indemnity basis, which was quite a generous order.

    If you need advice about your will or are involved in a will application, please contact our Estate Planning team to for more information.

    Read more
  • contract

    Is it a done deal?

    When does pre-settlement correspondence constitute a binding agreement?

    A recent New South Wales Court of Appeal case, Feldman v GNM Australia Ltd,[1] considered whether correspondence between parties, prior to the execution of a formal settlement deed constitutes a binding agreement.

    The case concerned defamation proceedings brought by Rabbi Feldman against GNM Australia Pty Limited (GNM), the publisher of the Guardian newspaper.

    In February 2015, a number of articles were published on the Guardian’s website about Feldman and evidence he gave to the Royal Commission into Institutional Responses to Child Sexual Abuse. Feldman served a concerns notice on GNM pursuant to section 14(2) of the Defamation Act 2005 (NSW) (Concerns Notice). In response, GNM through its solicitors sent an email offering to remove the articles from its website and publish a statement made by Feldman, if Feldman agreed to release GNM of all liability. The email stated that “[a]n agreement reflecting the above would be documented in a Deed of Release which would also include obligations of confidentiality”.

    Subsequent correspondence passed between the parties. On 30 April 2015, GNM’s solicitors confirmed GNM’s acceptance of settlement terms outlined in the parties’ correspondence in an email attaching “a draft deed of release documenting the parties agreed terms”. Neither GNM nor Feldman executed any settlement deed. Further correspondence between the parties ensued, largely relating to the confidentiality requirements under the agreement.

    On 7 July 2015, Feldman’s solicitors wrote that their client had withdrawn “his offer to settle the matter”. Feldman subsequently commenced defamation proceedings against GNM and the author of the articles. GNM sought a permanent stay of proceedings, contending that the parties had a concluded settlement agreement as at 30 April 2015. The primary judge, McCallum J found in favour of GNM.

    Feldman sought leave to appeal. The key questions answered on appeal were whether:

    1. there was a binding agreement between the parties as at 30 April 2015; and
    2. a solicitor has ostensible authority (also called apparent authority) to bind a client to a contract where litigation is not on foot.

    Did the email correspondence constitute a binding agreement?

    A contract will fail for incompleteness if an essential or important term is not agreed.[2] Feldman submitted that as at 30 April 2015, the parties did not have a binding agreement because the following terms were incomplete:

    1. Time frame: The correspondence did not specify any timeframe for the performance of the obligations. This contrasted with the terms of the draft deed which detailed when specific steps had to be completed. GNM argued that a Court could and would imply reasonable time frames.
    2. Confidentiality obligations: No terms had been agreed as to the obligations of confidentiality. GNM argued that the nature of the correspondence and the generic confidentiality clause in the draft deed indicated that the obligation of confidentiality was not considered by the parties to be essential. Further, GNM submitted that the confidentiality obligations were not part of the agreement as at 30 April 2015, but were an “optional extra”, to be agreed on later.

    Generally, where negotiating parties decide on terms of a contractual nature and agree that the subject of their negotiation is to be dealt with in a formal contract, the agreement will fall into one of the following four categories:

    1. First Category: the parties decide on all the terms in their agreement and intend to be immediately bound, but also intend to have the terms restated in a form which will be more complete or precise, but of the same effect.
    2. Second Category: the parties agree on all the terms of their arrangement, they intend no departure from these terms, but performance of one or more terms is conditional upon a formal contract being executed.
    3. Third Category: the parties do not intend to be bound unless and until a formal contract has been executed.[3]
    4. Fourth Category: the parties are content to be bound immediately and exclusively by the terms which they have agreed upon whilst expecting to make a further contract in substitution for the first contract, containing, by consent, additional terms.[4]

    In Feldman, Beazley P highlighted that the above categories “are neither strict nor prescriptive. Nor are they exclusive nor necessarily exhaustive. Rather, they describe circumstances in which a finally binding contract may or may not have come into existence.”[5]

    GNM submitted that the contract between the parties as at 30 April 2015 fell into the First Category or Fourth Category.

    The Court held:

    1. There was nothing in the correspondence stating expressly, or indicating that the parties intended to be bound immediately if the terms offered were accepted (First Category). Nor did the communications evince an intention to be immediately bound by some of the terms specified in the emails and to then have a substitute contract with additional agreed terms (Fourth Category).
    2. GNM’s reliance on the First Category was inconsistent with its argument that a reasonable time would be implied for the performance of obligations. The absence of any confidentiality obligations in the alleged agreement further supported this. Objectively viewed, the correspondence made it apparent that the parties intended their agreement to contain a confidentiality clause. That the obligations of confidentiality were to be contained in the proposed deed indicated the parties intended to be bound to the agreement only after the deed was finalised and executed. The significance of obligations of confidentiality were further supported by the commercial context of the negotiations.
    3.  For essentially the same reasons, the Court held that the circumstances did not fall within the Fourth Category.
    4. Conduct after the date of an alleged agreement can inform whether a contract has been formed.[6] In Feldman, the nature of the subsequent correspondence and the failure of GNM to take steps to implement the agreement indicated that the parties did not believe they were already bound.

    In summary, the email correspondence did not constitute a binding agreement.

    Do solicitors have ostensible authority to bind a client to a contract where litigation is not on foot?

    Determining whether or not a person has ostensible authority usually involves an inference based on a representation made by the principal (in this case the client) that the agent (in this case the solicitor) has authority to contract within the ambit or scope of the ‘apparent authority’.[7]

    As a general rule, solicitors do not have ostensible authority to bind their clients to contracts. An exception to this rule is in the context of litigation. In the context of litigation, a legal practitioner has ostensible authority to bind their client to a contract provided that the contract “actually and genuinely relates to the litigation”.[8]

    In this case, a majority of the Court held that Feldman’s solicitors did not have ostensible authority to bind their client to a contract. Three key factors informed this decision:

    1. Feldman had not made any representation that his solicitors had authority to enter into a binding agreement on his behalf.
    2. The concerns notice made it clear that if Feldman’s demands were not met, legal proceedings would be commenced. The agreement was not ‘in the context of litigation’.
    3. The correspondence between the parties’ respective solicitors indicated that it was Feldman himself who would enter into the deed. For example, the email of 30 April 2015 from GNM’s solicitors stated “[c]ould you please let me know if your client has any comments” and asked that, if not, arrangements be made for Feldman to sign the deed.

    Feldman has since been cited with approval by:

    1. the Victorian Court of Appeal in Nurisvan Investment Ltd v Anyoption Holdings[9] handed down on 16 June 2017; and
    2. the Supreme Court of Western Australia in Marindi Metals Ltd v Kidman Resources Ltd[10] handed down on 7 July 2017.

    Key Points

    1. The question of whether parties intend to bind themselves to a contract is determined objectively, having regard to the intention conveyed in the language used by the parties.[11]
    1. If you are negotiating a settlement agreement and wish to be bound immediately upon an offer being accepted, it is best practice to:
    • expressly state that this is your intention;
    • ensure that both parties agree on all important terms; and
    • actively take steps to implement the agreement after the agreement has been reached.
    1. If you do not wish to be bound immediately upon agreement of terms in the absence of a written contract, expressly state (ideally in writing) that this is your intention.
    1. If you do not hold your solicitors out to have authority to bind you to a contract and no litigation is on foot, as a general rule, your solicitors will not have ostensible authority to enter into a contract on your behalf.
    [1] [2017] NSWCA 107.
    [2] J W Carter, Contract Law in Australia (LexisNexis, 6th ed, 2013) 91 [4-01].
    [3] Masters v Cameron (1954) 91 CLR 353, 360 (Dixon CJ, Mc Tiernan and Kitto JJ).
    [4] Baulkham Hills Private Hospital Pty Ltd v GR Securities Pty Ltd (1986) 40 NSWLR 622, 317; Sinclair, Scott & Co v Naughton (1929) 43 CLR 310, 317 (Knox CJ, Rich and Dixon JJ).
    [5] Feldman v GNM Australia Ltd [2017] NSWCA 107, [68] (Beazley P).
    [6] See eg, Australian Broadcasting Corporation v XIVth Commonwealth Games Ltd (1988) 18 NSWLR 540, 547-548 (Gleeson CJ, Hope and Mahoney JJA agreeing).
    [7] Freeman & Lockyer v Buckhurst Park Properties (Mangal) Ltd [1964] 2 QB 480, [503].
    [8] Lucke v Cleary (2011) 111 SASR 134, [62].
    [9] [2017] VSCA 141, [77], [103], [106], [109].
    [10] [2017] WASC 189, [60] – [62].
    [11] Masters v Cameron (1954) 91 CLR 353, 362.
    Read more
  • Indeed, sign away: do you need a deed to seal the deal?

    Do you need a deed to seal the deal?

    What is a deed of settlement?

    A deed is a special type of contract. It sets out the legal obligations that the parties agree to be bound by; in short, what the parties can and cannot do to finalise a dispute (of any kind) and/or ensure a future dispute does not arise. A deed of settlement is used to bring an end to a litigious matter or current court proceedings on clearly defined terms. A deed of release is often used in an employment context to ensure the parties’ rights and obligations are recorded in a document.

    One of the key differences between a normal contract or agreement and a deed is the issue of consideration. Consideration is an essential element in a contract. It means something for something, and is variously defined as “the price for which the promise of the other is bought[1] or “a price in return for the promisor’s promise or a quid pro quo. The price can be in the form of an act, forbearance of promise.[2] It can include the act of performing a term or terms of an agreement in the reliance or expectation of all other terms being satisfied. Consideration is not required for a deed. This is because a deed is intended to record the parties’ solemn intentions to be bound by its terms and that in itself is sufficient.

    Some basic similarities with contracts will still be applied, especially in relation to construing its terms. A court will usually interpret the deed using the plain, everyday meaning of the words used in the document in the event there is a dispute.

    Sign away?

    Consider the following two situations:

    1. You have negotiated a good settlement of the long-running legal issues (whether or not court proceedings are on foot) with a business supplier. They will pay you $50,000 “at some point” to settle the accounts and “sort the details out” later. You usually operate on handshake agreements, but the specifics are hazy and you really want to get this one right. Do you contact a lawyer to instruct them to put the agreement into writing? Will it be worth getting a lawyer at the end of the matter?
    2. You have agreed to accept a voluntary redundancy from your employer. The redundancy is, however, on the condition the parties “enter into a deed of release”. Your employer then sends you a draft deed containing detailed clauses and it all appears to be in order. Should you sign the deed? Should you have even agreed that the redundancy be subject to a deed in the first place?

    In order to answer these questions, we explore what a deed is and what you can expect it to contain, and some words of caution when you may be in a position to need one.

    Usual formalities

    Most law firms and lawyers will rely on their pro forma deeds, amended as necessary to fit the situation. However, the below are some key elements which can be found in most deeds of settlement.

    Parties: Who agrees to be subject to the deed and bound by its terms. Whilst it may seem obvious in some circumstances as to who the parties should be, sometimes it is not so simple. Should the directors of a company be parties to the deed, even if the directors personally weren’t part of the court proceedings? Can the other side demand that all of your subsidiary companies be included when the dispute wasn’t specifically about them? This will depend on a case by case basis.

    Recitals: A brief background to the dispute set out in dot points. This section should set out succinctly and usually chronologically any facts the parties agree are relevant for the purposes of the deed. If it is to settle a current court case, it may include expressly that the parties have agreed to enter into the deed “without any admissions” and to avoid the time and cost of further litigation.

    Definitions: The key words or phrases used throughout the deed to ensure consistency and readability. A common definition is “Business Day”, which is usually a day on which trading banks are open for ordinary business in the chosen state or territory. Whilst some definitions are straightforward, care needs to be taken to define any settlement sums clearly, including whether they are inclusive of GST or any other taxes, interest, legal costs and disbursements.

    Settlement/ Release/ Indemnity: The terms the parties actually agree to do (or not do) from the moment of exchange. These terms are sometimes used interchangeably, however, as their names suggest, they mean very different things. Deeds may have one or all of these components.

    As stated above, a settlement will usually be used for a disputed matter. Key terms will include who will do what, and when they will do it; for example, Party A will pay Party B the “Settlement Sum” (which should be set out in your definition section) within ten business days of the date of the deed. Party B will agree to never commence court proceedings or any type of claim in respect of the circumstances which gave rise to the payment.

    A release means that past, present and future claims will be limited or discharged in some way; usually they are ruled out in their entirety. In an employment context, if an employee accepts a voluntary redundancy, the employer will want to be released from any liability including, for example, unfair dismissal. By the same token, an employee could require a release from any actions arising from their employment such as negligence.

    An indemnity is a type of insurance for future loss or damage. One party agrees to take on the risk of the other party for damage that may occur as a result of a certain event occurring. Be careful that you are not indemnifying a party for acts or events entirely outside your control well into the future.

    Default: What happens when a party does not adhere to the terms of the deed. A good default clause will include a detailed process that needs to be followed in the event a party fails to fulfil its obligations, starting from giving notice of the default. An example for non-payment of an instalment agreement is that the balance of the amount becomes due and payable immediately. The consequences of a default will necessarily be different for each party, so any possible contingencies will need to be considered.

    Confidentiality: The parties cannot disclose the terms of the deed unless required by law. Most deeds will include a standard confidentiality clause. Depending on how widely it is drafted, it may range from being unable to discuss the exact terms or even as far as being unable to disclose the existence of the deed itself. An exception to confidentiality includes when a party sues for breach of deed in the event of default.

    Applicable laws: The jurisdiction to interpret and adjudicate the terms of the deed. An ACT matter where both parties reside in the Territory and the facts all arose in Canberra will usually nominate ACT laws and courts to hear any dispute relating to the deed. This can become complicated when there are national or even international issues which played a part.

    Entire agreement: The terms set out in the deed comprises the full conditions by which the parties agree to be bound. This means any prior negotiations and agreements will be superseded, and this is why you want someone with serious drafting skills to capture all the necessary components without making it an overly onerous document.

    Execution: The official signing of the deed, usually prefaced with a statement to the effect that it is “executed by the parties as a Deed”. A company will need to execute a deed in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, by its directors or a director and company secretary.[3] An individual will need to “sign, seal and deliver” the deed, which nowadays means signed before a witness who is not a party to the deed.

    Exchange: One party’s executed deed is given to the other party/parties, and vice versa. A deed may be executed in counterparts and this is usually provided for expressly. This means the parties will sign separate but identical copies of the same deed, which together form a single binding document. These days, lawyers often exchange deeds electronically, by sending scanned copies of the signed deed by email. You should ensure that the copies exchanged are identical documents, rather than a previous version which has since become redundant.

    Some notes of caution

    • Get it right from the negotiation stages. If you intended to settle a directors’ dispute but not the shareholders’ claim, this should be made clear from the beginning. Otherwise, you may be locked into a settlement that you never wanted or anticipated, resulting in those terms being locked into a deed.
    • Ensure you read and understand all the terms of the deed prior to signing and returning it. Once it is exchanged, it is a legally binding document. For example, if the deed contains a confidentiality clause, depending on the wording, it is unlikely you will be able to talk to the media about the deed or the even the circumstances of the case.
    • A cause of action founded on a deed has a 12 year limitation period in the ACT, rather than the usual six years for a contractual claim.[4] This means if a party breaches the deed, the non-breaching party will have 12 years from the date of the breach to commence a court claim to have it rectified. Keep in mind the limitation period varies in each state and territory.
    • Make sure you keep an exchanged copy for your records. The deed sets out the rights and obligations of all parties, so it is the key document to refer to going forward. In the event a party breaches the deed, you will need to refer to it (including any default provisions) to seek redress.

    To collectively answer the questions posed in the opening scenarios, as shown above, a deed is a complicated document which can have serious legal consequences. When used properly, it can be a valuable document for any party. It is always worth getting a lawyer’s opinion early on, or even to review the terms of a deed to ensure that you are not signing away your rights.

    If you need legal advice or require assistance in drafting a deed, please contact us.

    [1] Pollock on Contracts (8th ed, 1911), p 175.

    [2] Beaton v McDivitt (1987) 13 NSWLR 162, 168.

    [3] Section 127.

    [4] Limitation Act 1985 (ACT) sections 11 and 13.

    Read more
  • A Guide to Compliance with the Fair Work Act

    A Guide to Compliance with the Fair Work Act

    Bradley Allen Love offers a range of seminars and workplace training tools which can be tailored to your workplace and interests. Gabrielle Sullivan, Director – Employment & Workplace Relations,  recently spoke at the Australian Medical Association equipping practice managers and HR professionals with the fundamentals of employment law and the Fair Work Act, noting that even large corporations manage to get the basics wrong.

    Click here to view the presentation:  A Guide to Compliance with the Fair Work Act

    Read more
  • METH: Ruining Lives and Properties

    It goes without saying that when you are hired to market a property, you will find out as much as you can about it to ensure you can find a buyer or a tenant — whether that is information about the house’s design and construction, an understanding of its location and potential price or insider knowledge about the neighbourhood.

    One thing that might not be considered is whether the house has been used for illegal activities and whether these activities have had a lasting impact on the property. Attention to these factors has become important recently with the rise in the creation and consumption of a drug called methamphetamine, which has almost tripled since 2011.

    Methamphetamine (also called ice or meth) is a highly addictive drug that is made or ‘cooked’ inside properties, which leads to contamination. This contamination has considerable consequences for any current and prospective inhabitants, as well as the condition of the property itself. For example, in 2016 the Courier Mail reported that a family who had purchased a house in rural Victoria had discovered their six year old son had the same levels of methamphetamine in his body as an adult drug abuser, just by living in the house. The family sued the local council for not disclosing the activities.

    The chemical fumes that are a by-product of the drug seep into plaster, paint, carpet, the walls, furnishings and the floor, and it is very difficult to remediate — properly decontaminating the house can require completely gutting a property to a shell and in some cases it can be cheaper to demolish. In New Zealand, meth contamination has become such a problem that home insurers like IAG have recently increased premiums and excess levels.


    All agents need to be aware of what kind of property they are marketing and whether they need to disclose that some kind of illegal activity — such as meth cooking — has taken place in the property.

    A failure to disclose methamphetamine contamination may result in an agent being liable for misleading or deceptive conduct. Indeed, in 2016 in New Zealand a family sued an agent who sold them a meth contaminated house. It is likely that methamphetamine contaminated houses will be seen as ‘stigmatized properties’ — if an agent sells such a property without disclosure they may be open to large fines.

    Finding out that a house is being used for illegal activities is likely to be difficult. Some signs of meth contamination can include burns, rust in unusual places like doors and windows, strange smells and stains, and yellowed walls. It may also be prudent to include a section regarding awareness of illegal activities on a client questionnaire when you are first engaged. It may then be necessary to make further enquiries to ensure no misrepresentations are made.

    It is clear that smoking meth ruins lives, but the cooking of meth ruins houses.

    If you are concerned about what you should or should not disclose, please contact our office for advice.

    First published in REIACT July Newsletter

    Read more
  • bonus time - paying for performance

    Bonus Time: Paying for Performance

    A short case study video on the pitfalls around employee salary review and bonuses.

    Tips for employers:

    1. Make sure you are not capricious, arbitrary or irrational in awarding discretionary bonuses;
    2. Note that sometimes employees who are terminated before receipt of a bonus may be entitled to a portion of that bonus; and
    3. Be wary that workplace policies can sometimes have contractual force
    Read more
  • Disputes over Burial and Cremation - who has the last say?

    Disputes over Burial and Cremation - who has the last say?

    There is little doubt that we still live in “death denying” community where talking about death is considered an uncomfortable and taboo topic.

    Consequently, too few people express their wishes with regards to their burial during their lifetime. Add into the mix the highly emotional time following the death of a loved one and it is only natural that disagreements and disputes arise between family members over a loved one’s burial plans.

    Disagreements and disputes can vary from where the person is to be buried, whether they are to be buried or cremated, and who is to be invited (or uninvited) from the memorial service. Disputes are more likely to arise where:

    • The deceased is of indigenous descent;
    • In cross cultural families;
    • In blended families;
    • In families of where the deceased was lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or intersex;
    • In families where there is or has been conflict.

    Disputes regarding the disposal of body are unique in that there is usually no “compromise” that could satisfy all parties.

    Where does the Law stand with regard to disposal of body?

    A testator cannot dispose of something which he or she does not own. A corpse is not considered “property” (Williams v Williams (1882) 20 Ch D 659) and therefore cannot be subject to property offences such as being seized or stolen.

    Contrary to common belief, wishes and directions set out in a Will regarding burial or cremation are precisely wishes. They are not binding on the testator’s executor or enforceable at law. At best, they offer guidance to the executor and to the family and are morally binding.

    Where then does the law stand with regard to the disposal of body?

    Where there is a Will , the executor (and if there is more than one, then the executors jointly unless contrary intention is expressed in the Will) has the right and responsibility to arrange for the disposal of the deceased person’s body.

    Where there is no Will, then the person with the highest rank to apply for a Grant of Representation in that jurisdiction has the same rights as an executor. This of itself might cause disputes as there may be disagreement as to who ranks has priority ranking to apply for a Grant of Representation (say for example, in the situation where the children of a deceased person deny that the deceased’s girlfriend was his legal “de facto” partner).

    The principles regarding the disposal of body were discussed in a fairly recent case of Darcy v Duckett in the NSW Supreme Court. This case had to consider both the principles in law, and also traditional Aboriginal law.

    Mr Darcy died intestate leaving 4 children from one relationship and another 4 children with his de facto partner. He was born in Gulargambone (NSW) and was part of the Aboriginal Weilwan tribe. He had also been living on and off with his de facto partner at Bowraville (NSW). Ms Darcy’s sister insisted that he be buried on Weilwan country and his de facto partner wanted him buried in Bowraville.

    The common law principles regarding the right to dispose of a body were summarised by the Court (referring to the case of Smith v Tamworth City Council (1997) 41 NSWLR 680):

    1. A person named as an executor in the deceased’s will has the right to arrange for the burial of the deceased’s body.
    2. Apart from appointing an executor, a person may not dictate what will happen to his or her body.
    3. The person responsible for the burial of the body is expected to consult with other stakeholders, but is not legally bound to do so.
    4. If no executor is named, the person with the highest right to apply for a grant of administration will have the same right regarding disposal of the body as a named executor.
    5. The right of the surviving spouse or de facto spouse will be preferred to the right of the deceased’s children.
    6. Where more than one person has an equal right to disposal, the practicalities of burial without unreasonable delay will prevail.

    The Court had regard to the views of the indigenous community. The Court ultimately held that de facto partner had a superior claim for administration of Mr Darcy’s estate and also had superior right based on Indigenous laws and traditions.

    Different rules apply to persons who are members of the defence force or armed services who die while on service. Special rules also apply for deceased destitute.

    Further, where the deceased has expressed or implicitly requested not to be cremated, those wishes must be taken into account (s 20 Cemeteries and Crematoria Act 2003 (ACT)).

    There are two takeaway point from the Darcy case:

    • It is important to put a Will in place that validly appoints an executor who can take care of your affairs and burial/cremation once you die; and
    • It is important to talk about and express your wishes with regard to your burial/cremation during your lifetime.

    The best way avoid a dispute is to make sure you have a valid will in place that clearly sets our your wishes. Please contact our Estate Planning team to learn more.

    Read more
  • Has the ACT maxed out on Units?

    Has the ACT maxed out on units?

    On 29 June 2017, the ACT Government introduced the Planning and Development (Lease Variation Charges) Determination 2017 (No 1) through which the ACT Government seeks to improve the efficiency and transparency in the ACT planning system, but more particularly the application and codified value of Lease Variation Charges (LVC)[1]. The changes brought in under the Determination will apply to development applications submitted after 1 July 2017.

    Under the Determination, the codified value of LVC’s relating to GFA increases under commercial and industrial Crown Leases and additional dwellings under residential Crown Leases has been amended. The more controversial of the changes has been the increased LVC payable on variations required to enable unit titling on residential land.

    Under the former LVC determination, if a developer were to submit an application to vary a residential Crown Lease to specify that 5 dwellings were permitted on the land, the LVC payable would have been the sum of $32,500 (being, $7,500 for the first 3 dwellings plus $5,000 for each additional dwelling). The new Determination however, sets a flat fee of $30,000 per dwelling meaning that the LVC payable (for applications submitted after 1 July 2017) will now be $150,000.

    If you are a developer and are unsure if the new LVC determination will affect you, please contact the Real Estate and Commercial Team at BAL Lawyers.

    [1] Planning and Development (Lease Variation Charges) Determination 2017 (No 1), Explanatory Statement.

    Read more
  • Co-operatives: Need to know

    Co-operatives: Need to know

    Co-operatives are organisations that are owned, controlled and used by their members primarily for the mutual economic, social or cultural benefit of those members. Co-operatives are founded on seven international principles that empower and educate their members and promote community participation and support; they are values-based entities, albeit ones which can turn a profit for their members.

    It seems only right that the ACT Government finally introduced the Co-operatives National Law (ACT) Act 2017 (“CNL”); a move which shows its co-operation with the other Australian State and Territory Governments and which delivers comparable rights and obligations of companies.

    Co-operatives are prolific around the world. There are approximately 2.6 million co-operatives in the world with about 1 billion members. In Singapore, about 25% of the population is a member of a co-operative, with about 1.4 million members[1]. New Zealand co-operatives represent approximately one fifth of NZ’s economy based on revenue with (again) approximately 1.4 million members[2]. Co-operative enterprises employ 250 million people worldwide and generate over 2.2 trillion USD[3] in turnover all while providing member benefits.

    Co-operatives are found in all sectors of the economy including agriculture, banking and finance, housing, insurance, retail, healthcare, aged care and education. The CNL reduces the regulatory burden and reporting requirements to allow co-operatives in Australia (and now Canberra specifically) to stay agile in an increasingly global economy.  So what are these changes?

    1. Co-operatives: Registration and Rules

    Historically, co-operatives have only been able to trade in the jurisdiction it was registered in unless it also registered as a ‘foreign co-operative’ in other jurisdictions (i.e. the other States and Territories). The CNL relieves the administrative burden of multiple registrations and reporting and allows for mutual recognition of co-operatives, delivering a simplicity that has been afforded to companies registered under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for over 16 years.

    2. Simplification of financial reporting requirements

    Small co-operatives[4] are no longer required to lodge publically available accounts with the Registrar or appoint an auditor to have their accounts audited annually, saving time and money. Small co-operatives will however still lodge an annual return with the Registrar, and, may (as best practice or out of a specific membership concern) conduct an audit. These new measures under the CNL will provide significant costs savings for small co-operatives and align with the financial reporting requirements on small companies under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

    3. Co-operative Capital Units

    The CNL also provides for a hybrid security called “co-operative capital units”. Co-operatives can issue these units to non-members anywhere in Australia allowing co-operatives to raise external capital without compromising member rights and democratic control.

    Co-operatives are a fascinating and sustainable business model, particularly in an age of corporate social responsibility and social enterprise. The CNL represents a supportive legal framework to secure the co-operative identity and better equip co-operatives to grow their businesses.

    If you want to discuss the implications of the CNL, contact Katie Innes.

    [1] Source: International Co-operative Alliance

    [2] Source: Cooperative Business New Zealand

    [3] Source: International Co-operative Alliance

    [4] Small co-operatives must not have raised funds from the public issue of securities or if it issued shares (no more than 20 members and the amount raised must not exceed $2 million in 12 months) and they must satisfy two of the three criteria:

    a) the consolidated revenue of the co-operative and the entities it controls (if any) is less than $8 million for the previous financial year;

    b) the value of the consolidated gross assets and the entities it controls (if any) is less than $4 million at the end of the previous financial year;

    c) the co-operative and the entities it controls (if any) had fewer than 30 employees at the end of the previous financial year.

    Read more
  • Lawful Threats – When is Pressure Too Much?

    If you have been forced into a transaction because of the actions of another, that transaction may be set aside in certain circumstances. The doctrine of duress is well established, and works to protect parties who have been forced into an agreement by the illegitimate pressure or threats from the other party, by giving rights to the aggrieved party to void transactions.

    What is duress?

    In order to establish a claim for duress, a party must demonstrate that:

    1. they were subject to illegitimate pressure; and
    2. the illegitimate pressure induced the plaintiff to confer a benefit on the other party.[1] What is a ‘benefit’ in this sense is broad, and can include entering into an agreement on unfavourable terms.

    But what about circumstances, for example in a commercial transaction, where one party is exerting legitimate pressure on the other? Can legitimate pressure, which is lawful, cease to be a normal incident of commercial transactions and amount to duress? Or should prospective plaintiffs rely on the statutory protections afforded by the Australian Consumer Law?

    While the law in this area is continuing to develop, we may be given a clearer picture soon.

    In the upcoming months, the High Court of Australia will hear an appeal in the matter of Kennedy v Thorne [2016] FamCAFC 189. This will see the High Court examining the enforceability of a prenuptial agreement insisted upon by one party prior to the marriage; in essence, the consideration will be whether the conduct in that context, whilst lawful, may nevertheless have been illegitimate.

    Justice Edelman, newly appointed to the High Court, has worked extensively in the field of restitution, which encompasses the concept of duress. With Thorne v Kennedy being His Honour’s first opportunity to deliver a judgment in the field of restitution, it seems likely that this opening act will cast significant light on the scope of duress. Whilst Thorne v Kennedy will be heard in a family law context, the ramifications to the general commercial law may nevertheless be significant.

    When is pressure illegitimate?

    The courts have recognised that unlawful conduct, such as threats to a person or threats to detain another’s property, is illegitimate. For instance, if a salesman said to you “Buy this pen for $1,000 or I will beat you up”, the resultant transaction could be voided, on the ground that you only entered into the transaction because of duress. However, what amounts to duress from seemingly ‘lawful’ commercial pressures is still controversial. Watch this space insofar as Thorne v Kennedy may provide clarity in the near future.

    What if pressure is legitimate?

    Threats are often made in commercial contexts to compel another party into action:

    “I’ll sue!’

    “I’ll breach!”

    “I won’t supply to you”

    Will threats of this nature be considered duress, despite the fact that they are ‘legitimate’? Several courts have considered the extent to which commercial pressures can and should constitute “economic duress”.

    In the leading authority in this area, McHugh JA stated that pressure will be illegitimate if it consists of unlawful threats or amounts to unconscionable conduct.[2] However, he left the category of “economic” duress (that is, conduct that is not unlawful) open, only to say that overwhelming pressure, which does not amount to unlawful conduct, will not necessarily constitute duress.

    For instance, Company A might say to Company B that they will not supply to them unless Company B agrees to some onerous conditions. Despite the pressure that may be applied, there may not necessarily be a case for duress, as the conduct is not unlawful. What is clear from the case is that, to constitute duress, a high bar has been set.

    The phrase “economic duress” has become used frequently, but remains frustratingly undefined, and subsequent courts have been reluctant to interfere with commercial dealings. In Equiticorp Finance Ltd (in liq) v Bank of New Zealand the issue was revisited.[3] In that case, the Bank of New Zealand requested of the chairman of the Equiticorp companies that cash reserves be applied to the discharge of a debt owed to the Bank. It was found that the Bank was asserting commercial pressure, but this pressure did not amount to economic duress.

    Kirby P (in dissent) was critical of the inherent vagueness of economic duress. His Honour stated that there needed to be more clarity as to what conduct amounts to economic duress (and is not allowed) and what conduct does not.[4]

    Statutory relief

    While the law in this area is developing, there remains some relief in statute. For example, the Australian Consumer Law prohibits conduct that is “unconscionable”, a concept which can bear many similarities to economic duress. Through this, conduct may not necessarily be unlawful, but may amount to that which ought not to be permitted in commercial dealings.

    Since the introduction of the Australian Consumer Law in 2010, there have been various authorities dealing with the question of unconscionable conduct. This begs the question, is it necessary to have both this and “economic duress”? Considering the uncertain nature of economic duress, it seems that relying on statutory protection would be an easier course. Indeed, the NSW Court of Appeal came to a similar conclusion in Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd v Karam.[5]

    The main point from all of this is that the law of economic duress is continuing to develop, both through the courts and through legislation. Is there a place for both a common law doctrine of economic duress and statutory prohibitions against unconscionable conduct? The hope is that Kennedy v Thorne will shed some light and provide guidance on the issue; however, until the matter of “economic duress” is resolved, the statutory measures offered by the Australian Consumer Law should be followed at the minimum.

    [1] Crescendo Management Pty Ltd v Westpac Banking Corporation (1988) 19 NSWLR 40, 45-6 (McHugh JA).

    [2] Ibid 19 NSWLR 40.

    [3] (1993) 32 NSWLR 50.

    [4] Ibid 106.

    [5] [2005] NSWCA 344.

    Our business and commercial litigation teams have experience with cases of duress and assisting clients set aside transactions which they have been forced into. If you are concerned because you may have entered into an agreement on account of duress, and wish to know your rights, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Work address personal information

    Can you keep a secret? When a work address is personal information

    A recent decision in the NSW Civil and Administrative Tribunal highlights the importance of thinking carefully about whether information constitutes personal information that may be protected by the Privacy and Personal Information Protection Act 1998 (NSW).

    In CRP v Department of Family and Community Services it was found that, in the particular circumstances of the application before the Tribunal, an individual’s work address was personal information that was protected by the Act.

    Following an incident in which a Departmental employee released the applicant’s work address to an estranged family member, the Tribunal has definitively stated that, in these circumstances at least, doing so amounted to a breach of privacy.

    Given how easy it can be to reveal seemingly harmless information, this case demonstrates how important it is to be careful with any information that might be considered to be personal information.

    The background

    The applicant was employed with the Department of Family and Community Services. He was estranged from his father, with whom he had a long-running personal dispute. The applicant’s father phoned the office without identifying himself. He requested, and received, the address of the applicant’s workplace: previously, he had only known the name of the organisation for which his son worked.

    Following this, the applicant’s father went to the son’s place of work, where he confronted him and handed him some documents.

    The son – the applicant in the proceedings, argued that through the Department’s actions, his personal information had been shared in breach of the Act.

    The findings

    The Tribunal considered whether the applicant’s work address was information ‘about an individual’ for the purposes of s4 of the Act. If so, by providing the information, the employee had breached ss 17 and 18 of the Act.  The respondent argued that it was not, as this was information that had been shared within the normal course of business, as part of the applicant’s work. The Tribunal, however, found that this was not the case.

    In coming to its decision, the Tribunal considered the findings of several previous Tribunal decisions saying that the definition of ‘personal information’ was to be interpreted broadly and that the Tribunal should not adopt an overly technical approach.  Instead, the Tribunal said that it was important to consider the information that was provided in context.

    Ultimately the Tribunal decided that the information had been provided in a context that solely related to the applicant. At the time, there had been no indication that the phone call was made in connection with the applicant’s work, or as part of his role as a caseworker. No other information was requested. By giving out the applicant’s work address, the Department’s employee provided personal information about him, and as a result breached his privacy.

    The consequences

    As a result of this breach, the Department was ordered both to apologise to the applicant, and to review its current Privacy Management Plan. However, this case could evidently have significant general consequences. While providing a work address for a co-worker may seem harmless, as we have seen here, the results can be serious.

    Written by Alan Bradbury, Legal Director, Planning, Environment and Local Government.

    Read more
  • Reference Checking - BAL HR Breakfast Club

    Reference Checking: HR Breakfast Club June Summary

    This month, we discussed the importance of reference checking. Ian Meagher chaired the meeting with special guest Jeremy Boland, Principal Consultant at Gillian Beaumont Legal Recruiting giving some insight on reference checking:

    1. What is appropriate information to release, and ask for, as part of a reference enquiry?
      In all cases, relevance is key. If the information is relevant to how a potential employee may ultimately perform in an applied for position, that is essentially what the potential new employer should be looking for. Asking questions that relate to a potential employee’s values is permissible, provided it is within reason and does not extend into any discriminatory areas.
    2. Do I need to provide a reference, if asked?
      No.  In fact, you may be doing the person a disservice by doing so. Whilst a possibly uncomfortable conversation to have, there may be times when the appropriate answer to being asked to provide a reference is to flag that, for whatever reasons you may hold, the person may wish to consider asking another person to speak for them

    There was also a short video case study about the importance of reference checking. Watch it again.


    Q. Can I direct an employee to not provide a reference for an outgoing employee?

    A. Provided the direction is reasonably made (which, in general terms, should be so), such a direction will be lawful.  The reason why such a direction should be reasonable for an employer to make is because if a current employee gives a reference as an agent of your business, then it will reflect poorly on your business if it turns out to be inaccurate.  Requiring control of such decisions to vest with the directors, owners or such other appropriate senior staff, is thus reasonable.

    If you are interested in attending HR Breakfast Club, please submit your email below and you will be added to the invite list.

    Read more
  • Queensland now the latest State to follow the recognition of de facto and step-children’s rights

    A few weeks ago we wrote about the Victorian Court of Appeal recognising the rights of de facto children in the case of Scott-Mackenzie v Bail. The case concerned an applicant whose mother was in a domestic relationship with the deceased for 40 years until the mother’s death years prior to the deceased’s death. The applicant bought a claim under Part IV of the Administration and Probate Act 1958 (Vic) in a (bold and successful) attempt to widen the Courts interpretation of “Step Child” to including one where the parties were not married.

    This case was handed down in May this year.

    Queensland has now followed by recently introducing major changes to the Succession Act 1981 (Qld).

    Two major changes include:

    1. A new section 15B being inserted which sets out that the end of a de facto relationship revokes any gifts to the de facto partner and the appointment of the de facto partner as executor – this in effect treats de facto relationships the same as marriages.
    1. The expansion of the definitions of “Step Child” contained in section 40A for the purposes of making a family provision claim. A step child/step parent relationship is deemed to have ended upon the ending of the de facto relationship and not merely because the step child’s parent died before the deceased person (if the de facto relationship subsisted at the time the parent died) or if the deceased person remarried or entered into another relationship or de facto relationship after the death of the stepchild parent.

    The “movement” towards highlighting the changing familial values in Australia all started with the Western Australian case of Blyth v Wilken [2015] WASC 486 which was only handed down very recently in 2015 and at the time, this was truly a landmark decision of its kind Will in Australia.

    In the case of Blyth v Wilken, the deceased left a Will dated 2 December 2003 giving the bulk of his estate to “my de facto wife Katherine Mary Murray”.

    The deceased and Ms Murray ended their relationship in 2011 and the deceased subsequently died in 2014 without changing his Will.

    The Court decided that Ms Murray did not receive the gift under the Will because her relationship with the deceased had ended. The Court recognised that the deceased had only intended Ms Murray to receive the gift if she continued to be his de facto spouse – and not in any other instance. In other words, the Court held de facto relationships on the same platform as marriages when it came to the interpretation of a Will.

    At the time the judgement in Blyth v Wilken was handed down, there was a lot of scepticism by commentators that this judgement would be appealed or otherwise challenged in the future.

    With Victoria and Queensland following the trend towards recognising these relationships, it may be safe to say at this stage that other Australian jurisdictions are likely to follow down the path of recognising  de facto and step children’s rights.

    To make sure that your will and estate plan takes care of your loved ones, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Litigation enlivened by Facebook "liking"

    Litigation enlivened by Facebook "liking"

    Gone are the days where defamation cases solely concerned allegations in newspaper articles or remarks on the radio. Now Australian courts are hearing trials over tweets, feuds over Facebook and litigation over Linkedin. But a Swiss court has taken it one step further making a finding of defamation against a Facebook user for liking a post.

    A statement from the Zurich district court has revealed that a 45-year old man has been fined for liking what a judge deemed to be defamatory Facebook posts.

    The comments accused Erwin Kessler, the president of an animal rights group, of racism and anti-Semitism. The posts arose on Facebook during discussions about which animal activist groups should be allowed to participate in Veganmania Schweiz, a large vegan festival in Switzerland.

    The posts claiming that Kessler was racist and that his welfare group was a neo-Nazi association were liked by several Facebook users, including the defendant.

    Kessler commenced legal action against several people who contributed and participated in the posts. Several users who posted on during the discussion were found guilty of defamation, but the defendant is believed to be the first person to have been fined for simply “liking” such comments. Court documents reveal that the defendant’s “liking” of the posts were an “affront to [Kessler’s] honour” and was a clear endorsement of the “unseemly content”.

    Social media defamation cases are going viral in Australia. Last year a Facebook post insinuating that the plaintiff was a paedophile cost one Facebook user $150,000. Justice Gibson of the NSW District Court, warned social media users that:
    The anonymity instantaneous and wide-ranging reach of the Internet and social media make it a dangerous tool in the hands of person who see themselves as caped crusaders or whistleblowers, or alternatively want to ‘troll’ other members of the community for the purpose of gratifying their own wishes or fears or for the purpose of gaining attention”

    But the decision of the Swiss court reinforces the need for caution in maintaining a social media presence. While Australian courts have so far restricted finding the requisite ‘publication’ of defamatory remarks to those who post, it may not be long before “liking” results in more than Facebook notifications.

    Written by Laura Scotton. If you would like to more about defamation, please contact us.

    Read more
  • World Elder Abuse Awareness Day

    15 June 2017 was World Elder Abuse Awareness Day — a day designated by the United Nations General Assembly to raise awareness on the potential mistreatment and abuse inflicted on members of the elder community.

    As the number of older persons continues to steadily increase among the Australian population, so does the risk of elder abuse.

    What is elder abuse?

    The World Health Organisation defines elder abuse as:

    “a single, or repeated act, or lack of appropriate action, occurring within any relationship where there is an expectation of trust which causes harm or distress to an older person. Elder abuse can take various forms such as physical, psychological or emotional, sexual and financial abuse.”

    World Health Organisation (WHO – 2002)

    It is apparent therefore that elder abuse can take a number of forms and is not just limited to financial or psychological abuse.

    How common is elder abuse?

    Various studies (primarily conducted in Victoria, Queensland and New South Wales and which were based mostly on anecdotal evidence) suggest that it is more common than we realise.

    The available evidence suggests that prevalence of elder abuse varies across different types with physiological and financial abuse being the most commonly reported types of abuse recorded. Women are more susceptible to elder abuse than men. There has been no reported study conducted in the ACT on elder abuse to date.

    On an international level, the United Nations estimates that based on the available information, 5 to 10 per cent of the elderly population may experience some kind of financial exploitation.

    Signs of Elder Abuse

    Very broadly, some warning signs of elder abuse might include the following:

    • Control of access to bank accounts and other household money;
    • Denying access to internet, phone or transport or withholding mail;
    • Denying access to other family members or support persons;
    • Moving into the home of an older person (with or without consent) and failing to contribute to household costs;
    • Coercing or influencing the older person to sign paperwork including loan documentation, Wills, Loan Agreements and Powers of Attorney;
    • Neglect or not giving the person the care and medical attention they require;
    • Using a power of attorney of an older person inappropriately.

    Part of raising awareness of World Elder Abuse Awareness Day includes understanding and being able to recognise the signs of Elder Abuse.

    What is being done about Elder Abuse Australia Wide?

    Early last year, the Australian Law Reform Commission (ALRC) launched a national inquiry and on Thursday 15 June 2017 (to coincide with World Elder Abuse Awareness Day) released its final report on the topic.

    In its report, the ALRC has urged the Federal Government to seize a “once in a lifetime opportunity” to stop the financial and physical abuse of the elderly. The report contains 43 recommendations for the Attorney-General, George Brandis, to consider. The recommendations include:

    • proposing an incident response scheme, requiring aged care providers to report allegations of physical, sexual, and financial elder abuse to an independent oversight body
    • putting in place guidelines for financial institutions (including amending the Code of Banking Practice) to ensure banks take reasonable steps to prevent the financial abuse of vulnerable customers
    • putting in place a national register of enduring powers of attorney to prevent abuse of the document

    What can you do to prevent Elder Abuse?

    Be aware, raise awareness and know how to recognise (and when to report) Elder Abuse

    Recognise the warning signs in the older person, in the caregiver, in the home and among family. The majority of abusers are those in close contact with the older person and usually family. Of family member abuses, about 50% are reported to be adult children and 20% to be intimate partners of the older person. As mentioned above, the data indicates that women are more susceptible to elder abuse than men.

    Read more
  • Reference Checking

    The importance of reference checking

    Below is a short case study around the importance of reference checking, and what can happen if you don’t keep accurate records.

    Read more

    When can an employer direct a worker to attend a medical appointment?

    It is a well-established employment law principle that a worker must follow the lawful and reasonable instructions of their employer.

    A recent decision of the Federal Court in Grant v BHP Coal[1] has upheld the dismissal of a worker for refusing to undergo a medical examination by a company-nominated doctor.  A Queensland boilermaker, who had undergone surgery for a work-related shoulder injury, was cleared by his GP as “fit to return to normal duties” after 8 months’ sick leave.  His superintendent directed him to see a company-nominated occupational physician to assess his fitness before he resumed work.  The worker refused and was eventually sacked.

    The Court did not have to consider whether an employer has an implied contractual right to order a worker to undergo a company medical examination (in the sense that it was not an unlawful direction and, accordingly, fell within the scope of the contract of employment).  Here, the broad obligations under Queensland’s coal mining legislation for mine safety and management applied and makes it clear that a mine worker could be required to undergo a medical examination in cases where there might be a risk to the safety and health of the worker and other mine workers because of his injury.

    The case does not stand for the general proposition that every direction by an employer to a worker to attend a medical examination with a doctor chosen by the employer will be reasonable.  Whether such a direction is reasonable will depend on the circumstances of each case.  For example, a worker may only have been sick for a short period of time, or may have already given sufficient information to their employer about their illness.  In this circumstance, it is unlikely that a direction to attend a specific doctor would be reasonable.

    If an employer was uncertain of a worker’s health status and had genuine concern as to their fitness to perform their job safely, a lawful direction to the worker to attend a medical assessment could be given as it could be argued that there is a genuine and legitimate operational reason for doing so.

    Employers have strict and onerous obligations to ensure the health and safety of their workers while at work.  Because of these obligations, various courts and tribunals have recognised, in some circumstances, an employer has a right to compel or demand a worker attend an independent medical assessment so they can determine the worker’s fitness for their duties.  Any refusal by the worker to do so may expose them to the risk of disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.

    An employer cannot exercise this right arbitrarily; they have an obligation to provide “procedural fairness” in the particular circumstances of the case.  This includes the employer giving the worker adequate notice of the medical appointment that they require them to attend.  Furthermore, procedural fairness also requires that the worker be allowed the opportunity to secure their own medical opinion if they do not agree with the opinion provided by the employer’s doctor.

    The doctor conducting the assessment should be provided with a thorough description of the work duties to enable them to assess appropriately whether or not the worker’s disability, illness or injury will affect their ability to undertake those duties.  The medical assessment will consider whether the worker is medically fit to perform the inherent requirements of their job and if any adjustments could be made to the role to enable the worker to perform their position.  It would be unreasonable for an employer to embark on a “fishing expedition” by asking unnecessarily broad questions of the doctor, such as asking for a complete medical history when the medical issue is more confined.

    Can an employer obtain medical reports on their workers without their knowledge or consent?

    The short answer is NO.

    The federal government’s Merit Protection Commissioner has recently ruled[2] on a “secret medical” on a paper-based assessment from a doctor of a public servant who had not been informed that his mental health was being examined.  The public servant had not worked since 2011 as a result of claimed bullying and harassment suffered whilst employed by the Department of Human Resources.  A doctor’s report was commissioned to assess work fitness and was done without the public servant’s knowledge or consent.  The Commissioner found that the Department breached its legal obligations when it handed the public servant’s medical file to the doctor asking for an assessment.  The Commissioner’s office ordered the Department to discard the “file assessment” on its employee finding that it failed its legislative requirement to act in a fair and reasonable manner.

    Does an employer have the right to attend a medical appointment with a worker?

    The short answer is NO.

    The current advice on the Fair Work Ombudsman’s website is:

    Employers attending medical appointments

    We don’t consider it reasonable for an employer to go to a medical appointment with an employee unless an employee requests this.

    We also don’t consider it reasonable for an employer to contact the employee’s doctor for further information.

    Source reference: Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) Section 107

    [1] Grant v BHP Coal Pty Ltd [2017] FCAFC 42 (10 March 2017)

    [2] “’Secret medicals’ on public servants unlawful, authority rules”: The Canberra Times 16 March 2017, page 8

    Written by Bill McCarthy, Special Counsel. If you have any questions about this article, or about your rights when it comes to medical appointments, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Public servants' right to actually work - Bradley Allen Love Lawyers

    Public servants' right to actually work, versus a Dickensian-era employment law

    An old legal rule allows employers to keep their employees idle at work.

    Imagine you are a cook. You just landed your dream job as a personal chef. You arrive at your employer’s home ready to impress but receive a message saying your employers will dine out. You take the wages left on the kitchen bench and leave disappointed. The same thing happens again every day of your first week of work until, finally, you snap, threatening to resign unless you are given an opportunity to cook. Your employer replies: “Provided I pay my cook her wages regularly, she cannot complain if I choose to take any or all of my meals out.”

    These words, quipped by judge Lord Cyril Asquith, reflect a general rule developed by British courts in the mid-19th century: an employer has no obligation to provide their employees with work. Why, though, you might joke, would an employee ever ask their employer for more work?

    Imagine a month passed and you still haven’t cooked for Asquith. Deciding enough is enough, you interview for a new position and are asked to prepare a steak. You overcook it. When employees are denied the opportunity to perform the job they were hired for, they will lose skills – whether those are the skills of a chef or a capable public servant. This old rule is particularly concerning in the modern era, when the job market is competitive and prospective employers almost always want details of a candidate’s experience.

    Public servants are among those who might feel this most acutely because their employment, promotions and performance reviews depend heavily on meeting performance targets and metrics. It is easy to see how an Australian Public Service career could be derailed when a public servant is denied work. Additionally, given it is difficult to terminate government employment, some managers might be tempted to simply stop giving their employees work instead.

    Fortunately, the courts are sympathetic to employees in this predicament. Numerous exceptions were developed to address the problems arising from this rule, typically taking the form of implied terms in employment contracts.

    First, the courts have held that employment contracts for public performers – including actors, sport stars or even cartoonists – impliedly require the employer to give their employee reasonable opportunities to perform. However, given few people conduct their careers in the public eye, the value of this exception is limited.

    Second, courts have found that contracts for skilled employees contain a limited requirement to provide a reasonable amount of work. This exception applies to apprentices, trainees and professionals with continuing practice obligations (it’s not the first time lawyers carved out an exception for themselves). However, this caveat is not a blanket obligation to provide work – as Arnold Mann, a surgeon in Canberra, discovered in 1981 when the court found his employer was not required to provide him with patients to operate on when no patients needed operations (Mann v ACT Health Commission).

    Third, when an employee receives performance-based pay, courts have found employers must provide a reasonable amount of actual work. This exception most commonly applies to employees who receive a proportion of their pay from commission. The amount of work an employer is required to offer will depend on the circumstances, but, generally, courts have found the obligation is to provide enough work to give them an opportunity to earn a commission.

    Fourth, when an employee is appointed to perform specific duties, courts have found that a failure to provide work of the kind contemplated amounts to a breach of contract. For example, if it is contrary to the contract of a chief executive to undertake general office cleaning, it follows that it is also against their contract to not have work at all. This is highly relevant in the APS, given federal government employees are frequently employed to positions with well-defined duties and obligations.

    There are other reasons why these rules are particularly applicable to public servants. APS employees must adhere to obligations found in the Public Service Act’s code of conduct. It is unclear how these obligations might affect the general rule’s application in this context. The code could be interpreted as a two-way street: if the public servant must perform work effectively, then the public service must provide work to be effectively performed. Alternatively, if a public service manager fails to give an employee work, the manager may breach the code by failing to ensure “effective performance from each employee”. The employee could then lodge a code of conduct report against their manager.

    An extra option open to an employee who finds themselves denied work is to pursue a complaint under workplace bullying and harassment protections. Though legally speaking these protections are not exceptions to the general rule, practically workplace bullying and denials of work can go hand-in-hand. There are several remedies available to bullying victims, including stop bullying orders. If it is accepted that denying an employee work constitutes bullying, it follows that a stop bullying order could take the form of an order to provide them with work.

    It would be fair to question the purpose of this old rule if judges are going to find exceptions at every turn. The High Court itself has expressed similar sentiments. In 2005, justices Ian Callinan and Dyson Heydon queried “the current relevance of judicial pronouncements made more than 60 years ago in the United Kingdom”.

    Given the right case, it is possible Asquith’s quip will be overruled. But, until that time, a little piece of Dickensian England remains part of Australian employment law. Indeed, employees asking for work might feel a little like Oliver Twist asking the master for more gruel.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Robert Allen and Kieran Pender for their help in preparing this article. 

    First published in the Canberra Times.

    Read more
  • Agreements for lease Preparing to sell your business

    Preparing to sell your business

    There will come a point when a business owner wishes to sell their investment. Whether for personal or financial reasons there are steps all owners can take to prepare their business for sale; to minimise tax, transactional costs and stress, and maximise the return.

    Grooming your business for sale can streamline the sale process. Even if the sale doesn’t proceed, you will have a better understanding of the assets that you hold and allow you to consider alternative succession plans. Below are some fundamental matters to ask yourself when selling your business.

    Consider the sale from the buyer’s perspective. If you were going to buy the business what would you want to know?
    First, understand what you are selling. This may seem obvious; you’re selling your café, what more is there? Using the café as the example, there are a number of assets that may be included or excluded from the sale:

    1. The business name;
    2. The premises; the Lease;
    3. Intellectual property rights;
    4. Stock-in-trade;
    5. Plant and Equipment; and
    6. Website and Social Media Accounts.

    Get a clear asset register, have access to your depreciation register, know what is encumbered, leased or hired. Prepare your Landlord.

    Understand these obligations early so you know what “hoops” you need to jump through to sell.

    Second, make yourself redundant – the buyer wants to know that the business can run effectively without you, otherwise the business’ value is likely wrapped up in your ongoing employment.

    Third, take practical steps now (even if you aren’t sure if you want to sell):

    1. understand what value your assets have (asset registers should include licences and intellectual property rights);
    2. document your procedures or policies (manuals about how the business operates will assist the new buyer);
    3. update all maintenance registers;
    4. maintain a list of your suppliers with copies of the relevant contracts or terms;
    5. make sure your accounts and financial statements are up to date (these can provide you and the buyer with a true understanding of the value of the business); and
    6. know where you have given personal guarantees.

    Be clear that any offer or discussions are “subject to contract” so you aren’t bound by an ill-informed handshake deal. Be careful with all representations you make. Before releasing information, consider a Non-Disclosure Agreement. In this path a business broker can be very instructive.

    Finally, seeking financial and legal advice early will assist structure the sale to minimise tax and to create a plan.

    First Published in B2B magazine.

    Read more
  • Victoria recognises the rights of de facto children

    Victoria recognises the rights of de facto children

    The Victorian Court of Appeal recognised earlier this month in the case of Scott-Mackenzie v Bail that stepchildren of a de facto couple have the same rights as of married couples for the purposes of Family Provision Applications. The effect of this case is significant (at least in Victoria, for now) as it overturns the common law principal that a stepchild/step-parent relationship is created and recognised only when the parties are married.

    The case concerned a claim brought by a stepchild pursuant to Part IV of the Administration and Probate Act 1958 (Vic). Part IV of the Act allows an “eligible person” to bring a claim for provision (or further provision) from the estate of a deceased person. The definition of eligible person, contained in section 90 of the Act includes the following:

    (c) a stepchild of the deceased who, at the time of the deceased’s death, was—

    (i) under the age of 18 years; or
    (ii) a full-time student aged between 18 years and 25 years; or
    (iii) a stepchild with a disability;

    In this case, the applicant’s mother was in a domestic relationship with the deceased for 40 years until the applicant’s mother died in 2001. Following the death of the applicant’s mother, the deceased commenced a domestic relationship with another woman and when he died, left his entire estate to her. The estate was worth just under $1 million.

    The Court stated the following in relation to the word “stepchild”:

    “In modern life, domestic partnerships are no longer uncommon. They have become considerably more common than they were, say, 30 years ago. Domestic partnerships can, and frequently do, have all of the appearances of partnerships that are marriages and have been recognised by the Parliament as a legitimate alternative to marriage. The fact that the word ‘stepchild’ came into existence at a time before domestic partnerships became more common explains why definitions have previously referred to either an original marriage and a subsequent marriage, or merely a subsequent marriage”.

    It is important to note that the Court found the stepchild/ step-parent relationship of de facto couples is broken by separation of the couple, not by death of one of the partners. Therefore, if the deceased and the applicant’s mother had separated before her death, the stepchild/ step-parent relationship would have been broken.

    It is important to note that this is a Victorian case and therefore, Victorian law. It is uncertain whether the ACT or NSW Supreme Courts will apply this case should a similar situation arise. In Queensland, section 40A of the Succession Act continues to refer to a stepchild/step-parent relationship as one arising only by way of marriage.

    The takeaway from this case is that you may need to carefully consider children from a de facto partner when writing your Will or, if you are the child of such a relationship, to take considered advice in relation to any potential family provision claim.

    To make sure that your will and estate plan takes care of your loved ones, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Canberra Employment Obligations

    Your rights and obligations under Australian Employment law

    Whether you are moving to Canberra as an employee or employer, your future employment relationships are likely to be at the forefront of your mind. In 2009, significant changes were made to Australia’s industrial relations law which will affect those relationships. Given strong penalties are awarded for non-compliance, it is important that you are familiar with your rights and obligations under Australian employment law.

    Here are five things you need to know:

    1. National Employment Standards

    With very few exceptions, workplaces in Australia are governed by the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth). Therefore, it is likely your future employment in Australia will be subject to the National Employment Standards (NES) contained in that Act. Covering areas from maximum working hours to leave, these 10 entitlements represent a minimum standard that no employment contract can fall below.  Failure to comply with these standards can leave contractual terms voidable and result in considerable penalties being awarded against the employer.

    2. Wages

    Pay is central to every employment relationship and Australia has a famously generous national minimum wage – $17.70 per hour in 2017. But this is not the end of the story. Under the 2009 changes, the wages received by many employees are determined by industry awards. These set base pay rates for an industry according to the nature of work undertaken and frequently exceed the national minimum. Award rates are updated regularly (every six months in some industries), so it is essential to regularly check the applicable award.

    3. Unfair Dismissal

    Employers should be cautious of, and employees familiar with, the right of a recently dismissed employee to make an application to the Fair Work Commission arguing that their dismissal was harsh, unjust or unreasonable. If the Commission agrees, employers may be required to reinstate the employee or pay them compensation. What constitutes a harsh, unjust or unreasonable dismissal will depend on the circumstances. Employers can also be found liable under these rules if they handle a dismissal in an improper manner, even if there is a valid underlying reason for the dismissal.

    4. Adverse Action

    In keeping with Australia’s strong stance against discrimination, Australian employees are protected from the “adverse actions” of their employer if those actions were taken due to certain protected attributes possessed by the employee. In other words, an employer is liable for discrimination on the basis of a protected attribute – including gender, sexuality, disability and race – even when those actions would otherwise be legal (for example, terminating employment contracts). As with unfair dismissal, employers may face severe penalties from the Fair Work Commission for breaching these protections.

    5. Jurisdiction

    Due to Australia’s federal structure, many employment relationships attract obligations under Commonwealth (or federal) legislation as well as state/territory statutes. In many instances, these obligations are concurrent. Under Australian industrial law, rights and obligations can even arise for employment contracts executed overseas. Employers (and their employees) should be aware of these jurisdictional traps.

    John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Robert Allen for his help in preparing this article.

    Read more
  • superannuation

    Impact of Superannuation Reforms on Estate Planning

    The Federal Government has announced changes to superannuation from 1 July 2017 that will affect many individuals. As we draw closer to 1 July, more and more people are seeking advice on how the changes will affect them and specifically, what the changes mean to their existing wills and estate plans.

    The Federal Government has imposed a $1.6 million balance cap on the total amount that a member can transfer into a tax-free pension phase account from 1 July 2017. This will mean that from 1 July, many members will need to transfer a significant portion of their superannuation benefits into accumulation phase, which will attract the superannuation 15% tax on income generated within the fund, including capital gains.

    How will the member’s family and their estate be impacted when the member dies? Consider the situation where a husband and wife each have $2 million in pension phase. The husband and wife each execute binding death benefit nominations to leave their super to the other. The husband subsequently dies.

    Traditionally, the wife could maintain the benefits within the superannuation environment by commencing a death benefit pension and subsequently commuting the pension (after the relevant period of time, known as the 3 month/6 month rule, and provided the super fund deed permitted this to take place).

    From 1 July however, things will need to change. The following would need to occur:

    • During their lifetimes, the husband and wife would each need to wind back $400,000 from their pension accounts into their accumulation accounts, thereby holding no more than $1.6million within the pension phase
      On the death of the husband:
    • The wife would need to wind back $1.6 million from her own pension account into accumulation, thereby holding $2 million in accumulation phase;
    • The wife could then commence (or receive a reversionary pension) from the deceased husbands pension account to the value of $1.6 million; and
    • The husbands remaining $400,000 held in his accumulation would need to be withdrawn or “cashed out” from the superannuation environment

    Once the funds are out of the superannuation environment, contribution limits and the “work test” may prevent the wife’s ability to recontribute funds back into superannuation.

    Auto-reversionary pensions offer some relief and flexibility by not causing a debit to the recipients transfer balance account until 12 months after the death of the member. As a result, a reversionary pensioner has 12 months decide whether to cash out their pension or retain it.

    The estate planning issue is then where should this lump sum withdrawal be paid. It will be necessary to review and update estate plans including Wills and binding death benefit nominations in light of these changes:

    • if funds are required to be cashed out from the superannuation environment, this might impact a family’s overall distribution of their estate and undo estate planning strategies previously put in place;
    • binding death benefit nominations may need to be reviewed and amended as they may no longer be appropriate in light of the recent changes;
    • binding death benefit nominations may need to be limited to ensure the surviving spouse’s transfer balance cap is not affected. Particular care needs to be taken when drafting binding death benefit nominations in light of recent case law;
    • In the case of second marriages where superannuation may have been used as an estate planning tool to provide for the spouse, this arrangement may need to be unwound and an alternate arrangement considered;
    • Superannuation trust deeds may require review and amendment to ensure there is maximum flexibility including the ability to execute (non-lapsing) binding death benefit nominations, and auto-reversionary pensions.

    Make sure you get your estate affairs in order before the changes arrive on 1 July 2017.

    If you need assistance with superannuation reforms, or Estate Planning, please contact us.

    Read more
  • Performance Management Video - underperformance policy

    Performance Management: HR Breakfast Club May Summary

    This month, we discussed the importance of Performance Management. Cecilia Blewitt spoke on the nuts and bolts of performance management, including the benefits of:

    • Monthly reviews;
    • Continuous performance management for all staff; and
    • Having clear KPI’s and letting staff self review against them before their formal review to create accountability and ownership.

    Gabrielle Sullivan spoke about the dangers of performance management ‘gone wrong’, including:

    • Inconsistent performance management leading to unfair dismissal and other claims;
    • The importance of organisations following their own performance management policies to the letter;
    • The importance of performance management policies being easy for an organisation to comply with; and
    • The link between performance management, bullying claims, and workplace absences.

    The safest way for an employer to safeguard themselves is to make sure all performance management is ‘reasonable management action’. One way to gauge whether the action is ‘reasonable’ is to seek a second opinion.

    There was also a short video case study about managing performance in the workplace. Watch it again.


    Q. What can you do when an employee who is being performance managed goes on indefinite personal leave?

    A. If the employee has a valid medical certificate, then you must allow them to take their accrued paid personal leave. Once the paid accrued leave runs out, the employee is still considered to be temporarily absent from work on account of illness or injury until the unpaid absence extends for more than three months or an aggregate of three months in any 12 month period.  At that point, consideration can be given to terminating the employee’s employment because they cannot perform the inherent requirements of their position and it is unclear when, if ever, they will be able to do so.  In any event, you should make clear to the employee that their illness is a separate matter and that the management of their performance will continue if and when they are able to return to work.

    This answer is, of course, general commentary only.  It is not legal advice.  Readers must contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them before acting or refraining from acting.    

    Read more
  • social media and performance management - social media policy

    Keeping Performance Management On Track

    Workplaces of all shapes and sizes need employees to pull their weight, so why do so many organisations tolerate underperformance?

    Dealing with underperformance and performance management is not easy. For an organisation to succeed, employees need to be meeting and exceeding performance expectations. Yet too often unsatisfactory performance is ignored and placed in the ‘too hard’ basket.

    The video below illustrates a case study about managing performance, and how easily it can go wrong.

    The reasons for this are twofold. At a human level it can be challenging to tell a colleague that their work is substandard. Add in the perceived legal complexities surrounding performance management, including the potential for allegations of bullying or victimisation in response, and it is unsurprising that many underperforming staff are simply left to their own devices or quietly shuffled elsewhere.

    But given the financial, human and workplace culture consequences of ignoring underperformance, it is imperative that management adopt a ‘can do’ mindset in this area. Minor or aberrant instances of underperformance should be courteously nipped in the bud, and not escalated unnecessarily. For more serious or longer term underperformance, let me give you an outline of key steps in any ‘defensible’ performance management process.

    The first step is to identify whether a genuine performance problem exists. Information gathering is essential. In addition to obtaining any quantitative data, holding regular performance reviews and keeping written notes allows underperformance to be identified with more certainty than relying on the ‘feeling’ of a direct supervisor. Ensure that the performance expectations are aligned with the relevant duty statement or employment agreement, the resources the employee has to work with, and how much they are being paid.

    The second step after a genuine gap in performance is identified is to find out if the organisation has a performance management policy. If they do, this should be followed to the letter to avoid claims of unfair dismissal, breach of contract or procedural fairness. [If the policy is hard to apply because it is poorly drafted – a common occurrence – it should be followed as best as possible in the instant case, and then later rewritten to make it work for the organisation]. If the organisation doesn’t have a policy, then a sound framework to follow is summarised as follows: Identify the gap in performance with specificity, and identify reasonable measures to fill the gap within a reasonable time frame. Inform the employee in writing of these matters, as well as the consequences of non-improvement. ‘Reasonableness’ is an objective test, so getting a second manager’s opinion on the contents of the letter would be a good idea.

    The third step is to keep the process on track during the assessment phase. Again, follow any policy, but if there isn’t one, monitor and give feedback against the notified performance measures. This means the assessment manager needs to be present during this period. That manager’s communications should be constructive, courteous and on-task, regardless of how the employee conducts themselves during this stressful phase. A common de-railer at this point is often an allegation by the employee that their manager is ‘bullying’ them. But ‘reasonable performance management’ carried out in a ‘reasonable manner’ is not bullying at law, nor in most Australian jurisdictions, is it grounds for workers’ compensation for any resultant stress injury.

    The fourth step is decision-making at the conclusion of the assessment period. If, on objective assessment, performance has satisfactorily improved over the period, then mission accomplished. However, where genuine underperformance remains, this is generally a valid reason for termination of employment, in both the public and private sectors. The employee should be notified of any intention to terminate in writing, giving opportunity to respond ahead of any decision being recorded in writing. Transfer should only be considered where the transfer is to a role that will not be affected by the identified performance deficit.

    Finally, there is nothing wrong with offering an employee up-front the opportunity to resign (with or without an incentive), as an alternative to going through the performance management process.

    Underperformance affects an entire organisation. Individual instances can and should be managed by common sense, fairness, and following any policies to the letter. Remember: the standard we walk past is the standard we set.

    Gabrielle Sullivan is a Director in the Employment and Workplace Relations team at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers.

    Read more
  • Pushing the Boundaries

    Pushing the Boundaries - Episodes One and Two

    Episode one of Pushing the Boundaries are available to watch below:

    Pushing the Boundaries Episode one:

    Pushing the Boundaries Episode two:

    Mark Love was chosen as a guest panelist, and had the pleasure of reviewing the Kim Harvey School of Dance by Clarke Keller Architects. This particular building also won the Art in Architecture Award at the 2016 Australian Capital Territory (ACT) Architecture Awards.

    Read more
  • intern employee - BAL Lawyers (2)

    Intern or Employee? A potentially expensive question

    Internships are becoming increasingly prevalent in the legal sector and elsewhere. While internships can be beneficial for intern and host organisation alike, these atypical workplace arrangements pose several thorny employment law questions. When, as is commonplace, interns are unpaid or only receive a modest ‘stipend’, these dilemmas become particularly pressing.

    The foremost question concerns the legal status of the intern. ‘Internship’ is not a legal term of art – it has no meaning at common law or under the industrial relations regulatory landscape created by the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth). An intern is therefore either an employee, or has no legal relationship whatsoever with the host organisation. There is no middle ground. This article will not consider the status of ‘volunteers’ in this context, although  that topic is perhaps deserving of a separate contribution.

    Where an intern is objectively considered to be an employee, they are entitled to the minimum wage and basic entitlements as set out in the Fair Work Act, National Employment Standards contained therein and any applicable award or enterprise agreement. Accordingly, organisations who use  interns without providing them with the requisite wages and conditions risk exposure to considerable liability – through litigation initiated by either interns themselves or the Fair Work Ombudsman – for non-compliance with the Fair Work Act. This risk has been exacerbated by recent developments.
    The Fair Work Ombudsman’s crackdown Concerned by the apparent increase in unpaid work arrangements across the  country and perhaps inspired by highprofile internship-related lawsuits in the United States, in 2012 the Fair Work Ombudsman commissioned a report into the phenomenon. In Experience or Exploitation: The Nature, Prevalence and Regulation of Unpaid Work Experience, Internships and Trial Periods in Australia, academics Andrew Stewart and Rosemary Owens found that – despite a dearth of official data – internships are undeniably on the rise. They observed that ‘unpaid work exists on a scale substantial enough to warrant attention as a serious legal, practical and policy challenge in Australia’.

    The Ombudsman was quick to respond, and has successfully prosecuted three companies in recent years for utilising unpaid or underpaid interns. In the first case to be determined, Fair Work Ombudsman v Crocmedia Pty Ltd [2015] FCCA 140, Judge Riethmuller penalised a Melbourne-based sports media company $24,000 for an ‘exploitative’ arrangement where two individuals undertook work in return for modest ‘expenses’ payments.

    Similarly, in Fair Work Ombudsman v Aldred [2016] FCCA 220, the respondent was ordered to pay $17,500. While these sums may seem modest, Judge Riethmuller sounded an ominous warning at the end of his Crocmedia judgment. There can be little doubt, he noted, ‘that the penalties are likely to increase significantly over time as public exposure of the issues in the press will result in respondents not being in the position of being able to claim that a genuine error of categorisation was made’ (at [46]). This prediction came to fruition in mid-2016, when the Federal Circuit Court imposed a penalty of almost $300,000 on a media company that had failed to pay an intern for 180 hours of work and committed various other breaches of the Fair Work Act (see Fair Work Ombudsman v AIMG BQ Pty Ltd [2016] FCCA 1024).

    Continue Reading…

    First published in the NSW Law Society Journal. Written by John Wilson, Director of Employment Law, and Kieran Pender, Law Clerk.

    Read more
  • Stamp Duty Changes in the ACT

    Stamp duty changes in the ACT

    What you need to know about Stamp Duty when buying property in the ACT

    Upon implementation of the reforms, Land and improvements duty (often referred to as stamp duty) will not be payable until a transfer of dutiable property has been registered with the Registrar-General. An instrument that gives effect to a dutiable transaction such as a Contract for Sale must be lodged with the registrar-general within 14 days of the date the agreement is completed. Duty must then be paid within 14 days of the date of registration of the Transfer.

    This represents a significant change for those purchasing property in the ACT, who will not be required to pay duty until after settlement and registration have occurred. These changes also apply to the purchase of an off-the-plan unit, where duty will not be payable until registration of the Transfer. Currently stamp duty for an off-the-plan purchase is payable within 1 year of entering into the Contract or earlier if the unit is completed. Now you will not have to pay stamp duty until the unit is completed.

    How is the stamp duty amount secured?

    We assume in practice ACT may adopt a system similar to that in Victoria (where the incoming mortgagee registers the Transfer and attends to payment of stamp duty from the loan amount). Any unpaid duty liability under the new regime will become a secured charge on the property under the Taxation Administration Act 1999, allowing the ACT government to take measures to recover the debt. Accordingly, purchasers will need to ensure they have the funds to pay the duty when the liability arises.


    There will also be changes to the application process for exemptions to stamp duty. To apply for an exemption a purchaser must indicate the category of exemption when the Transfer is lodged with ACT Land Titles. The purchaser will not be required to provide supporting evidence unless requested by the ACT Revenue Office. However, as with the current duty model it appears there will be no pre-assessment of exemptions and purchasers must ensure they are able to pay the full duty amount if an exemption is not granted.


    If you require specific duties advice or advice regarding a particular transaction, please do not hesitate to contact a member of our experienced Commercial and Real Estate Team.

     1. Real Estate Institute of Australia, Real Estate Market Facts December Quarter (2016). 
     2. Real Estate Institute of Australia, Real Estate Market Facts December Quarter (2016).
     3. In the Revenue Legislation Amendment Bill 2016 (No. 2). 

    First published in the Capital Express.

    Read more
  • NSW Duty Amendments A sign of changing times

    NSW Stamp Duty Amendments: A sign of changing times

    Technology has changed the way we live our lives. We have the internet in our pockets, speaking with someone face-to-face in another country is merely a click away and we can order groceries on our fridge. Even the Real Estate industry is not immune to technological change. In 2014, investment worldwide in real estate start-up technology companies amounted to US $1.4 billion[1] and eConveyancing is now or will soon be live in 7 of the 8 Australian jurisdictions.

    Continuing this trend, the NSW State Government has passed the State Revenue Legislation Amendment Bill 2017 (the Bill) which has amended the Duties Act 1997 (the Act) to make it clear that a dutiable instrument includes instruments in digital form capable of being reproduced, stored and duplicated by electronic means. This means that digital instruments effecting a dutiable transaction are considered dutiable instruments under the Act and must be lodged with the Office of State Revenue for assessment of stamp duty.

    The Bill also brings about further changes to the Duties Act 1997 giving rise to or clarifying exemptions to stamp duty. These include:

    1. Nominal duty is now chargeable on a transfer to a custodian of a trustee of a Self-Managed Super Fund (SMSF) if the transfer is not in conformity with a Contract for Sale, the purchaser under the Contract is the trustee of the SMSF and ad valorem duty has been paid on the Contract.
    2. Nominal duty is chargeable on a transfer due to the change of a trustee of a trust only if the Chief Commissioner is satisfied the transfer is not part of a scheme to avoid duty by altering the beneficial interest in property.
    3. No duty is chargeable on the transfer of dutiable property to a trustee in bankruptcy of a party to a relationship following the break-up of the relationship.
    4. No duty is chargeable on the transfer of primary production land held by an SMSF where a member of the SMSF and the transferee are family members.

    The definition of associated persons under the Act has also been extended to include beneficiaries of sub-trusts, allowing the Office of State Revenue to look behind sub-trusts to determine if there are related people involved in a transaction.

    Clearly duty legislation in Australia is constantly evolving to suit changing times. Regardless of where your property transactions occur, it is important to obtain up-to-date duty advice to ensure your transaction is not subject to unnecessary or unanticipated costs.

    [1] Tech innovators aim to shale up property industry, The Financial Times (

    Read more
  • Recruitment - BAL HR Breakfast Club

    Recruitment: HR Breakfast Club April Summary

    This month, we heard from guest speaker, Andrew Marshall, on recruitment.

    Andrew, kindly, spoke on the attraction, recruitment and retention of employees in today’s HR world.  Under each point, some of the talking points that arose included:

    1. Attraction

    • Employer Branding: Branding is more than an administrative function, and requires strategic considerations.  How one’s external and internal branding is delivered and received is an important distinction and one that some concerns were discussed in relation to.  Ensuring a consistency between your perception of your brand, as compared to the outside world’s perception, is important.
    • Value Proposition: What is your point of difference in employees wanting to work at your workplace?  As a tip, one way to look at this is from the employee’s perspective.  That is, what is their driving purpose for wanting to work with you?  How can you deliver on that, and get those benefits across, will increase your perceived value to prospective applicants.  This said, it delivering on your advertised value adds is necessary – promising the world may lead to a low retention rate.

    2. Recruitment

    • Evaluating personality profiles is not necessarily straight forward.  Experience and qualifications can be more easily documented, but competencies such as an applicant’s ability to be a leader may be harder to determine at the interview stage.  Understanding why an employee wishes to get into your work field is a useful consideration in determining their drivers – but be careful that you have not oversold the area they are pitching themselves into.  Personality profile tools can be useful, but be careful in using the right model, and don’t disregard your own judgement.

    3. Retention

    • Get the first two right (ie Attraction and Recruitment) and this should follow.
    • Keep consistency between your external brand and internal brand.
    • Recruit people for the right roles, with solid recruitment processes.  Widely scoped recruitment will (often unhelpfully) lead to a greater pool to sift through to get to the applicant you really want

    If you are interested in attending HR Breakfast Club, please submit your email below and you will be added to the invite list.

    Read more
  • 4 BAL Directors ranked in the 2018 edition of Best Lawyers - Australia

    4 BAL Directors ranked in the 2017 edition of Best Lawyers - Australia

    Four BAL Directors have been recognised for their legal excellence in the 2017 edition of the Australian Financial Review’s Best Lawyers Australia list. Produced by a peer review company and published by the Australian Financial Review, the list is compiled following an extensive evaluation process. The list includes more than 3000 lawyers from 330 law firms nationwide, up from more than 2850 last year.

    The directors have been successful in the following practice areas:

    • Alan Bradbury – Government Practice, Planning and Environment Law;
    • John Bradley – Leasing Law, Real Property Law;
    • Mark Love – Commercial Law, Insolvency and Reorganisation Law, and Corporate Law; and
    • John Wilson – Labour and Employment Law, Occupational Health and Safety Law.

    This is the eighth consecutive year the Alan Bradbury has been acknowledged for his expertise. Managing Legal Director John Wilson makes his fifth appearance in the list, while Mark Love and John Bradley were again recognised for their respective practices.

    John Wilson congratulated his fellow Legal Directors on their achievements.

    “A listing in Best Lawyers is a considerable honour, reflecting as it does the praise of fellow practitioners in each speciality,” he said. “For three of my colleagues and I to be included speaks highly to the calibre of our team at Bradley Allen Love.”

    Best Lawyers is the oldest and most respected peer-review publication in the legal profession. A listing in Best Lawyers is widely regarded by both clients and legal professionals as a significant honour, conferred on a lawyer by his or her peers. For more than three decades, Best Lawyers lists have earned the respect of the profession, the media, and the public, as the most reliable, unbiased source of legal referrals anywhere.

    The full list is available here.

    4 BAL Directors ranked in the 2018 edition of Best Lawyers - Australia

    Above: Alan Bradbury, Mark Love, John Wilson and John Bradley – listed in The Best Lawyers in Australia© 2017

    Read more
  • Domestic Violence Damage Limitation

    Domestic Violence Damage Limitation

    The effects of domestic violence are felt far beyond the home. What are employers obliged to do?

    Following media discussion in 2016 about comprehensively introducing paid domestic violence leave, the impacts of familial violence beyond the home – particularly in the workplace – are under scrutiny.

    Around one in six female workers has experienced or is currently experiencing domestic violence (DV). Many victims of DV experience financial risk or poverty. Financial security, such as stable employment, increases a victim’s ability to leave a violent situation, and gives them a secure financial future independent from their attacker. However, it can be difficult to maintain employment while suffering abuse and its flow-on effects.

    DV can impact employment in numerous ways: perpetrators may interrupt workplaces – giving rise to work health and safety issues; victims may need time off work in order to access support services; victims may be unable
    to concentrate at work and have performance related issues. Understandably, this can make the employment relationship volatile for both the employee and the employer.

    What employers must do

    Under the Fair Work Act 2009 employees experiencing DV, or caring for an immediate family member who is experiencing DV, have the right to request a ‘flexible working arrangement’. For example, an employee may request to start work later because they have had to move to a new suburb with poor public transport in order to escape their abuser. Employers are not obliged to agree to requests for a ‘flexible working arrangement’, provided any refusal is based on ‘reasonable business grounds’. For some organisations it would not be possible to have an employee start later because that employee normally opens the shopfront, and the business cannot afford to hire another employee to cover this duty. In general, employees do not have the right to challenge the refusal of a flexible working arrangement unless they are entitled under an enterprise agreement. However, that does not mean that an employer should feel free to refuse all requests. A request for a flexible working arrangement should open up a dialogue between employer and employee to see if they can find an arrangement that is suitable for both parties.

    Read the full article here.

    First published in HR Monthly. Written by John Wilson and Rebecca Richardson.

    Read more
  • Property Market Update - ACT

    A report released on 20 March 2017 by the Real Estate Institute of Australia (REIA) has found that residential property prices continued to rise in the December quarter 2016 across Australia.


    REIA reported 545 sales of residential property in the December quarter in Canberra. In the ACT, the median house price has reached $621,000.00, which is an increase of 5.3% over the quarter and 4.2% over the previous year. The Inner South experienced the largest increase of 7.9% over the quarter and 6.3% over the previous year.

    Compared to December 2015, the median house price rose for all Canberra zones but the Inner Central, which saw a decrease of 5.4%.

    These figures mean that housing affordability has again worsened in the ACT, with the proportion of income required to meet loan repayments hitting 19.7%.


    The median rent for a three bedroom also increased in the ACT to $460.00 per week, which represents a 9.5% increase from the previous quarter and 6.4% annual change.

    The median rents for four bedroom houses in Inner South (14%) and Inner Central (12.8%) saw the biggest increases, and median rents generally increased for all sized in all zones except two bedrooms in Inner Central, which decreased by 2.2%.  The vacancy rate, however, increased to 2.2%.

    Rental affordability consequently has declined in Canberra and 17.6% of a family’s annual income being required to meet rent payments.

    Other property

    Over this same period the price for other property in Canberra decreased by 1.2% to $425,000.00, but it was steady when compared to the 2015 year.  The median price for other dwellings increased only in Inner Central, while it dropped as much as 11.4% in the Inner South.  There were 365 sales of other dwellings in the December quarter, with the most in Inner Central and the least in the Inner South.

    The above figures show that the market has continued to be tightly contested.  To stay ahead of the curve, contact BAL Lawyers who can assist you with your property transactions.

    Read more
  • Internships: Experience vs Exploitation

    Internships: Experience vs Exploitation

    Internships can be valuable for employer and student alike. Beware, though, the legal pitfalls.

    Internships and work experience programs are commonplace in many industries. They can provide essential practical training for students and recent graduates, while giving employers a “trial period” in which to assess potential future employees. For less scrupulous companies, interns also represent a limitless pool of free labour. It is not surprising then that responses to an intern survey ranged from “valuable learning experience” to “slavery”.

    Regardless of the exact name or shape, all internship programs face legal risks. This is because Australian law maintains a binary conception of employment: an individual is either an employee, and thereby entitled to the full range of employment protections, or not. The current scheme has little room for lesser shades of employment: paid interns, unpaid interns and the like.

    It follows that where an employment relationship is objectively considered to exist between a company and an intern, the latter is entitled to pay and other benefits in accordance with the relevant award. Where proper remuneration has not been provided, the company risks legal action from aggrieved interns and prosecution by the Fair Work Ombudsman.

    The cost of turning a blind eye

    The ombudsman has been pursuing internship cases with vigour lately, successfully seeking a total of over $300,000 in penalties against several companies over the past two years.

    Penalties are usually imposed in addition to full payment of entitlements to the interns involved. While some of the penalties paid in early cases – $17,500 in one, $24,000 in another – may not provoke immediate fear, Judge Riethmuller sounded an ominous word of caution in a 2015 case involving media company Crocmedia.

    “There can also be little doubt,” the federal circuit court judge observed, “that the penalties are likely to increase significantly over time as public exposure of the issues in the press will result in respondents not being in the position of being able to claim that a genuine error of categorisation was made.” In other words, turning a blind eye to the risks posed by internships will no longer suffice.

    Where’s the dividing line?

    Unfortunately, determining as a matter of law how an intern should be classified is fraught with difficulty, as neither case law nor statute offers a clear dividing line between employee and non-employee in this context. An individual’s attendance at a workplace for a matter of weeks in a predominantly observational capacity will not satisfy the criteria of an employment relationship.

    Conversely, a three-month program where the intern works regular hours and undertakes productive work in a position indistinguishable from junior employees will almost certainly amount to employment. Where the middle ground falls is unclear.

    Herein lies the dilemma: for an internship to be useful for both parties, interns need to be engaging in proper work and not simply sitting around ‘making coffee’. Yet that important characteristic is the very thing that exposes companies to risk. As the ombudsman explained: “Where the arrangement involves productive work rather than just meaningful learning, training and skill development, it is likely to be an employment relationship.”

    The obvious solution is to employ interns on a fully award-compliant basis – that is, to engage the individuals as short-term employees. However, in many cases this defeats the purpose and leaves little incentive for prospective employers to run such programs.

    Vocational placements

    A more comprehensive way to avoid these legal risks is to take advantage of the vocational placement exception in the Fair Work Act. This excludes from the Act’s coverage individuals undertaking unpaid work as a requirement of an authorised educational or training course.

    Aligning an internship program with a local school, university or training college would therefore be a prudent risk mitigation strategy. While such an approach may limit flexibility, this seems a small price to pay to ensure a legally compliant scheme.

    If the current oversupply of graduates in many professions continues, internships may become even more commonplace. In this context, companies need to tread carefully in devising and operating their own internship programs. When the various pitfalls are minimised, internships can be a valuable experience for both parties. Offered without due regard to the legal risks, an attempt to attract free labour can become very expensive.

    Written by John Wilson and First published in HR Monthly.

    Read more
  • Whistleblowers protection in Australia

    Protection for whistleblowers in Australia - A new era?

    “Nobody in Australia much likes whistleblowers…” (attributed to former NSW Police Commissioner Tony Lauer)

    2017 could prove to be a landmark year for a previously neglected aspect of Australian workplace law. Where those who blew the  whistle on corporate or public sector wrongdoing once faced retribution without legal protections, recent developments have underscored the need to comprehensively safeguard whistleblowers in this country. While the sentiment expressed by former NSW Police Commissioner Tony Lauer in the 1990s may still reflect the prevailing attitude in Australian workplaces, change is afoot.

    Late last year, in a political deal between the Coalition and crossbenchers to pass the double dissolution trigger legislation, strong protections for union whistleblowers were introduced. As part of the pact, the government also agreed to review public and private sector whistleblower protections with a view to enacting reform by 2018. In January 2017, the first ever case under whistleblower provisions in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) was filed against Origin Energy by their former compliance lawyer.

    If the applicant is successful, the implications for corporate Australia will be far-reaching. Elsewhere, the Public Interest Disclosure Act 2013 (Cth) — although far from perfect — has helped facilitate the reporting of public sector misfeasance and corruption by federal mandarins since coming into force in 2014. Improvements in this vexing field will inevitably be slow and controversial. It took two decades, six parliamentary inquiries, and a number of unsuccessful bills before the Public Interest Disclosure Act was finally passed. But with apparent domestic political will for greater whistleblower protections and impetus from developments in foreign jurisdictions, there is room for optimism — and a need for external lawyers and in-house counsel alike to be aware of the regulatory landscape.

    This article will begin by exploring the history of whistleblower protections in Australia, before considering three relevant laws which protect whistleblowers in different sectors. It will then consider the strategic utilisation of whistleblower legislation in employment litigation and the potential applicability of foreign laws to Australian whistleblowers, before concluding with a discussion of expected developments in the coming years.

    Continue Reading.

    Written by John Wilson and Kieran Pender. First published in Ethos.

    Read more
  • ACAT changes what are they and how do they affect you

    ACAT changes: what are they and how do they affect you?

    Many people, especially individuals and small businesses, may be familiar with the ACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal (usually referred to as the ACAT or Tribunal). With their focus on early alternative dispute resolution and proactive case management, the ACAT hears claims in a wide variety of areas, most notably civil disputes residential tenancy, mental health and unit titles claims.

    In December 2016 several changes were made to the Tribunal’s powers. The main change was an increase in the civil disputes jurisdiction of claims to $25,000, a significant increase from the previous maximum of $10,000. The ACAT website states the increase is to “ensure that the civil dispute jurisdiction of ACAT continues to be able to address the needs of the Canberra community.[1]

    A few months in, does it look like parties to an ACAT civil claim have benefitted from the changes? Below, we explain the updated procedures, crunch some numbers and provide our insights into how this may affect you.

    Different procedures

    To accommodate the widening of the ACAT’s jurisdiction, new procedures have been adopted to progress claims in a timely and cost-efficient manner. For contested claims up to $3,000, a Conference and Determination process has been implemented. The Tribunal will list the matter for a preliminary conference, with parties to file all material prior to the conference. If the matter is not resolved at the conference, it will usually be scheduled before a different ACAT Member on the same day for hearing.

    For those bringing claims over $15,000, the Tribunal may use the Conference and Evaluation process. Parties will be required to submit a case summary and position summary prior to a preliminary conference being held. If the dispute does not settle at the conference, the matter will proceed to a directions hearing where a timetable will be set to take the matter to hearing.

    Both processes are intended to assist in:

    • deciding the real issues in dispute between the parties; and
    • discussing and helping the parties reach a settlement before the hearing; or
    • having the matter listed for hearing in a swift and fair manner.

    One of the other changes affecting the civil claims includes the requirement for Presidential Members of the Tribunal to be eligible as Magistrates. Other interstate tribunals also employ a judicial head, so it remains to be seen whether this will change the culture of the ACAT, as some fear it may.

    Reasons for changes

    The dual purpose in raising the maximum jurisdiction was to:

    • improve access to justice to those for bringing claims beyond the previous $10,000 limit but still of relatively low value; and
    • alleviate some of the pressure on the Magistrates Court, which hears civil claims up to $250,000.

    It remains to be seen whether the increase in jurisdiction will see a larger number of matters being filed in the Tribunal rather than the Court. Between July 2014 and June 2015, 1997 matters were lodged in the civil jurisdiction of the Magistrates Court.[2] In comparison, the Tribunal’s 2015-2016 Annual Review, published a month before the changes were implemented, indicated a general downward trend in the number of civil dispute applications lodged as follows:


    Existing matters in the Magistrates Court which now fall into the Tribunal’s jurisdiction can also be transferred to the Tribunal on application by either of the parties. If the Court considers it to be the interests of justice to transfer the matter, it will make that order accordingly.

    The jurisdictional increase also brings the ACAT more in line with its interstate equivalents. For example, since May 2014 the NSW Civil and Administrative Tribunal (NCAT) has determined consumer claims up to the value of $40,000, an increase from its previous limit of $30,000.[3] In Victoria, the VCAT Civil Claims List can hear disputes for any amount of money that arise out of the purchase or supply of goods or services of any value (noting the claim must have a connection to the state of Victoria).

    The jury is out

    The change in the civil claims maximum to $25,000 took many by surprise. Whilst most had been expecting an increase, the 250% jump was far more than would be considered a proportionate increase in line with inflation.

    The move clearly had community support and good policy reasons behind it. However, the increase has also put more pressure many Tribunal users, especially sole traders and small businesses which regularly provide goods and services for under $25,000. As mentioned above, until recently the ACT Magistrates Court had jurisdiction of matters between $10,001 and $250,000. One of the key differences between the Magistrates Court and Tribunal is that the Tribunal is a “costs-free jurisdiction”, meaning that parties to an application must bear their own costs, including legal costs, unless the Tribunal otherwise orders.[4]

    Therefore, whilst a litigant could previously have expected to recover their legal fees along with a sizeable debt of, say, $20,000, this is no longer the case. Except in special circumstances, legal fees will have to be worn by the claimant, or they may consider prosecuting a claim without lawyers. Despite the Tribunal’s aim to be friendly to self-represented litigants, running an ACAT case from start to finish is often a daunting prospect for most.

    It remains to be seen whether the ACAT can handle the increased number of claims which have trickled down from the Magistrates Court, whilst upholding its key “cheap and fast justice” function. Watch this space for a full review when the annual figures are released. In the meantime, if you need help with an ACAT claim, or have any questions about your options, please contact Litigation. Bradley Allen Love assists clients, whether claimants or respondents to an application, in preparing their cases, advising in relation to required evidence and legal points which may arise as part of the claim, and can support or attend the Tribunal as required.

    [1] From:

    [2] ACT Magistrates Court Annual Review 2014-15, from:

    [3] Consumer Claims Regulation 2014 (NSW) regulation 4.

    [4] ACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal Act 2008 (ACT) section 48.

    Read more
  • agents beware: attorneys behaving badly

    Agents Beware: Attorneys Behaving Badly

    Tips for agents when receiving instructions from third parties and enduring powers of attorney.

    It is not uncommon for real estate agents to be approached by someone acting under a Power of Attorney on behalf of a registered proprietor.

    Where a registered proprietor has appointed an attorney under an Enduring Power of Attorney, it is important that the agent make some enquiries to ensure that person has the legal authority to provide instructions.

    We are living in an ageing population. It is fast becoming a luxury to remain in the family home until death. There is an increasing need for people to move into residential aged care facilities, where a standard method of payment is by way of a ‘Refundable Accommodation Deposit’ (RAD). A RAD is a lump sum payment that operates like a loan in favour of the particular aged care facility. The balance of the RAD is then refunded to the estate of the resident on their death.

    For many elderly people, it is not financially viable to fund a RAD without selling their main residence. To complicate matters, once an incoming resident elects to pay a RAD, they generally only have a period of six months to come up with the money. This increases the pressure on sellers, agents and conveyancers to efficiently bring about exchange and settlement of the property.

    An Enduring Power of Attorney is a legal document under which a principal appoints an attorney (or attorneys) to make decisions on their behalf. The document is ‘enduring’ in that it continues to operate even if the principal loses decision–making capacity. In the Australian Capital Territory, an Enduring Power of Attorney typically gives an attorney broad decision–making powers, including in relation to the property and financial affairs of the principal. It is possible for a person to have a valid Enduring Power of Attorney that grants no powers in relation to property. If an attorney does have powers in relation to a principal’s property matters, these powers may be of immediate effect, or, more often, the use of the powers is conditional on the principal having lost capacity.

    The first thing a real estate agent should do when approached by an attorney is request a certified copy of the Enduring Power of Attorney. The agent should then review the document and consider the following issues:

    1. Is the person giving the instructions actually appointed as an attorney?;
    2. Is the attorney granted powers over property matters?; and
    3. When does the attorney’s power come into effect?

    If the power is expressed to be conditional on the loss of capacity, the agent should go on to request some type of supporting evidence. Generally, a letter from the principal’s General Practitioner, treating Geriatrician, or other specialist is sufficient in this regard. Real estate agents should also be aware that where an attorney intends to act on behalf of a person who is entering into contracts for the sale, purchase or leasing of land, the Enduring Power of Attorney must be registered at the ACT Land Titles Office. All Enduring Powers of Attorney must be witnessed by a qualified witness. If you are unsure about any of the issues discussed in this article, or if you would merely like some peace of mind, it is a good idea to contact the person who witnessed the document. Often this will be the solicitor who drafted the document, and who has acted for the client previously in relation to their estate planning arrangements. It was only last week that we had a telephone call from a concerned real estate agent: “Joe Bloggs has turned up at our office waving a document and telling us to sell his mother’s house, including its contents”.

    A significant percentage of elder abuse is committed by attorneys (frequently adult children) appointed under an Enduring Power of Attorney. Aside from superannuation, the family home is often a person’s most valuable asset. Both of these facts highlight the importance of communication between real estate agents and solicitors, and the value in adopting a collaborative approach. As the saying goes, it is better to be safe than sorry. There are a few simple steps real estate agents can take when instructed by attorneys to protect not only themselves, but ultimately the interests of the vulnerable property–owner.

    The Estates & Business Succession Team of BAL Lawyers, a Corporate Partner of REIACT, can assist agents and agencies in reviewing Powers of Attorney. Please contact us to discuss.

    First published in the REIACT magazine.

    Read more
  • Termination employment policies and procedural fairness

    Terminating employment: pornography, policies, and procedural fairness

    When handled insensitively or without regard to the regulatory landscape, termination can open a Pandora’s box of potentially litigious grievances.

    Ordinarily, the use of employer provided equipment to access, download and/or store hard core pornographic material would represent misconduct. Unless the employee worked in the sex industry it would be difficult to contemplate that the viewing, downloading and/or storage of pornographic material represented proper, work-related use of the employer’s equipment. — Commissioner Cambridge in Croft v Smarter Insurance Brokers Pty Ltd.

    In late September, the Fair Work Commission delivered judgment in a seemingly remarkable unfair dismissal case. The employer had sought to rely on pornography found on the fired employee’s work laptop and mobile phone, discovered after termination, to justify the dismissal. While Commissioner Cambridge accepted that such actions constituted misconduct, he nevertheless concluded that a panoply of errors in the termination
    process meant that they did not constitute a valid reason for dismissal. The termination was therefore harsh, unjust and unreasonable, and an award of compensation was ordered — an eye-catching result given the applicant admitted using employer provided technology to download pornography.

    Croft is highly instructive, providing employment lawyers and employers alike with a range of lessons about how not to terminate employees. The dispute highlights the limitations on the ability of employers to justify
    dismissals based on information acquired post-termination, while also emphasising the importance of procedural fairness, rigorous policy mechanisms and consistency in workplace decision-making. This
    article will commence with an outline of Croft, before considering each topic in turn.


    Mr Allan Croft was an insurance manager at a small insurance broking firm. His employment was ‘beset with difficulties from an early stage’ due to his ‘fractious’ relationship with the Directors of the employer. The employer alleged that Mr Croft was given several verbal warnings about underperformance and misconduct during his employment, but these were never particularised in written form.

    In January 2016, the employer dismissed Mr Croft. Rather than terminating on the basis of underperformance or misconduct, they sought to rely upon a contractual clause which purportedly permitted termination without cause on four weeks’ notice. Mr Croft subsequently filed unfair dismissal proceedings.

    In his decision, Commissioner Cambridge firstly dealt with the alleged ‘right to dismiss at will’. He held that a dismissal made without reason but solely reliant on a purported contractual right ‘would plainly subvert the statutory unfair dismissal laws, and also offend the broader common law position’. Commissioner Cambridge then considered whether Mr Croft’s accessing, downloading and storing of hard-core pornographic material on employer provided technology — the alleged misconduct discovered only after he had been dismissed — constituted a valid reason for the termination of his employment. On balance he decided — for reasons outlined below — that it did not. Accordingly, Mr Croft’s dismissal was found to be harsh, unjust and unreasonable, and $10,000 in compensation was awarded.

    Continue Reading.

    Written by John Wilson and Kieran Pender and first published in Ethos.

    Read more
  • Crown Lease

    Crown Lease in the ACT: What a strange Land it is! Sort of.

    Buying real estate in Canberra – the first thing you will notice is that you don’t actually buy the Land.

    The Australian Capital Territory (ACT), and in particular Canberra, offers an almost unrivalled standard of living and lifestyle. Its open landscape City plan facilitates ease (and speed) of travel throughout the Territory and provides  generous access to restaurants, cafes, parklands and the rural hinterland making it one of the most highly rated and liveable  cities in the world. Yet when you look at buying a stake in the ACT, you’ll be confronted with a somewhat different form of “land ownership” compared to that of its neighbours New South Wales  and Victoria, namely leasehold. The ACT’s leasehold system applies to all land in the Territory, other than National Land. Under the leasehold system, all land is owned by the Commonwealth and leased to residents of the ACT, meaning that all commercial, residential, rural and community title land is owned and leased by the Commonwealth and managed by the ACT Government. The terms of this leasing arrangement are set out in what’s called a Crown Lease.

    But the system, in practise, is not so alien. The Crown Lease sets out the terms and conditions for the “owner’s” (the “lessee”) use and occupation of the land, including the right to exclusive use and enjoyment of the land during the term of the Crown Lease. This is not so different to the manner of land use control exercised by state planning authorities, such as a “Council”. The Crown Lease however, dispenses with the often politicised approaches that can occur through “Council approval” processes.

    Before entering into a “Crown lease”, there are some points to consider:

    Length of Crown Lease

    Ordinarily, the term (or length) of a Crown Lease in the ACT will be 99 years. So, although the money you’re coughing up for your house may not buy you the land, you will be buying the right to use the land for the term of the Crown Lease. For most purposes, there is no practical difference between the use of the Crown Lease in the ACT and other title systems in Australia, a Crown Lease can be sold, mortgaged or devised under a will.

    But then what? 

    Although most residential Crown Leases in the ACT are granted for a term of 99 years, the term will not be renewed upon your purchase of the Crown Lease. You will instead acquire the balance of the term of the Lease.

    Upon expiry of the term of the Crown Lease, provided that the land is not required by either the Territory or the Commonwealth and the terms of the Crown Lease provide for a renewal, you may apply for a renewal of the Lease. The first renewals are approaching and there is every political and social reason to expect that these leases will be seamlessly renewed; in fact, many Crown Leases have already been renewed for valuation or sale purposes, as mortgagees often require that you apply for a renewal if the term of the Crown Lease is set to expire with 25 years.

    Development conditions

    When considering buying vacant land in the ACT, you should seek a copy of the Crown Lease as it will contain development conditions and construction timeframes. You can also check the Lease and Development Conditions Register. This will allow you to see building, lease and development conditions prepared for the blocks – the Environment and Planning Directorate must approve these conditions.

    Lease availability

    For new blocks of land, or areas that are still being developed, Crown Leases will not be issued until all necessary services, roads and other civil works around the area are completed. In this instance, you will not become the registered owner of the land until the works are complete and the Crown Lease has been granted and registered at the ACT Land Titles Office.

    As you will not be the registered owner until the Crown Lease has been granted, you may find it difficult to borrow money from a bank or other financial institution, and will not be able to build on the land, until the Crown Lease is granted. In most instances, a specimen (or draft) Crown Lease will be attached to a Contract for Sale to assist you to determine what you are buying and to obtain finance (where necessary).


    The rent to be paid by an owner (or lessee) under a residential Crown Lease will be 5 cents if and when demanded” (no demand has yet been made), but some, and typically commercial or rural leases have substantive land rent.  Such leases are subject to payment of an annual land rent charge billed quarterly; however, lessees have the option of paying weekly, fortnightly, monthly or quarterly.

    Selling your leased block?

    As the lessee under a Crown Lease, you can sell your interest in the Crown lease provided you have complied with all building and development conditions contained in the Crown Lease, or you must otherwise obtain consent from the relevant Minister to the sale of the land.

    In short, if you are looking to buy real estate in Canberra under the modern land ownership leasehold system and get a new Crown Lease on life, consider the points above and seek advice as to your rights and obligations. If you’ve finished this article, and are still wondering about the strange land laws of the ACT, please contact the team at BAL Lawyers, as we can answer any questions you might have regarding leases in the ACT.

    First published by Capital Express.

    Read more
  • Designated responsibility supervision duties of a law firm

    Designated responsibility: the supervisory duties of a law firm principal

    It is a breach of the Solicitors Conduct Rules to allow an employee to have conduct of a matter without reasonable supervision. This article considers two matters relating to the duty to supervise.

    The Legal Profession (Solicitors) Conduct Rules 2015 contain an express duty for solicitors with designated responsibility for a matter to exercise reasonable supervision over all employees engaged in the provision of legal services for that matter. This is a non-delegable supervisorial responsibility.

    Allowing an employed solicitor, clerk,paralegal, or any other employee to have the conduct of a matter without reasonable supervision breaches that rule and, depending on the seriousness of the failure involved, may constitute unsatisfactory professional conduct or professional misconduct, especially in financial matters.

    Supervisors’ duties

    Kelly v Jowett [2009] NSWCA 278 (4 September 2009)

    This case was an appeal from a Family Provision Act matter where an employed solicitor handling the matter in the first instance had, among other things, deliberately and consistently flouted the Court’s orders and directions, and had failed to file affidavit evidence in the matter. The Court of Appeal considered whether there had been a failure by the firm to supervise the employed solicitor.

    The employed solicitor signed a notice of appearance as the solicitor on record. During the conduct of the matter he failed to keep the client appraised of the progress of the matter, failed to comply with undertakings to file affidavit evidence
    within defined times, gave the clients 20 minutes’ notice of a Court ordered mediation (which the client was unable to attend due to the late notice), and had failed to inform the clients of the hearing because he had told them he would be seeking an adjournment. The employed solicitor appeared at the hearing, without the clients, and gave submissions.

    In short, the carriage of the matter was left entirely to the employed solicitor. The partners of the firm did not take any direct role in supervising the employed solicitor’s conduct of the matter. This remained the case even after the partners knew of the employed solicitor’s unreliability and his serial delinquency in complying with the Court’s directions. The partners told him “This file is your mess, clean it up”.

    By the time of the Appeal judgment, the employed solicitor was no longer practising. Other solicitors within the firm described the employed solicitor’s conduct in intra-firm communications as “woeful”.

    Keep Reading.

    First published in Ethos.

    Read more
  • HR-Human-Resources-Bully-Harassment

    Bullying and Harassment: The New Black in HR

    Being a HR manager, there will often be times you have to deal with employees not getting along.

    You may be dealing with employees complaining about being bullied, requests to be moved to different office locations, claims of unfair work loads and staff taking long breaks.

    These situations can get out of hand very quickly if not dealt with swiftly.

    To illustrate some of the do’s and don’ts of how to deal with bullying claims at work, watch the case study video below that follows Sarah, Jim and Julia through their tales of bullying. This tale is based on a true story, but for education purposes only, of course.

    The video highlights Sarah’s story as a manager at an accounting firm, and her actions around some of the employees she supervises.

    Jim thinks Sarah is putting too much pressure on him and makes a bullying complaint to the HR Manager.

    Julia makes a complaint to HR that she is being bullied by Sarah her as well, citing that Sarah ‘monitors her breaks’.

    Sarah, in turn makes a complaint about the two employees that have made unsubstantiated bullying accusations against her, she also feels that they have been spreading rumors about her.

    The claims end up in front of the Fair Work Commission, who note that these issues should have been dealt with on a HR level, and not have been allowed to escalate to this point.

    Bullying at work occurs when: a person or a group of people repeatedly behaves unreasonably (objectively!) Towards a worker or a group of workers at work, and the behaviour creates a risk to health and safety.

    Take Note: bullying does not include reasonable management action carried out in a reasonable manner.

    It is important to refer to your office bullying and harassment policy, to make sure you are treating employees fairly and reasonably.

    If you need help dealing with bullying and harassment claims at work, please contact the employment team.

    Read more
  • The midwife who breached a mother's confidentiality: lessons for public servants

    The midwife who breached a mother's confidentiality: lessons for public servants

    Public servants must comply carefully with their confidentiality obligations, a recent case highlights.

    An employee, whether in the public or private sector, has obligations of confidentiality to their employer. The extent of these obligations varies significantly, depending on the nature of the job, the employer and the information at issue. The onus of confidentiality has a multitude of sources, arising from legislation, contract and the law of equity: this combination, it has been said, “is an unhappy mixture”.

    Our starting point, as usual, is the federal Public Service Act. The Australian Public Service’s code of conduct imposes a range of requirements with relevance to confidentiality: public servants must “behave honestly and with integrity”, “act with care and diligence”, “comply with any lawful and reasonable direction” and “maintain appropriate confidentiality about dealings that the employee has with any minister or minister’s member of staff”. Similarly, federal government staff must “at all times” comply with the APS values, one of which is that “the APS demonstrates leadership, is trustworthy and acts with integrity, in all that it does”.

    Beyond these legislative obligations, public servants – like ordinary employees – have duties of confidentiality arising from their employment contract. These can be express or implied. The twin implied duties of “loyalty and fidelity” and “confidence” impose requirements on employees not to misuse information gained in the course of their employment. Both duties also have alternative underpinnings in the law of equity, such that the exact shape of these confidentiality obligations is frustratingly nebulous.

    This uncertainty is compounded in the public sector context because of the special nature of such employment, and a lack of judicial clarity as to whether the duties should be altered to reflect that character. As Federal Court Justice Paul Finn explained in 2003, “there is no significant Australian jurisprudence on how the duty is to be adapted to accommodate the distinctive demands of public service employment that result from the ‘special position’ [that] … public servants enjoy … This is not the place to essay the significance that ought be given to the precepts of loyalty, neutrality and impartiality which are hallmarks of a public service … My only comment would be that to consider the duty in a setting such as the present without regard to such precepts would involve a flight from reality.”

    While such high-minded concepts were not at issue in the recent South Australian Industrial Relations Commission case of Kore v chief executive, Department of the Premier and Cabinet, the judgment provides an instructive example of the confidentiality obligations imposed on government employees.

    In Kore, a midwife at a public Adelaide hospital, Erin